COLUMBIA LIBRARIES OFFSITE 
 
 HEALTH SCIENCES STANDARD 
 
 RECAP 
 
 MINUTES AND PROCEEDINGS 
 
 _^^ r^. HX64072975 
 
 RK1 D43 1924 Minutes and proceedi 
 
 OF THE 
 
 Dental Faculties^ Association of 
 American Universities 
 
 1908^1924 
 
 MINNEAPOLIS 
 Published by the University of Minnesota 
 
 ^01 
 
 '-:/ 
 
 CollGge of Physicians and Surgeons 
 Library .^'--^ — 
 
it^;^ 
 
 ^^ri> 
 
 CoOeae of $I)p«ttians( anb ©utBeona 
 
 %ihvaxv 
 
Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2010 witii funding from 
 
 Open Knowledge Commons 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/minutesproceedinOOdent 
 
MINUTES AND PROCEEDINGS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities 
 
 MINNEAPOLIS 
 Published by the University of Minnesota 
 
FINAL MEMBERSHIP 
 
 University of California 
 Columbia University 
 Harvard University 
 University of Illinois 
 University of Iowa 
 University of Michigan 
 University of Minnesota 
 University of Nebraska 
 Ohio State University 
 University of Pennsylvania 
 Tufts College 
 Washington University 
 Western Reserve University 
 
 HONORARY MEMBER 
 
 Augustus S. Downing, Assistant Commis- 
 sioner and Director of Professional 
 Education 
 
FOREWORD 
 
 The former Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, now 
 merged in the American Association of Dental Schools, takes pleasure in pre- 
 senting you with this copy of the Minutes and Proceedings of the Dental .Facul- 
 ties' Association of American Universities from its organization in July, 1908, 
 to its dissolution in March, 1924, prior to its union with the American Associa- 
 tion of Dental Schools.* 
 
 Your attention is especially invited to the historical sketch of the activities 
 of the Association which precedes the minutes. The recently published synopsis 
 of the forthcoming report of the Carnegie Survey of Dental Education gives 
 unqualified commendation and support to the ideal of dental education in 
 universities. 
 
 We quote from this synopsis as read by the director of the survey at the first 
 meeting, in March, 1924, of the American Association of Dental Schools : 
 
 Considered as a whole the practice of dentistry is, in effect, a combination of the arts 
 of medicine and mechanics, largely on the basis of fine art, applied to the teeth and mouth 
 directly. Oral (with correlative systemic) health-service is the fundamental purpose of the 
 practice of dentistry. Mechanical procedures are its chief ways and means. Artistic oral 
 restorations and reconstructions are its esthetic achievements. 
 
 Medicine, mechanics, and art constitute the tripod on which the whole of modern den- 
 tistry rests. Pull away one of three legs of that tripod, and dentistry ceases to be itself 
 
 Antagonism between medicine and dentistry cannot be explained on any basis of public 
 interest or advantage, and has no jurisdiction whatever in any sentiments that are worthy of 
 respect. 
 
 Dentistry is neither a political party nor a secret society. It is not an organization of 
 dentists, conducted by dentists, for dentists. Dentistry is an accredited agency for public 
 service, open to public inspection, subject to public regulation, and subservient to enlightened 
 public opinion 
 
 Dental education is a function of universities. The most favorable conditions for 
 instruction in dentistry are plainly those provided in the universities by cordial co-operation 
 between teachers of dentistry, and those of the schools of medicine and engineering. Such 
 co-operation insures the most effective teaching under the most advantageous circumstances 
 for all concerned. 
 
 It is believed that, in view of the forthcoming report of the Carnegie Survey 
 of Dental Education, publication of the Proceedings of the Dental Faculties' 
 Association of American Uniz'crsities is peculiarly timely. From its inception to 
 Its dissolution this body had as its chief aim the consummation of the ideal now 
 so strongly set forth in the synopsis of this report, that is, raising dental educa- 
 tion to the university plane with the ultimate aim of placing dentistry on a par 
 with any other specialty in medicine. 
 
 Alfred Owre 
 Eugene H. Smith 
 Charles R. Turner 
 
 Committee on Minutes 
 November 7, 1924. 
 
 *The minutes for the year 1908-17 were published in the Dental Cosmos. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 Members 
 
 Foreword ^ 
 
 Historical sketch S 
 
 Preliminary conference 7 
 
 Meeting for permanent organization • 7 
 
 Q 
 
 Second annual meetmg ° 
 
 Third annual meeting ^3 
 
 Fourth annual meetmg '■° 
 
 Fifth annual meeting 3i 
 
 Sixth annual meeting 3o 
 
 Seventh annual meeting 44 
 
 Eighth annual meeting 52 
 
 Special meeting held in Albany, New York, April i, 1916 62 
 
 Ninth annual meeting • • • "o 
 
 Special meeting held in Chicago, June i, 1918 81 
 
 Eleventh annual meeting °- 
 
 Special meeting held in Chicago, June 21, 1919 9i 
 
 Special meeting held at New Orleans, October 19, 1919. .' 92 
 
 Twelfth annual meeting 97 
 
 Special meeting held at Detroit, January 28, 1920 99 
 
 Special meeting held at Boston, August 23, 1920 100 
 
 Thirteenth annual meeting lOi 
 
 Special meeting at Indianapolis, January 24, 1921 104 
 
 Fourteenth annual meeting 104 
 
 Fifteenth annual meeting 108 
 
 Special meeting held in Chicago, March i, 1924 115 
 
 Appendix ^^7 
 
 Constitution and by-laws, as adopted in Philadelphia, June 5, 1909 120 
 
 Standing resolutions 124 
 
 Constitution and by-laws, as revised in Montreal, January 22, 1922 124 
 
 ' 4 
 
 i 
 
HISTORICAL SKETCH 
 
 Early dental education in the United States was, unfortunately, left largely 
 to its own devices. In the first years of the republic, dentists learned technique 
 in a practitioner's office, sometimes supplementing this training with four- or 
 five-month lecture courses in medical subjects such as anatomy, physiology, and 
 materia medica. Most dentists, however, practiced without medical knowledge 
 and without degrees. In 1839 the University of Maryland refused the request 
 of two prominent Baltimore practitioners to establish a course in dentistry. 
 Dissatisfied with existing conditions, these two men finally brought about the 
 establishment, as an independent institution, of the Baltimore College of Dental 
 Surgery, thus completing the divorce of dentistry from university ideals and 
 standards. From this tim'fe, for perhaps seventy years, dental education followed 
 the same general trend as medical education, which, it will be recalled, fell 
 largely into the hands of commercial exploiters, until conditions grew so bad 
 that the university trained men of the' profession ultimately brought about a 
 survey by the Carnegie Foundation in an effort toward betterment. This survey 
 in medicine resulted, practically, in the extermination of the proprietary schools. 
 
 The situation in dentistry was complicated by the fact that in addition to 
 being conducted for profit, dental education consisted largely in a purely me- 
 chanical training. Essentially, of course, dentistry is a specialty of medicine, 
 on a par with, and requiring the same fundamental training as, rhinology, otology, 
 ophthalmology, or any other recognized specialty. Fortunately, there was a grow- 
 ing non-commercial element in dental education, the university dental schools. In 
 1859 Harvard established a dental school ; in 1875, Michigan ; in 1878, Pennsyl- 
 vania. (By 1921 two thirds of all dental schools in the United States were 
 parts of state or endowed universities.) 
 
 In 1884 various schools of all types organized the National Association of 
 Dental Faculties for the purpose of standardizing and regulating dental educa- 
 tion. This body, sincere in its purpose, did a great deal toward bettering con- 
 ditions. There was a great deal to be done. It was necessary, even at that 
 relatively late date, to take very elementary steps toward betterment. At its 
 first meeting it 
 
 abrogated the prevailing custom of allowing five years of practice to be substituted for one 
 session of college vi^ork, recommended the general adoption of a graded curriculum of two 
 years, recommended the subjects of instruction, and declared itself in favor of an examination 
 upon the rudiments of an "English education" for all candidates for admission. In 1889 a 
 three-year course, of not less than five months each, was adopted to go into effect in 1891-92. 
 Six month sessions were approved in 1894, and extended to seven months in 1899-1900. In 
 1901 a four-year course was projected for 1904-5 to accommodate the rapidly increasing sub- 
 jects, but in 1904 this was rescinded in favor of a three-session course of thirty weeks each, 
 
 as it was decided that the adoption of a four-year course had been a little premature 
 
 The National Association of Dental Faculties advanced the preliminary educational re- 
 quirement, in 1897,- to admission to a high school; and, in 1900, to admission to the third 
 year of high school. In 1907-9, three years of high school were required. ^ 
 
 One by one, many of the university schools withdrew from the National 
 Association of Dental Faculties. It was believed that rapid progress toward the 
 university ideal in dental education could be made only by a disinterested group. 
 
 ^ C. R. Turner. Dental Cosmos. January, 1920. 
 
For this reason the university dental schools, in. 1908, brought about a conference 
 of delegates from six university schools (California, Harvard, Iowa, :\Iichigan, 
 Minnesota, and Pennsylvania) to consider the advisaljility of forming an asso- 
 ciation of university- dental schools. The first steps toward organization were 
 taken at this meeting. The following year a permanent organization was effected, 
 known as the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, with the 
 avowed object of promoting higher ideals in dental education, of improving the 
 standards of preliminary education required for admission to dental schools, 
 and ultimately of establishing a national standard of dental education. An educa- 
 tional committee was appointed to take up and present for action these questions. 
 
 Hereafter until 1923 the Association held regular annual meetings, with several 
 special meetings on matters requiring immediate action. At each meeting the 
 report of the educational committee was_ discussed at length, and forward action 
 taken. Other university schools whose standards met those of the Association 
 were admitted to membership as they applied, until in 1923 the list was as fol- 
 lows : California, Columbia, Harvard, Iowa, Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, 
 Nebraska, the regents of the University of the State of New York, Ohio, 
 Pennsylvania. Tufts, Washington, Western Reserve. 
 
 It was early recognized that there was urgent need for a disinterested survey 
 of dental education such as had been made for medical education. At the third 
 annual meeting, in 191 1, the following resolution was adopted: 
 
 That the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities invite the Carnegie 
 Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching to make an investigation of the educational 
 conditions in the dental schools holding membership in this association, such as was made of 
 the medical schools of the country. 
 
 Two years later, in pursuance of a suggestion made in the president's address, 
 which was adopted in foto, the motion was extended to include all dental schools, 
 regardless of university affiliation. In 1913 the president of the Association 
 mentioned in his annual address the announced intention of the Carnegie Foun- 
 dation to investigate dental education, and recommended that the Association 
 send the Foundation its appreciation of this intention, and express a hope that 
 the investigation be made at an early date. This was later adopted, and the 
 secretary instructed to send such a communication. In 1920 a resolution was 
 adopted again urging the Foundation to undertake a survey. The next year a 
 resolution was sent to the president of the Foundation offering all possible 
 assistance in such an investigation. The year following ( 1922) the survey was 
 begun. 
 
 The assurance of an ultimate impartial survey was a great support to the 
 Dental Faculties' Association in the stormy j-ears which followed its organiza- 
 tion. Naturally every forward movement met with opposition from the purely 
 commercial element. Progress was also retarded bj' a high-minded but reactionary 
 group which believed dentistry to be self-sufficient, without need of further alli- 
 ance with medicine. 
 
 The first forward step was the establishment of a preliminary requirement 
 of four years' work in a reputable high school for admission to dental schools 
 with regulations governing admission of students applying for advanced stand- 
 ing. Next was the lengthening of the dental course to four years, the first 
 year to include 600 hours of ancillary subjects. This was made obligatory in 
 1916. Obviously the next requirement was further to extend the course ; and 
 the Association bent its efforts in this direction. The exigencies of the war, 
 with its practical demands on professional schools, retarded progress somewhat; 
 
but, notwithstanding, a five-year course (four years of dentistry with a pre- 
 dental academic year) was made obligatory in 1921. All schools of the Associa- 
 tion, wi'.h one exception, established this course as then agreed. Contemporaneously 
 a medico-dental course, the ultimate goal, was under consideration. 
 
 Other activities of the Association included the encouragement of scientific 
 research in dentistry, the establishment of new undergraduate and graduate 
 courses, and the standardization of dental curricula. 
 
 Following a suggestion made by Dr. William J. Gies, head of the Carnegie 
 Survey of Dental Education, the four existent dental educational associations — the 
 National Dental Faculties' Association, The American Institute of Dental Teachers, 
 the Canadian Dental Faculties' Association, and the Dental Faculties' Association 
 of American Universities — recently disbanded to merge in the American Associa- 
 tion of Dental Schools. 
 
 It is suggested that anyone sufficiently interested in the trend of various 
 movements in dental education during the critical fifteen years just passed to 
 devote the necessary time to a reading of the appended minutes of the Dental 
 Faculties' Association of American Universities, will find himself informed on 
 many points which have of necessity been omitted from, or at best only touched 
 on, in this sketch. 
 
 PRELIMINARY CONFERENCE 
 
 On July 31, 1908, in Hotel Somerset, Boston, Massachusetts, a conference 
 of the representatives of the dental schools of the universities of California, 
 Harvard, Iowa, Michigan, Minn('sota, and Pennsylvania was held for the purpose 
 of considering the advisability of forming a faculties' association of the dental 
 departments of American universities. 
 
 The draft of a proposed constitution and by-laws had been forwarded by 
 Dr. James Truman, of the University of Pennsylvania, for presentation to this 
 meeting. 
 
 After a careful consideration of the object for which the conference had 
 been called, it was decided to resolve the meeting into a committee of the whole 
 for the further consideration of a plan of organization. 
 
 Of this committee, Dr. J. G. Sharp, representing the dental department of 
 the University of California, was, on motion, elected temporary chairman, and 
 the committee then adjourned to meet at the call of the chairman. 
 
 MEETING FOR PERMANENT ORGANIZATION 
 
 Pursuant to the resolution of adjournment, a meeting was called by the 
 chairman at the Bellevue-Stratford Hotel, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, at 9 a.m., 
 June 5, 1909, for the purpose of effecting permanent organization. 
 
 The meeting was called to order at 10 a.m. by the temporary chairman, 
 Dr. J. G. Sharp. University schools were represented as follows : California, 
 Dean J. G. Sharp; Harvard, Dean E. W. Smith; Michigan, Dean N. S. Hoff ; 
 Iowa, Dean G. A'. I. Brown; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania, 
 Dean E. C. Kirk. 
 
 Dr. Edward C. Kirk was appointed secretary pro tem. 
 
 After receiving the credentials of delegates presented by Drs. Hoff, Sharp, 
 and Brown, it was moved by Dr. G. V. I. Brown, and seconded by Dr. E. H. Smith, 
 that the meeting proceed to form a permanent organization. The motion was 
 carried. 
 
The chairman, Dr. Sharp, submitted a form of constitution and by-laws em- 
 bodying suggestions of the various members, which he had collated and arranged 
 since the previous meeting, and on motion of Dr. Eugene H. Smith, duly seconded, 
 it was resolved that such constitution and by-laws be read and, with such amend- 
 ments as were necessary, be adopted article by article. The motion was carried. 
 
 After a revision of the proposed constitution and by-laws and the adoption 
 of the same article by article, it was adopted as a whole.' 
 
 The meeting then proceeded to the election of permanent officers, with the 
 following result : 
 
 President — Dr. J. G. Sharp 
 
 1' ice-president — Dr. Eugene H. Smith 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. Edward C. Kirk 
 
 Executive Committee — Dr. J. G. Sharp, ex officio; Dr. N. S. Hoff, for one j'ear, and Dr. 
 G. V. I. Brown, for two years 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. J. G. Sharp, ex officio; Dr. Eugene H. Smith, for one year. 
 Dr. Edward C. Kirk, for two years, Dr. Alfred Owre, for three years 
 
 Upon motion it was voted that the sum of two hundred dollars be appropri- 
 ated from the funds of the Association to pay for clerical service in connection 
 with the duties of the secretary-treasurer for the ensuing year. 
 
 Upon motion the secretar3'-treasurer was directed to send to each of the 
 members a bill for annual dues. 
 
 The secretary-treasurer was further directed to send a report of the organiza- 
 tion of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities to the Associ- 
 ated Press, to foreign and domestic dental journals, to the National Commissioner 
 of Education, to the Federation Dentaire Internationale, to the secretaries of the 
 several state universities, to the National Association of Dental Examiners, to 
 the National Association of Dental Faculties, and to the National Dental 
 Association. 
 
 There being no further business, the meeting adjourned. 
 
 SECOND ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The second annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order at the Brown Palace Hotel, Denver, Colorado, 
 July i8. 1910, by the president, Dr. J. G. Sharp. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : California, Dean J. G. 
 Sharp ; Harvard. Dr. Waldo E. Boardman ; Iowa, Dr. Richard Summa ; Michigan, 
 Dean N. S. Hoff; Alinnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania, Dean E. C. Kirk. 
 
 Visitors: Drs. R. H. A'olland, R. H. D. Swing. W. F. Sharp. G. L. Bean, 
 L. S. Millberry. 
 
 The secretary then read the minutes of the preliminary conference held at 
 Boston, July 31, 1908, and of the meeting at Philadelphia, June 5, 1909. 
 
 On motion the minutes were approved. 
 
 The secretary asked for the official titles of each of the schools represented, 
 with the following result: Harvard University, Dental School; University of 
 Alichigan College of Dental Surgery; University of California, College of 
 Dentistry; University of Iowa, College of Dentistry; University of :Minnesota, 
 College of Dentistry; University of Pennsylvania, School of Dentistrj'. 
 
 The president read his annual address, as follows : 
 
 ' See Appendix. 
 
Members of the Dental Facnties' Association of American Universities : Organized as 
 we are to promote higher standards of education in our profession, it naturally devolves upon 
 a new organization to begin by eliminating the infirmities of the past in educational methods, 
 and retaining and adding to those that are wholesome. In the effort, however, to promote the 
 welfare of our profession along these lines, we must guard against the over-enthusiasm and 
 consequent haste that so often land us in the pitfalls of our progress. We are organized for 
 a noble purpose, and it is quite apparent, after a perusal of the voluminous amount of literature 
 put forth in the past year on the subject which we have to consider, that there is need for such 
 organization. We read much of the medical training for the dentist, and we read somewhat 
 as to the methods pursued in many high grade dental schools being all that is required; 
 however, whichever method prevails, as educators and as organized with a hope that our acts 
 will bear fruit because of a sincere interest in our profession and the welfare of mankind, we 
 must advance unfalteringly, slowly, yet apace with the demands made on us by humanity, and 
 without losing sight of the fact that the results of our professional work at present are largely 
 dependent upon our ability as mechanics, which factor will become less and less prominent 
 as science, with resulting preventive measures, takes precedence over it. In the meantime, 
 however, I think the present system will have to suffice, and that if one cares to become a 
 stomatologist in the broadest sense of the word, after finishing a dental course he should further 
 pursue medical studies. I here suggest two steps in dentistry, the mechanical first and the 
 stomatological second. 
 
 Being organized for the purpose of offering a guaranteed basis of standardization for 
 dental schools to our profession, by virtue of our members being controlled by the Association 
 of American Universities, I believe we could increase the scope of our usefulness by extending 
 the privilege .of membership to such schools and universities as are on the accepted list of the 
 Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, and to me it would seem advisable to 
 so amend our constitution. It would be well at this point to quote from an article of Com- 
 missioner of Education Brown on the Carnegie Foundation. He says: "Because of its ability 
 to give or withhold valuable grants, so that these grants will be made only to institutions of a 
 certain academic grade, and because of a provision in the office of the foundation for the 
 investigation of all institutions applying for such grants, this establishment has become one of 
 the most powerful agencies for clearing up and unifying our standards in higher education." 
 It would likewise be well to seek the assistance of this institution in clarifying the dental 
 educational atmosphere, as it is now doing for the medical profession. Such assistance would 
 further tend to secure foreign recognition of our dental schools and their graduates, and re- 
 move the stigma of dental board surveillance over them, and thus pave the way to interstate 
 and foreign recognition of them. 
 
 The next step of importance which I feel should be brought up for consideration by this 
 body is the addition of one year to our curriculum, making it four years. Our students at 
 present are overcrowded, and further it seems desirable to broaden the field of scientific work 
 in our schools; at the same time an effort should be made to produce greater uniformity of our 
 curricula, as regards subjects to be taught and time for teaching them. This factor might be 
 beneficial in establishing a national standard. 
 
 Some discussion arose at our last meeting as to the time and place of our meetings. 
 To me it seems advisable that we should meet in conjunction with the National Dental Asso- 
 ciation. This would tend to enlarge our meetings, and likewise augment our activity in the 
 National Association, in which we should become interested members. This Association, 
 through a committee, should interview the commissioner of education in reference to the 
 establishment of a professional advisory council in connection with the Department of the 
 Interior, to discuss international educational problems with foreign nations through the Depart- 
 ment of State, instead of as individuals. In so far as our standards suffer by comparison 
 with those of foreign countries, they should be corrected, and vice versa. No real national 
 standard can be brought about until such harmony exists. We would thus spread our influence 
 in the cultured nations of the world, and wield a great influence in bringing about the establish- 
 ment of a federal commission or examining board of proper educational attainments. In all 
 these dental affairs of national and international importance this Association should be actively 
 interested. 
 
 In reference to membership, if it is the wish of the members to include schools of the 
 Carnegie accepted list, I would call attention to the University of Toronto Dental School, but 
 as our organization is purely a national one, some special provision would have to be made to 
 include schools in Canada. 
 
 It is worthy of mention that the Pennsylvania Dental College has become allied with the 
 University of Pennsylvania and ceased to exist as a separate school — a commendable effort in 
 promoting a good cause. 
 
 Further to increase the good results of our work, I believe we should act as far as pos- 
 sible in harmony with other educational factors, rather than appear to antagonize them, where 
 
it can be done without in any sense lowering the bars of membership that offer protection to 
 our profession. With this thought in mind it might seem advisable, where schools outside 
 this Association are willing to comply with the regulations of this Association, that we indorse 
 them for a period of three years, thus encouraging them to a desire to become a department 
 of some universitj% standardized as are those that are members of this Association, which must 
 be done within the three years or such indorsement be cancelled. 
 
 As the development of professional character in our graduates is one of the objects sought 
 by dental schools of proper standing, I feel that we should lay special stress in the future on 
 the matter of preliminary studies with the object of developing culture, upon which professional 
 character greatly depends. This should be a prerequisite for matriculation into schools of such 
 importance as those of the dental profession. 
 
 In conclusion, I wish to thank the members of the Association for extending to me the 
 honor of being your first presiding officer, and as I give way to my successor it is with the 
 wish that, with your assistance, he may so guide the affairs of the Association as to make our 
 hopes a reasonable certainty-, and meet the expectations of the dental profession. 
 
 It was moved that the discussion of the president's address be postponed until 
 after the regular routine business had been disposed of. 
 
 Alotion carried. 
 
 The secretary-treasurer, Dr. Edward C. Kirk, then read his report. He 
 stated that a record of the preHminary meeting held in Boston, July 31, 1908, and 
 of the meeting for organization held in Philadelphia, June 5, 1909, together with 
 the constitution and by-laws adopted at the Philadelphia meeting, was prepared 
 and published in the dental journals; also several hundred copies were printed 
 in pamphlet form for distribution to dental educational authorities both in America 
 and Europe. Copies were also sent to the national commissioner of education at 
 Washington, to several of the state educational authorities, and to the educational 
 authorities of the principal countries of Europe. Copies were furnished to inter- 
 ested individuals who applied for them. 
 
 Pursuant to his instructions, the secretary endeavored to secure a record of 
 all matriculants in each of the colleges members of the Dental Faculties' Associa- 
 tion of American Universities. Lists of matriculants for the session of 1909-10 
 were received from the deans of the dental schools of the University of Minnesota,. 
 the University of ^Michigan, the University of California, and the University of 
 Pennsylvania. 
 
 In an endeavor to secure data upon which to base the conduct of a bureau of 
 information pertaining to dental educational matters throughout the world, as 
 provided in the constitution, the secretary, through correspondence and otherwise, 
 endeavored to secure reports of boards of dental examiners, announcements of all 
 dental colleges, copies of state laws, copies of the laws of foreign countries 
 governing the practice of dentistry, and data relating to the condition and char- 
 acter of dental education in foreign dental colleges, with the result that a con- 
 siderable mass of matter was already collected furnishing much valuable in- 
 formation. This was at the disposition of members of the Association desiring 
 information in regard to the matters referred to. 
 
 The secretary reported further that he was able, on a recent visit to Europe, 
 to present personally to dental educational authorities the purposes and ideals of 
 the Association. He recommended that the Association participate as actively as 
 possible in the meetings of the Federation Dentaire Internationale. 
 
 The financial report was read. 
 
 The executive committee having no report, the next order of business was 
 the report of the educational committee. 
 
 Dr. Smith, the chairman, being absent, Dr. Boardman presented his report, 
 as follows : 
 
As chairman of the Educational Committee of the Dental Faculties' Association of Amer- 
 ican Universities, I herewith suggest the following requirements for admission to the dental 
 schools holding membership in this Association : 
 
 All candidates for admission holding a degree in letters, science, or medicine, from a 
 recognized college or scientific school, or who have passed an examination for admission to any- 
 reputable college of letters, or who present diplomas from a four-years high school covering 
 subjects hereinafter mentioned are to me admitted without an examination. Candidates pre- 
 senting diplomas from reputable high schools must have passed examination in the following 
 subjects: 
 
 English, physics, Latin or French or German, chemistry, algebra, and geometry. 
 
 All other candidates must have passed examinations in the following subjects to the value 
 of sixteen units: 
 
 English, four units 
 
 Physics, including the laboratory course, two units 
 
 Latin, four units, or French or German and history, four units ^ 
 
 Chemistry, two units 
 
 Algebra, one unit 
 
 Geometry, one unit 
 
 The foregoing subjects to be required in each case, the remaining units to be made up 
 from the following electives: 
 
 Manual training, one unit Anatomy, physiology, and hygiene, one unit 
 
 Solid geometry, one unit Woodworking, one unit 
 
 Botany, one unit Blacksmithing, one unit 
 
 Zoology, one unit Chipping, filing, and fitting, one unit 
 
 Machine work, one unit 
 
 I would further suggest that our committee recommend that the schools holding mem- 
 bership in the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities shall not accept the work 
 done in other dental schools outside of the Association, nor admit the students from these 
 schools to advanced standing, unless the schools have a course of nine months, in which case we 
 will allow the time only. Each student must present a certificate of having had the preliminary 
 training equal to the requirements of the schools of our Association, and be required to pass 
 all of the examinations in the regular course. 
 
 In regard to the number of conditions allowed for matriculation, I would suggest that 
 two units be the maximum number on which to admit a student. 
 
 In regard to the standing of foreign dental schools, I have had time only to investigate 
 the status of the Russian schools, and find as follows: 
 
 That all of the universities in Russia are governed by the Ministry of Public Instruction 
 and its agents; that the medical faculties of the Russian universities have no course in den- 
 tistry, but that dentistry is taught in special dental schools. After finishing the course at the 
 dental schools, the students are obliged to pass an examination at one of the four universities 
 in Russia — that is, St. Petersburg, St. Vladimir, Kazan, and Kharkow. 
 
 The maximum preliminary training for a student in dentistry in Russia is the equivalent 
 of two years in an American high school; that is, six classes in a Russian gymnasium. Eight 
 classes are required for a student in medicine. The maximum -length of time required to 
 obtain a certificate from a dental school is two and one-half years, or five semesters of four 
 months each. 
 
 I would suggest that our committee recommend that the schools holding membership in 
 the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities require a candidate for adm.ission 
 who has been trained in Russia to present a certificate of eight classes of a Russian gymna- 
 sium, or make up the equivalent of two years in our American high schools, that he be 
 allowed but one year's time, and be required to pass all of the examinations of our three years 
 before becoming a candidate for our degree. 
 
 Respectfully submitted, 
 
 Eugene H. Smith, Chainnaii. 
 
 On motion, the report of the educational committee was received and placed 
 on the minutes. 
 
 The president's address was then taken up for discussion. The first point 
 of the address, that of the standard of admission to the Association based on the 
 accepted list of the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, was 
 discussed at length by Drs. Hoff, Kirk, Sharp, and Owre, after which Dr. Kirk 
 presented the following resolution-: 
 
Whereas The Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching has done more 
 than any other organization in determining and maintaining a proper standard of entrance 
 requirement for admission to colleges and universities; and 
 
 Whereas, The investigation that has been and is being conducted m medical educational 
 institutions, with regard to admission requirements and facilities for giving instruction, has 
 done much to elevate the standards of medical education; therefore be it 
 
 Resolved That schools or colleges of dentistry that are an integral part of and under 
 the direct supervision of universities accepted by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement 
 of Teaching may be eligible to hold membership in the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities. 
 
 Dr. Owre seconded the resolution with the understanding that the amend- 
 ment to the by-laws made necessary by this resolution lie over for final action 
 until the next annual meeting. 
 
 The resolution was adopted. 
 
 Dr. Kirk presented the amendment to the by-laws, as follows : 
 
 To amend Article III, Section i, of the constitution and by-laws: 
 
 After the ivord "Universities," insert the words "or accepted by the Carnegie Foundation 
 for the Advancement of Teaching." 
 
 With reference to the suggestion of an advisory council for the purpose of 
 harmonizing the educational standards of America and of foreign countries, 
 Dr. Hoff moved that this question be left in the hands of a committee consisting 
 of Drs. Kirk and Smith, with Dr. Sharp ex officio. The motion was duly sec- 
 onded and carried. 
 
 The suggestion in the president's address with reference to a four-year cur- 
 riculum was discussed, and Dr. Owre presented the following resolution : 
 
 Resolved, That the educational committee be instructed to take up for consideration the 
 question of the addition of a fourth year to the dental curriculum, as suggested in the address 
 of the president, and submit a report thereon at the next general meeting of the Association. 
 
 The motion was carried. 
 
 It was voted that the president's address be accepted and placed on file, with 
 the thanks of the Association for its very admirable character. 
 
 The report of the secretary-treasurer was called up for action, and Dr. Owre 
 moved that the report be accepted, and that the thanks of the Association be 
 extended to the secretary-treasurer for the very efficient service rendered. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Kirk, in speaking of the activities of the Association, thought it desirable 
 that the Association should get into closer touch with the Federation Dentaire 
 Internationale, as the Federation had for its aim the harmonizing of educational 
 standards- of the world, and also the raising of the educational standards for 
 dentistry. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that the Association apply for membership as a body in the 
 Federation Dentaire Internationale. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The secretary asked for suggestions with regard to making public the ac- 
 tivities of the Association, and Dr. Owre moved that that be left to the discretion 
 of the secretar3^-treasurer. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Kirk spoke of the Pennsylvania College of Dental Surgery's surrendering 
 its charter because of its inability to continue as an educational institution under 
 the present conditions without lowering its educational requirements. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that Drs. Kirk and Hoff be appointed a committee to draw 
 up resolutions regarding the discontinuing of the Pennsylvania College of Dental 
 
Surgery, and that the resohitions be spread on the minutes of the Association 
 and copies of the resolution be sent to the faculty of the Pennsylvania College. 
 
 Alotion carried. 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 At the afternoon session the report of the educational committee was brought 
 up for discussion. 
 
 Drs. Kirk, Sharp, Hoff, Owre, and Summa discussed the question of the 
 prescribed preliminary educational requirements suggested by the educational 
 committee for entrance into the schools of the Association, and Dr. Kirk moved 
 that this portion of the report be referred back to the committee for further 
 elaboration, with the suggestion that the committee obtain from each of the institu- 
 tions the different educational requirements, the preparatory work required, the 
 value of the counts from each institution, etc., and that the committee at the next 
 meeting bring in recommendations of a plan by which the unification of the 
 several standards of value may be realized. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The next portion of the report taken up for discussion was the number of 
 conditions that the matriculant may carry on entering a school. 
 
 After some discussion, Dr. Kirk moved that this question also be referred 
 back to the committee and included in the original motion. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The next portion of the report considered was the recommendation with 
 regard to the acceptance of Russian students ; it was moved that that portion of 
 the report be adopted. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Summa then moved that the report of the educational committee be 
 accepted as a whole. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Sharp presented a number of reports on foreign dental schools, and 
 Dr. Summa moved that they be referred to the Committee on Education for the 
 information of said committee. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Officers for the ensuing year were elected as follows : 
 
 President — Dr. J. G. Sharp 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. Eugene H. Smith 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. Edward C. Kirk 
 
 Executive Committee — Dr. J. G. Sharp, ex oiificio. Dr. Richard Summa, for one year, 
 and Dr. N. S. Hoff, for two years 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. Edward C. Kirk, for one year, Dr. Alfred Owre, for two 
 years. Dr. Eugene H. Smith, for three years, and Dr. J. G. Sharp, ex officio 
 
 Advisory Council — Dr. J. G. Sharp, ex officio. Dr. Edward C. Kirk, Dr. Eugene H. Smith 
 
 At the suggestion of the president, the Association then listened to a presenta- 
 tion of the question of dental legislation in California, presented by Dr. Millberry, 
 but no official action was taken in regard to this question. 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 THIRD ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The third annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order, March 8, 191 1, by the president, Dr. J. G. Sharp, 
 at the Burkley Hotel, Iowa City, Iowa. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows: California, Dean J. G. 
 Sharp ; Harvard, Dean Eugene H. Smith ; Michigan, Dean N. S. Hoff ; Iowa, 
 
 13 
 
Dr. W. S. Hosford; }^Iinnesota, Dean Alfred Owre ; Pennsylvania, Dean E. C. 
 Kirk. 
 
 Visitors : Drs. Henry ^^lorrow, H. C. Pelton, E. A. Rogers, Richard Summa, 
 R. H. Volland. 
 
 The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. The president. 
 Dr. J. G. Sharp, read his annual address, as follows : 
 
 Air. Chairman and Members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities: 
 In view of the fact that our actions speak more forcibly than our words, my report will 
 necessarily be verj' brief. We are now firmly organized, and what is more, under the most 
 favorable conditions — having established a definite preliminary standard for our members, to 
 be increased as future requirements shall indicate. We have likewise adopted the strongest 
 means at our command up to the present time to guarantee those standards. We should now 
 seek further to strengthen this guarantee and to harmonize and improve the curricula in the 
 different schools. My strongest criticism of all progressive schools at the present time would 
 be that the scientific courses have so increased as materially to infringe upon those devoted 
 to technics, whereas both scientific and technical courses should be increased. This condition 
 can and must be adjusted between ourselves before we can enter upon the final step in our 
 work — that of establishing a standard which will meet the needs of the public, gain the approval 
 of the profession, and ultimately act as a basis upon which the educational authorities at 
 Washington can establish a national standard, which possibly may lead to interstate and inter- 
 national reciprocity. 
 
 Dr. Kendrick C. Babcock,. expert on higher education of the Bureau of Education, was 
 expected to be with us today, but I regret having just received a letter from him stating that 
 he is detained at Cambridge and cannot be present at our meeting. It is also to be greatly 
 regretted that up to the present moment I have received no response from Dr. Pritcheft, of 
 the Carnegie Foundation, to questions regarding the relationship of dental schools to their 
 universities in cases where these universities are on the accepted list of that institution. I am 
 informed, however, by our own recorder of faculties that such universities wei'e accepted with- 
 out reference to the standing of their dental schools. If our own educational committee is 
 not differently informed on this point, it would seem that we could not at present consider 
 such dental schools for membership in this Association, nor until such time as the Carnegie 
 Foundation has definitely set its standard for such schools, which in response to a previous 
 letter President Pritchett expressed a willingness to do, provided the request for such assist- 
 ance is sufficiently urged upon him. Since the work in which we are engaged is one based 
 solely upon the welfare of the public, I strongly urge upon the members of our Association 
 that we take steps to enlist the services of that Foundation in this work, not necessarily as 
 college men, but as individual members of the profession. From our intimacj' with this class 
 of educational work we are the first, or should be the first, to recognize our weaknesses, and 
 should therefore adopt the most direct means for correcting them. This Foundation is such 
 a means; its independence assures its safety as a standardizing agent and it can aid us 
 materially in our progress. By thus keeping faith with the public and our profession, we 
 shall receive the unqualified support of both, and at the same time maintain a proper standard 
 of self-respect — both of which are quite important in carrying on our work. That this is true 
 is evidenced in many ways — first, in the report of the commiUee of the Stomatological Section 
 of the American Medical Association appointed to advance the standards of dental schools, in 
 which it says, "The Dental Faculties Association of American Universities should be given 
 all possible aid in the work in which it is engaged." Such an expression of confidence in our 
 organization certainlj'^ leaves no doubt in our minds, if any ever existed, as to the largeness 
 of our responsibility. Secondly, the need for strenuous measures to improve conditions could 
 not be more forcibly shown than in the report of the committee on the address of the president 
 of the National Dental Association at its meeting held in Denver last Julj'. It says, "It is 
 manifestly true that in the special department of education with which we are immediately 
 concerned there is cr3'ing need for reform." Further, no matter in which direction we turn, 
 we hear individual expressions condemnatorj^ of dental schools — man3'- based upon ignorance, 
 to be sure, but with enough truth in all to justify some radical improvements. 
 
 As our success in advancing the educational standards of our profession is largely de- 
 pendent upon outside support, I tiink publicity of our deliberations and actions should be 
 encouraged, and hence would suggest that from time to time, or at each meeting of this body, 
 we invite to meet with us in an advisory capacitv', as individuals or as members of some state 
 or national educational department, or educational committee, men who have no college affilia- 
 tions but who are nevertheless closely allied with this work. 
 
 In my last report to this Association, I expressed some words of caution against a 
 too hasty action on matters that should first receive the fullest consideration. I make this 
 
 14 
 
reference, as it is my belief that this Association acted too hastily in the matter of joining the 
 Federation Dentaire Internationale as a body. An institution as young as this one, I believe, 
 should be absolutely free to shape its own course without being hampered by attachment to 
 rules governing any other association. I therefore recommend a reconsideration of our former 
 action in this matter, since our influence in international affairs will be vastly greater after 
 we have laid claim to a national standard and have justified it by our actions. 
 
 In view of the fact that we were disappointed in not having had a representative of 
 the commissioner of education with us today, I feel thaf the Advisory Council should instruct 
 him as to our organization, its aims, and the deliberations of this meeting, or that said council 
 interview him, that we both might be benefited by such a conference and the gates opened for 
 a federal consideration of our professional educational standing. 
 
 I wish to congratulate the Association upon its wise decision as to holding its meeting 
 in the different colleges. In studying the conditions existing in Iowa University Dental 
 School during the two days we have already been here, I feel that we have all been greatly 
 benefited, and that such intimacy with the actual workings of our members while in session 
 will bring about' an earlier adjustment of harmony in our curricula, and be equally important 
 from the standpoint of pedagogy. Since there are twenty-two universities in the Association 
 of American Universities, and only six of these have dental schools, it might be well for our 
 college association to lay the educational status of dentistry before that association, sho.wing that 
 it is quite worthy of university consideration. It would thus encourage those in authority in these 
 universities favorably to consider dental education, and to lend a favorable ear to the overtures 
 made to them by dental schools now in existence, for becoming part of such universities. All 
 standardized universities should be so informed. 
 
 Believing that a consideration of, and favorable action on, the suggestions that are 
 herein set forth would constitute the first and a perfectly consistent step of this Association 
 following its organization toward reaching the goal it covets, namely, that of making the 
 dental school in every instance a public benefactor and discouraging the possibility of any 
 being the object of public benefaction, I wish in closing to thank you all for the energy each 
 member has devoted to the cause for which our organization stands. Its roots have taken a 
 firm hold, and it will only be through the acts of its own indiscretion that its progress will 
 be retarded. 
 
 The next order of business was the reading of the report of the secretary- 
 treasurer. 
 
 The secretary reported that, pursuant to his instructions at the last previous 
 meeting, he had forwarded to the dean of the Pennsylvania College of Dental 
 Surgery a resolution commending, for the Association, the action on the part of 
 that institution in discontinuing its courses of instruction rather than taking the 
 alternative of lowering the standards of instruction. 
 
 A communication was read from a Japanese dental school asking admission 
 for its graduates to the third year of the course of dental schools in the Association. 
 
 A financial statement was presented. It was voted, on motion, that both 
 reports be received. 
 
 The executive committee having no report, the next order of business was 
 the report of the educational committee. The chairman, Dr. Eugene H. Smith, 
 presented the following report : 
 
 Mr. President and Members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities : 
 Your committee on education begs to submit the following report as the result of its delibera- 
 tions on the questions referred to this committee: 
 
 Your committee has carefully considered the question of adopting a more uniform stand- 
 ard of preliminary educational requirements and one to which the various count systems now 
 in use can be readily adjusted. We have also considered it advisable to add to the present 
 requirements for matriculation a kno^yledge of elementary chemistry. As the result of our 
 deliberations we beg leave to submit the following recommendation for your consideration: 
 
 We recommend to the Association that the minimum standard of four years' high school 
 education now required for admission to the schools of this Association shall be as defined by 
 the regents of the University of the State of New York, this to include one year of work in 
 chemistry; the requirement in chemistry to take effect in 1912-13. 
 
 The attention of the committee has been called to the fact that the regents of the state 
 of New York issue a special dental certificate on examination, but the committee suggests 
 that the scope of examination for the special certificate be further investigated before the 
 
 15 
 
schools of this Association accept such certificates as covering the preliminary educational 
 requirements. 
 
 Four-year curriculum. — Your committee has carefully considered the advisability of 
 adopting a four-} ear curriculum, and as the result of its deliberations vi^ deem it inexpedient 
 at the present time to adopt an obligatory four-year curriculum. We, however, recommend 
 the adoption of an elective four-year course, the Association to prescribe what subjects are 
 to be pursued in the fourth year. 
 
 Standardisation of curricula. — With reference to standardizing the curricula of the 
 schools of this Association, we have been unable to formulate any definite plan to this end, 
 but recommend that steps be taken to standardize the curricula of the schools, and we also 
 recommend that this question be referred back to the educational committee, or a special com- 
 mittee appointed for the purpose, for further consideration. 
 
 Conditions of matriculates. — As to the number of conditions which a matriculate may 
 be allowed to carry on entrance to the schools of this Association, we recommend that this be 
 left to the discretion of the ditferent schools. 
 
 Respectfully submitted, 
 
 Eugene H. Smith, Chairman, 
 Alfred Owre, 
 Edward C. Kirk, 
 
 Committee. 
 
 Motion \yas made and carried that the report be received, and opened for 
 discussion later. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until 2:30 p.m. 
 
 At the afternoon session the question of the final adoption of the resolution 
 presented at the last meeting on the eligibility of schools and colleges which were 
 integral parts of universities accepted by the Carnegie Foundation for the Ad- 
 vancement of Teaching, for membership in the Association was taken up for 
 final action. After considerable discussion the resolution was finally adopted in 
 the following form : 
 
 Article III, Section i. The membership of this Association shall be limited to dental 
 schools which are an integral part of state universities or of chartered universities of equal 
 standing of the United States of America holding membership in the Association of American 
 Universities, or accepted by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, de- 
 manding graduation from accredited high schools, that require not less than four years of 
 high-school work, or the equivalent amount of education, for matriculation. 
 
 The question of the standardization of dental schools or the establishing of 
 a standard curriculum for dental schools was taken up for discussion. It was 
 decided that this was the work of the educational committee, and Dr. Kirk moved 
 that the Advisory Council be done away with and its work merged with that of 
 the educational committee. The motion was carried. 
 
 It was moved and carried that the president's address be taken up for 
 consideration. 
 
 The first recommendation in the president's address was that relating to 
 the standardization of the curricula of the schools of the Association ; it was 
 decided that that question be referred to the educational committee. 
 
 The question of the investigation of educational institutions by the Carnegie 
 Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching was discussed at length by Drs. 
 Owre, Sharp, Summa, Hoff, and Kirk, after which Dr. Owre moved, and Dr. 
 Smith seconded — 
 
 That the Dental Faculties Association of American Universities invite the Carnegie 
 Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching to make an investigation of dental schools holding 
 membership in this Association, such as was made of the medical schools of this country. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The question of the action of the Association at its last meeting in applying 
 for membership in the Federation Dentaire Internationale was taken up for 
 reconsideration. The subject was discussed at some length by Drs. Owre, Smith, 
 
 16 
 
Sharp, Hof¥, Summa, and Kirk, after which it was moved and carried that the 
 former action of the Association in applying for membership in the Federation 
 Dentaire Internationale be rescinded, and that the application for membership 
 be withdrawn. 
 
 The secretary was instructed to inform the Federation of this action, and 
 to present as the reason therefor the feeling of the Association that it was inad- 
 visable at this time for the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities 
 to affiliate itself with any other body, as it was thought that the Association 
 could better perform its work by occupying an entirely neutral ground in relation 
 to other organizations. 
 
 The next question considered was the recommendation by the president that 
 the Association of American Universities be asked to take up and consider the 
 question of dental education, with a view to encouraging the dental schools of 
 the country to the adoption of a higher standard of preliminary educational re- 
 quirements. The subject was discussed by Drs. Sharp, Owre, and Kirk, after 
 which it was moved, and carried that the president be requested to pursue this 
 matter at his discretion with the Association of American Universities. 
 
 Dr. Sharp called attention to the fact that there were two universities, mem- 
 bers of the Association of American Universities, whose dental schools were not 
 members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, and 
 whose educational standards were such as to make them ineligible to member- 
 ship in the D. F. A. of A. U., and asked if the Association should take cognizance 
 of that fact. 
 
 it was moved and carried that similar authority be given to the president 
 to take action at his discretion in calling the attention of the Association of 
 American Universities to this matter. 
 
 The president's address was adopted as a whole. 
 
 The report of the secretary-treasurer was then taken up for consideration. 
 The question of the recognition of the Tokyo Dental College by the Associa- 
 tion was, on motion, referred to the educational committee. 
 
 It was moved and carried that the report of the secretary-treasurer be ac- 
 cepted and adopted as a whole. 
 
 The report of the educational committee was next taken up for con- 
 sideration and action. The recommendation of the committee to the efifect that 
 "the minimum standard of four years' high-school education now required for 
 admission to the schools of this association shall be as defined by the regents 
 of the University of the State of New York, this to include one year of work in 
 chemistry, the requirement in chemistry to take efifect in 1912-13," was discussed 
 by Drs. Hofif, Smith, Kirk, Summa, and Sharp, after which it was moved and 
 carried that this recommendation be adopted. 
 
 The recommendation of the educational committee with reference to the ex- 
 tension of the graduate phase of instruction in lieu of adopting a four-year 
 curriculum at the present time was, on motion, adopted. 
 
 The report of the educational committee was adopted as a whole. 
 Election of officers for the ensuing year resulted as follows : 
 
 President — Dr. J. G. Sharp 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. E. H. Smith 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. E. C. Kirk 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. Alfred Owre, for one year, Dr. E. H. Smith, for two years. 
 Dr. E. C. Kirk, for three years, and Dr. J. G. Sharp, ex officio 
 
 Executive Committee— Br. N. S. Hoff, for one year, Dr. W. S. Hosford, for two j-ears, 
 and Dr. J. G. Sharp, ex officio 
 
 The Association adjourned until the next annual meeting. 
 
 17 
 
FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The fourth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order January 22, 1912, at 10 -.30 a.m. by the vice-presi- 
 dent, Dr. Eugene H. Smith, at Ann Arbor, Michigan. Membership universities 
 were represented as follows: California, Dr. Fred E. Hart; Harvard, Dean 
 Eugene H. Smith; Iowa, Dean W. S. Hosford; Michigan, Dean N. S. Hoff ; 
 :Minnesota. Dean Alfred Owre ; Pennsylvania, Dean E. C. Kirk. 
 
 A'isitors : Drs. R. W. Bunting, E. T. Darby, L. P. Hall, E. T. Loeffler, C. J. 
 Lyons. Henry :Morrow, F. H. Orton, and M. L. Ward. 
 
 Inasmuch as the minutes of the previous meeting had been printed and dis- 
 tributed among the members it was voted that the reading of the minutes be 
 dispensed with. 
 
 The annual address of the president. Dr. J. G. Sharp, was read by the sec- 
 retary as follows : 
 
 Members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities : I most sin- 
 cerely regret that circumstances make it impossible for me to meet personallj' with you on this, 
 the occasion of our fourth annual meeting. However, Dr. Fred E. Hart has been appointed 
 by the president to represent the University of California, and he carries with him the good 
 will and greetings from the members of our faculty to their co-workers in our Association. 
 It is with a longing interest that we look forward to his return to California, and to a report of 
 great strides of progress contemplated for the coming 3'ear, together with one of a clean bill of 
 health for the year that has just closed. 
 
 I must remind you that as our labors in the matter of education have placed us in the 
 role of public servants, it is incumbent up:n us to proceed cautiously, and always with a 
 thorough understanding that we must do our full duty and render a complete and honorable 
 report to the profession and the people in whose interest the work of this Association is being 
 carried forward. Not only should we strive to submit a creditable report of our own actions, 
 but it should be the object of our Association to invoke the aid of all other possible factors to 
 promote the same cause, to discourage stagnation, and to condemn retrogression. 
 
 It is quite apparent from onl} a casual glance at the literature on the subject of dental 
 education that has appeared during the past year that the entire dental profession is not in 
 accord with the principles of high standards for our profession, and in this respect this Associa- 
 tion may even be said to have some bitter enemies. These little obstacles to an upward path, 
 however, are easily brushed aside by a clear conscience and the evidence of respect and confi- 
 dence from many other quarters, which latter should give us cheer and make us feel that high 
 standards are not altogether a forlorn hope. In making this statement I wish again to remind 
 you all that it will be well for us to keep in mind the fact that there is one centralized educa- 
 tional body in our government to which we may look for guidance in carrying on our work, 
 and through which our afore-mentioned report to the profession and the people should be 
 rendered. 
 
 From the interesting reading we have had in the last jear or two on the subject of 
 dental education one good and wholesome conclusion that we may reach is, that this topic is 
 wide open, and if our Association accomplishes nothing more for the next five years, it should 
 keep it so, if possible. Let us refrain from going into executive session or forming committees 
 of the whole, to discuss problems that might offend the delicate senses of some, and let us 
 enlighten the minds of those who are eager for knowledge on this subject. Let us refrain 
 from being swayed in our deliberations because we fear the criticism of our enemies, and, if 
 perchance this Association is at present, or ever should become, the highest dental organization 
 in this coimtry, let us individually and collectively accept its glory in dignified quietude, as 
 the just deserts of an honest effort, without a pat on our own back and a shake of the left 
 with the right. In a recent article, published in the Items of Interest, entitled "Dental Educa- 
 tional Prognathism," the author mentions as one of the factors responsible for low professional 
 standards the dental college body. My impression is that this statement is perfectly correct, 
 and a truth that is generally accepted by most educators, but not so generally admitted. 
 Framed in different language and based upon my interpretation of it, we have practically the 
 same charge brought against the dental schools of our country in the report of the Dental 
 Educational Council of America, . composed chiefly of men thoroughly conversant with educa- 
 tional affairs in this country. We are reminded verj' much, as a matter of fact, in this whole 
 matter of dental colleges, of a diseased patient who knows his symptoms and diseases, but 
 hesitates to tell them to the doctor or even consult one for fear of having his suspicions verified, 
 
or because of the drastic treatment that might be applied. So let us all unite, go to the doctor, 
 and be cured! Even if he lops off a finger or two that cannot be cured of its canker, I believe 
 the cleansed body educational will be more fit to carry on its work and command far more 
 respect than has generally been accorded it. I have in mind two good doctors, if we can only 
 make up our minds to visit them — the Carnegie Foundation and the Department of Education 
 at Washington. 
 
 As to the organization of an educational council, I am thoroughly in accord with the 
 principle and ideals which call for its establishment. To secure, however, ihe greatest amount 
 of good from such a body, or to 'give it any standing at all as a national body, it should work 
 in co-operation with the Bureau of Education at Washington, and possibly should hi appointed 
 by that department, and not by any self-constituted organization within the profession. Since 
 the United States government has taken the initial step in this very matter of professional 
 education, by the appointment of a special commission, I beieve it would not be presumptuous 
 on our part to request this commissioner to call such a conference, or tender him our services 
 in establishing one, that he might participate in our professional educational affairs. From 
 him, the council would receive material aid in exchange for what assistance it might render him, 
 but such a council should be thoroughly representative of all the dental educational bodies of 
 the country. I recommend action of this nature by this body. 
 
 Our organization has already recommended that the Carnegie Foundation establish a 
 preliminary standard and guarantee of such standard for the schools of this Asscciation. Since 
 that action was taken, however, the Dental Educational Council of America has rendered its 
 report to the National Association of Dental Faculties, in which it sets forth, through its 
 president, I believe, the value of the Carnegie unit system and the standardizing of many 
 educational institutions. With this additional stimulus for uniformly high and secured stand- 
 ards, this Association should extend the scope of its previous action, and request the Foundation 
 to consider the question of standardizing all dental schools, regardless of the organization with 
 which they may be affiliated. By such an alliance, as it were, with the Bureau of Education 
 and the Carnegie Foundation, the question of the demise of weak dental schools would not 
 enter into the establishment of proper standards, but such schools would be given the opportu- 
 nity of improving, until they would soon become standardized and accepted into the fold on 
 an equal educational footing with accepted schools. By such a method of standardization of 
 our schools, there will be no need of such college organizations as this, except merely as a 
 conference body, such as the Institute of Dental Pedagogics, and a positive minimum standard 
 would be established, sanctioned by the highest disinterested educational bodies in our country. 
 Having just received a letter from the Tokyo Dental College, I refer it to this body, 
 that its contents may be considered. As set forth in this letter, the standard of the school in 
 question is equivalent to that of our own schools, and apparently is approved or controlled by 
 the Japanese imperial government. I should recommend that we refer this matter for veri- 
 fication to the Educational Department at Washington, and, if it is approved, that the graduates 
 of the Tokyo Dental School be given proper credit. I wish to state in this connection that at 
 present a graduate of that college is in attendance in our school as a special student, and is 
 doing most excellent work. The Japanese with us have generally made good students. 
 
 Another question for consideration by this body is the preliminary requirements as applied 
 to the University of Iowa, which requests that physics be accepted as a substitute for chemistry. 
 If, by such a substitution, the standards of our organization are not in any wise lowered, I 
 cannot see why such a change cannot be allowed, provided the course in physics be fully the 
 equivalent of the present requirements in chemistry. In connection with this matter, I wish 
 to add that with us in California the' condition is very similar, it oftentimes being necessary 
 for applicants holding a high school diploma from our schools to make up this subject, or to 
 carry it as a condition. 
 
 I believe students entering our schools should do so through precisely the same channels 
 as those by which they enter any other college or university. I speak of this matter and make 
 such recommendation because, regardless of how fairly examinations are conducted by a specially 
 appointed examiner, such a college is still exposed to much criticism, which reflects in turn 
 upon any organization of which such a college is a member. This question should be fully 
 discussed and recommendations made at this meeting. 
 
 In the transferring of students from one college to another listed in our Association, I 
 see another topic for consideration, for in my opinion such a transference is generally occasioned 
 by a student's failure to have attained a satisfactory grade in the college from which he is 
 transferred, although having reached a passing mark. In such cases, I am sure the best 
 interests of the student and all concerned are accomplished by compelling him to continue his 
 work in a place where his faults are best known. Pursuing such a belief, I should recommend 
 that, in being transferred, a student should be specially recommended, unless in the opinion 
 of the school which he is leaving the transference is necessitated by some other very important 
 and unavoidalile cause. That a school should admit to advanced standing students who barely 
 
 19 
 
wriggle through a lower class in another school is unjust to the students, the college profession, 
 and the public. 
 
 Since the members of this Association are essentially concerned in building up the pro- 
 fession of dentistry by properly equipping men to enter it, we should take full cognizance of 
 the excellent work that is being done in the educational line through other sources. I refer 
 particularly to that of the National Hygiene Association. While we as an association may not 
 be in a position to offer any material assistance along this line, yet we should use our indi- 
 vidual efforts in carrying it to a successful issue. To me this task, more than almost anything 
 else, commends our own work to the greatest possible consideration, for it shows the necessity 
 for graduating men from our schools of such mental attainments that they in turn will be able 
 to carry on this great work of public health. 
 
 In closing my report, I wish to remind you that no matter what effort's you put forth 
 or what sacrifices you may make, you will hear the voice of criticism and denunciation shouting 
 at your back and exerting every influence to divert you from your course, and stay the power 
 for advancement held in your hands. Tf the criticisms which have been made have struck 
 the mark, and cannot be removed by means of the agencies I have suggested in this report, 
 then we may rightfully be considered as being misplaced in educational work. I retire from 
 the presidency of this Association today with a feeling of deepest gratitude to all its members 
 for the staunch support which each has given in its work. I cherish the friendships it has 
 made, and as I have heard it said many times that one never accomplishes anything that is 
 worth while without making enemies, I even appreciate the enemies. 
 
 Being deeply appreciative of the trust you have reposed in me by making me your presi- 
 dent, I cannot help but feel, with the advancement of our profession at heart, that the goal 
 toward which we are struggling will be far sooner reached in the hands of my successor, whose 
 broader and deeper knowledge of educational matters will be more far-reaching in its influence 
 in bringing about the much desired standard for our profession. 
 
 The request for recognition from the Tokyo Dental School was next 
 taken up for consideration, and a letter from the dean, Dr. Chiwaki, was read. 
 
 Dr. Kirk moved, and Dr. Owre seconded, that this matter be referred to 
 the educational committee, with instructions to take up the consideration of the 
 subject with the Department of Professional Education at Washington, and if the 
 representations made in the letter of the dean of the Tokyo Dental School are 
 found to be substantially correct and in accordance with the facts, that this 
 Association accord to the graduates of the Tokyo Dental School advanced stand- 
 ing in the senior year in the schools of this Association. 
 
 The motion was discussed and carried. 
 
 With regard to the transfer of students from one school of the Association 
 to another, as considered in the president's address, after some discussion of 
 the matter, it was voted that this body recommend, in all such cases, that the 
 dean of the school transferring the student shall send with the transfer a letter 
 giving full particulars as to the general character and value of the man and his 
 work, and shall also state whether the student has been honorably dismissed. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until the afternoon session. 
 
 At the afternoon session the question of the work of the National Mouth 
 Hygiene Association was taken up and discussed, but no action was taken thereon. 
 It was the sense of the Association, however, that the question of educating the 
 public, and especially high school students, in the necessity and advantages of 
 dentistry, and the opportunities presented to young men in entering dentistry 
 as a profession, could best be promoted in an individual way by the members of 
 the Association, rather than by the Association's taking an active part in the 
 work of the National Hygiene Association. 
 
 On motion the address of the president was adopted as read, with the recom- 
 mendations made therein. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the secretary-treasurer. 
 
 The secretary reported that in accordance with the action taken by the 
 Association in igio he had withdrawn the application of the Association for 
 
membership in the Federation Dentaire Internationale. This he had had an op- 
 portunity to do verbally at the London meeting. 
 
 The secretary urged a revision of the question of certification to advanced 
 standing in schools of the Association, with a view to securing a certificate suffi- 
 ciently detailed to be acceptable to all schools in the Association. 
 
 He further rsquested a revision of the provision in the constitution (section 
 4, Article V) which required the secretary to keep a detailed list of all matricu- 
 lants in membership schools, and to furnish such lists to deans of the member- 
 ship colleges within sixty days after the opening of the college. Practical 
 difficulties in the way of securing such a record, and its questionable utility, 
 made a revision desirable. 
 
 The financial report was then submitted. 
 
 The question of exchange of certificates of schools within the Association 
 was discussed again, and the matter considered settled as agreed upon in the 
 consideration of the president's address. 
 
 With regard, to section 4, Article V, of the constitution and by-laws, as 
 referred to in the secretary's report it was voted that this be stricken from the 
 constitution and by-laws. 
 
 It was voted that the report be adopted. 
 
 Dr. Smith, chairman of the Committee on Education, reported as follows: 
 
 The committee was to report upon the Tokyo school, but as that matter has 
 been considered before the body as a whole, and has been referred back to the 
 educational committee, we have no further report to make. 
 
 The report of the educational committee was approved. 
 
 Dr. Hosford called attention to the resolution passed at the last meeting 
 inviting the investigation of the teaching methods of the schools of the Asso- 
 ciation by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, and asking 
 if any action had been taken on the resolution. 
 
 The secretary reported that, through an oversight, the substance of this 
 resolution had not been transmitted to the Carnegie Foundation, but that he 
 would proceed to send the resolution to the Foundation at the earliest possible 
 date. 
 
 Dr. Hosford asked if any action had ever been taken by the Association in 
 regard to accepting students from schools which were not members of the 
 Association. 
 
 The records of the Association did not show that any specific action had 
 been taken on this question, and after some discussion, Dr. Hosford, seconded 
 by Dr. Owre, presented the following motion : 
 
 Resolved, That students from American schools not holding membership in this Associa- 
 tion may be admitted to schools holding membership in this Association, providing their pre- 
 liminary training is equal to the training required of students seeking admission to our 
 university schools, and that they be given credit for the time they have spent in dental study, 
 but that no credit be given for any professional subject they may have taken in that school; 
 also that they must pass examination in all subjects of the required course. 
 
 The motion was carried. 
 
 The question of uniformity of curriculum was discussed, and in this con- 
 nection Dr. Hoi¥ announced that he had prepared a statement of what was 
 taught at Michigan and how it was taught, and hoped to. have an opportunity 
 to present this to the Association. 
 
 On motion Dr. HoflF's communication was made the special order of business 
 for the evening session. 
 
 The next order of business was the election of officers for the ensuing year, 
 which resulted as follows: 
 
President — Dr. Eugene H. Smith 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. X. S. Hofif 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. Edward C. Kirk 
 
 Executive Committee — Dr. W. S. Hosford, for one year. Dr. X. S. Hoff. for two years, 
 and Dr. E. H. Smith, ex officio 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. J. G. Sharp, for one year, Dr. E. C. Kirk, for two years, 
 Dr. Alfred Owre, for three years, and Dr. E. H. Smith, ex officio 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 The evening session was devoted to the reading of a paper b}- Dr. N. S. 
 Hoff, entitled "The Curriculum of the College of Dental Surgery of the Uni- 
 versity of Michigan," as follows : 
 
 To the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities-: With jour permission 
 I desire to present in this formal way a brief statement of the curriculum that we are endeavor- 
 ing to teach in Michigan University, with the hope that it may draw your criticisms and provoke 
 a beneficial discussion of this vital subject. Our curriculum, j'ou will observe, is to some 
 extent dependent on our circumstances, but in the main it is the result of the gradual de- 
 velopment of years of experience and much thoughtful consideration, and also of free inter- 
 change of views and experiences with other men and institutions. While we realize that at 
 the present time it may not be practicable or wise to undertake to establish a universal 
 curriculum that is identical in all our institutions in every detail, there may be advantages 
 worth while for the six schools represented in this body in erecting a standard of education 
 that shall have national, if not international, recognition as being typical of the best that our 
 country maintains. We do not think this an unworthy or impracticable ambition; in fact, 1 
 doubt not that many of you have been many times reminded by members of the profession 
 that something worthy and desirable in the establishment of higher professional training is 
 expected from this organization, and where would the foreigner expect to find the highest 
 standards except in universit}- schools? 
 
 It would seem, then, highl3^ desirable that we should begin by making a thorough in- 
 vestigation of our v,-ork, as to what sort of training w-e are individually and collectively offering. 
 I trust, therefore, that I shall not tire you by rehearsing, as briefly as maj' be consistent with 
 adequate statement, the actual work done in this school. I have prepared a statement giving 
 in tabular form the hours scheduled in the several subjects, which you will kindly consult 
 in connection with this reading. I will take up each subject in this chronological order, that 
 you may follow our idea of the sequential grouping of subjects and some of the reasons 
 therefor. 
 
 FIRST YEAR 
 General Principles of Arrangement of Curriculum 
 
 Without discussing at length all the reasons for the form as well as the substance of 
 our curriculum, we shall present it bj- subjects in the order followed in the course. Because 
 we have found it difficult for high school students who have been trained to follow closely 
 textbook instruction to grasp the didactic or lecture form of instruction, and because a large 
 majority of students entering our school have never had any other kind of instruction than 
 textbook work, we have thought it wiser to lead them gradually into the more difficult scientific 
 subjects, after thej- have learned university teachers' methods to some extent. We have there- 
 fore adopted the plan of occupying the major portion of the time of the first year student in 
 the development of technical skill, and of limiting his scientific studies to not more than two 
 general subjects. At present we teach the following subjects in our first or freshman year. 
 [See Tables I and II.] You will observe that our students take lecture and laboratory work 
 in inorganic chemistry during the first semester as their only class studies; the remainder of 
 the time is devoted to technic work in the prosthetic laboratory. In the second semester, the 
 chemistrj- course is continued as a lecture course in organic chemistry, and a laboratory course 
 in qualitative chemistry. Histology is also given in the second semester, and the balance of 
 the time is used to complete the course in prosthetic technics. 
 
 Inorganic chemistry. — The course in inorganic chemistry is given in four lectures or reci- 
 tations of an hour each, and two afternoons of laboratory work each week. The lectures are 
 all illustrated by demonstrations, and the textbook used is Smith's College Chemistry. The 
 aim is to present as thoroughly as possible the general principles of the chemistry of the essen- 
 tial elements and their principal compounds, especially showing their combining and other 
 chemical and ph; sical properties. In the laboratory course, students make such experiments as 
 thej- can to impress upon them the principles of general chemistry in the preparation and study 
 of the peculiarities of the important elements in compounds and isolation. No attempt is made 
 to teach technical application, but thorough grounding in general chemical principles only is 
 taught. The course is g!v;n by Professor Lichty. 
 
 22 
 
TABLE I 
 SHOWING ALLOTMENT OF TIME 
 
 Freshmen 
 Subject Lectures 
 
 Inorganic chemistry 4X17= 6S 
 
 Qualitative chemistry 2X17= 34 
 
 Organic chemistry 4X17= 68 
 
 Histology 4X10= 40 
 
 Prosthetic technics 3X34=102 
 
 )oratory 
 
 Per Cent 
 
 132 
 
 13 
 
 132 
 
 II 
 
 
 5 
 
 160 
 
 13 
 
 660 
 
 51 
 
 312 
 
 1084 
 
 (34 weeks X 44 hours riL 1496 working hours per year. 8 hours per day, 53 days = 44 hours 
 
 per week) 
 
 Available hours 1496 or 100 per cent 
 
 Scheduled hours 1396 or 93 per cent 
 
 Lost 
 
 psr cent 
 
 Subject 
 
 Juniors 
 Lectures 
 
 Prosthodontia 4X17=^ 68 
 
 Dental anatomy 2X17^= 34 
 
 Operative technics iSX 13^ 59 
 
 Bacteriology 25 X 8= 40 
 
 Orthodontia technics 20 X 4^ 12 
 
 Physiology SX 17= §5 
 
 Crown and bridge work 3X17= 51 
 
 Materia medica 2X17^ 34 
 
 Anatomy 25X10^250 
 
 Operative clinic 30X 10 = 300 
 
 Pathology 3X17= 5 1 
 
 Laboratorj' 
 
 193 
 
 160 
 
 Total 
 
 68 
 
 34 
 234 
 200 
 
 80 
 
 85 
 
 51 
 
 34 
 250 
 300 
 
 51 
 
 Per Cent 
 
 44 
 
 15J 
 I3i 
 
 si 
 5* 
 3* 
 2i 
 i6!f 
 
 Available hours 
 Scheduled hours 
 
 1496 or 100 per cent 
 1387 or 921 per cent 
 
 Lost 
 
 109 or 7 J per cent 
 
 Seniors 
 Subject Lectures 
 
 Surgery and hospital 3 X 34= 68 
 
 Operative principles 2X34= 68 
 
 Therapeutics 2X34= 68 
 
 Pathology and laboratory 3X17= Si 
 
 Orthodontia 2X17^ 34 
 
 Porcelain 2X34= 68 
 
 Crown and bridge and clinic i X34= 34 
 
 Prosthodontia 
 
 History and ethics 2X17= 34 
 
 Operative clinic i8X34 = 6i2 
 
 Laboratory 
 34 
 
 60 
 
 iSo 
 180 
 
 Total 
 102 
 
 68 
 
 68 
 I II 
 
 34 
 
 6S 
 214 
 180 
 
 34 
 612 
 
 Per Cent 
 
 6J 
 4-i 
 4* 
 7^ 
 
 2j 
 
 4* 
 I4i 
 12 
 
 2\ 
 41 
 
 I49I 
 
 99* 
 
 Available hours 
 Scheduled hours 
 
 Lost 
 
 1496 or 103 per cent 
 I 49 I or 99* per cent 
 
 5 or i per cent 
 
 23 
 
TABLE II 
 
 First Year — First Semester, October 3, 1911, to February 9, 1912 
 
 
 Monday 
 
 Tuesday 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 Thursday 
 
 Friday 
 
 Saturday 
 
 8 
 
 General 
 
 chemistry 
 
 General 
 chemistry 
 
 Technic 
 demonstration 
 
 General 
 chemistry 
 
 General 
 
 chemistry 
 
 Technic 
 demonstration 
 
 9 
 10 
 1 1 
 
 Prosthetic technics, each forenoon from 9 to u 
 
 I to 5 
 
 General 
 
 chemistry 
 
 Technics 
 
 Technics 
 
 Technics 
 
 General 
 chemistry 
 
 
 First Year — Second Semester, February 12 to June 15, 1912 
 
 
 Monday 
 
 Tuesday 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 Thursday 
 
 Friday 
 
 Saturday 
 
 8 
 
 Organic 
 chemistry 
 
 Organic 
 
 chemistry 
 
 Technic 
 demonstration 
 
 Organic 
 chemistry 
 
 Organic 
 
 chemistry 
 
 Qualitative 
 chemistry 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 n 
 
 Prosthetic technics, each day, except Saturday, from 9 to 12 
 
 I to 5 
 
 Histology 
 
 Histology 
 
 Qualitative 
 chemistry 
 
 Histology 
 
 Histology 
 
 
 Qualitative chemistry. — This is taken after the student has completed his general inorganic 
 chemistry, the idea being, by teaching chemical analysis, to impress the principles of chemical 
 combinations and reactions. Two lectures or quizzes of one hour each are given each week, 
 and two half-days each week during the second semester are spent by the student in laboratory 
 experimentation. The following outline will indicate the scope of work done: 
 
 1. Writing and naming of salts, acids, and bases. 
 
 2. A study of valences, colors, solubilities. 
 
 3. A study of characteristic reactions of common metals and acids. 
 
 4. Application of principles relating to solubilities. 
 
 5. Balancing of equations in analysis of bases and acids. 
 
 6. Study of oxidation and reduction with equations. 
 
 7. Elementary work on theory of ionization, law of mass action, and simple problems. 
 
 8. Analysis of "known" solutions. 
 
 9. Analysis of 40 "unknown" solutions. 
 
 " Prescott and Johnson's textbook is used. The course is given by Instructor Cole. 
 Organic chemistry. — This is given in the second semester, immediately following the in- 
 organic course and running concurrently with the course in qualitative chemistry. The work 
 extends through the semester with lectures and recitations, four times a week in all. An 
 attempt is made to cover the general principles of classification, reactions, and preparation of 
 various organic compounds. While more or less attention is being paid to such subjects as are 
 of importance in physiology or pharmacology, the principal stress is laid upon the scientific 
 principles of the subject of organic chemistrj' as such. The work covered is equivalent to 
 
 24 
 
what is presented in Remsen's well-known short Text-book of Organic Chemistry. The course 
 is given by Professor Gomberg. 
 
 Histology. — This is a combined lecture and laboratory course in general embryology and 
 histology, and is given every afternoon from i to 6 o'clock for twelve weeks in the second 
 semester. The textbook used is Ruber's Histology. The first hour is used as a lecture, and 
 the last hour as a quiz. Students stain, mount, and study with the microscope sections of all 
 the important tissues in the body, and make drawings in their notebooks, and these are care- 
 fully inspected and marked. Sections showing carefully prepared tooth tissues in development 
 and complete calcification are projected with the micro-lantern and are demonstrated. Students 
 make a tooth section for themselves. This course is given by Professor Huber in the histo- 
 logical laboratory of the medical department. 
 
 Prosthetic technics. — This course occupies most of the time of the first year students, 
 as will be seen by consulting the tables. The course is given by Instructor Whitman. The 
 usual t'echnic work is covered by taking impressions with three materials, carving teeth in 
 plaster, vulcanite plate work, cast metal plates, swaged plates, obturators and splints, and 
 includes the usual forms of crown and bridge work. An exhibit of the extent and character 
 of this work can be seen in the exhibit case in the technic exhibit room. The method of 
 instruction consists in demonstrating each piece of work before the class and explaining its 
 construction, and the student then executes for himself the work demonstrated. The demon- 
 strations are materially augmented by projections of pictures, models, etc., with the epidiascope, 
 which is a most useful teaching adjunct. This course is used by us not only to impart 
 knowledge and cultivate skill in handicraft, but to test the capacity of students in technical 
 dentistry, and, by concentrating the work in the first 3 ear, we are able to determine whether 
 it is wise for all freshmen to continue the study of dentistry, and to advise them accordingly. 
 
 Are we concentrating instruction unwisely on a few science subjects and giving un- 
 necessary time to instruction in technics in our first year? 
 
 JUNIOR YEAR 
 
 In the junior \ear we introduce more science subjects, and a wider variety of technical 
 subjects. [See Tables I and III.] 
 
 Prosthodontia. — This is a course of lectures continuing the instruction begun in the 
 freshman year as a technical course. It consists of four lectures each week during the first 
 semester. The course follows substantially the course given in technics, except that no lectures 
 are given in crown and bridge work. The principles of constructing and adapting various kinds 
 of prosthetic dentures are rehearsed and amplified, special attention being given to the materials 
 involved and their adaptation from the technical, sanitary, and professional considerations. 
 The textbook used is Wilson's Mannal. This course is given by Dr. Hoff. 
 
 Dental anatomy. — The course in human dental anatomy is given twice a week, during the 
 first semester by Dr. Howell. The work in the first half of the semester consists of quizzes, 
 interspersed with lectures, embracing the work as found in the first eleven chapters of Broomell 
 and Fischelis' Dental Anatomy. 
 
 In the second half of the semester, the students are quizzed on the anatomy of the teeth, 
 using the above book and Black's Dental Anatomy as textbooks. 
 
 In addition to this, sections of all the teeth are ground for the purpose of technical study. 
 
 Comparative odontology. — The course of comparative odontology consists of lectures, two 
 hours a week, in which all animals are considered from the following standpoint: (i) the 
 animal; (2) its environment; (3) its masticatory apparatus, embracing the muscles of mastica. 
 tion, temporo-mandibular articulation, glands, etc.; (4) its dental formula; (5) form of teeth; 
 (6) structure of teeth; (7) attachment of teeth; (8) functions of teeth. These facts are 
 considered and compared with the human teeth, the evolution and adaptation of the teeth to 
 suit the animal's environment being made clear. This work is greatly enhanced by the 
 presence of the Ford-Mitchell Museum, which contains examples of all classes of animals. 
 This course is given by Dr. Howell. • 
 
 Operative technics. — This course is given as a laboratory exercise in the forenoons, 
 three hours each day for twelve weeks. It embraces demonstration by the instructor and 
 laboratory exercises in studying tooth forms, sectioning human teeth, cavity preparation for 
 root canal work, and cavity preparation in bone teeth set in articulated full-dentured typodonts; 
 study of, and the introduction of, various cavity and canal-filling materials; making of instru- 
 ments from bar steel, and the use of hand instruments in cavity preparation. The cavity 
 preparation is studied in large models for fillings and inlays. This course is given by Instructor 
 Whitman. No textbook is used. 
 
 Orthodontia technics. — This is a course of model-makng, soldering, and adapting the 
 Angle regulating appliances. Impressions are taken with plaster, and orthodontists' models are 
 made from them. The arches, band, and screws are bought from the manufacturers, and the 
 students make bands of various kinds, and adjust the arches to the typodonts. From four to 
 
 25 
 
five weeks are devoted to this virork. Students are advised to read Angle's textbook, and the 
 principles of orthodontia required in appliance construction are made known in the demonstra- 
 tion lectures. 
 
 Bacteriology. — This course is given by Professor Novy in the bacteriological laboratory. 
 The course in bacteriology as given to the dental students covers a period of eight weeks. The 
 entire afternoon from one to six o'clock is devoted to instruction in this subject. The first 
 hour is usually taken up with a lecture in which the work of the day is outlined, and, in 
 addition, special topics are discussed. The effort is made in the forty hours devoted to lecture 
 work to present the fundamental principles of bacteriology and immunity. To some extent 
 the recent work on pathogenic protozoa is included in the subjects discussed. 
 
 The last hour of the afternoon is devoted to recitation on the work of the laboratory 
 and the subject of the lecture, and on special chapters which have been previously assigned for 
 study. 
 
 TABLE III 
 
 Second Year— First Semester^ October 3, 191 1, to February 9, 1912. 
 
 
 Monday 
 
 Tuesday 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 Thursday • 
 
 Friday 
 
 Saturday 
 
 8 
 
 Prostho- 
 dontia 
 
 Dental 
 anatomy 
 
 Prostho- 
 dontia 
 
 Dental 
 anatomy 
 
 Prostho- 
 dontia 
 
 Prostho- 
 dontia 
 
 9 
 
 Operative 
 technics 
 
 
 Operative 
 technics 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 II 
 
 Operative technic laboratory — October 3 to February 9, 1912 
 
 I to 5 
 
 Orthopedic 
 to f 
 
 technics — daily, 
 November 25, i 
 
 October 5 
 911 
 
 Bacteriology 
 ber 
 
 laboratory — daily, Decem- 
 4 to February 9 
 
 Second Year — Second Semester, February 12 to June 15, 1912 
 
 
 Monday 
 
 Tuesday 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 Thursday 
 
 Friday 
 
 Saturday 
 
 8 
 
 Physiology 
 
 Physiology 
 
 Physiology 
 
 Physiology 
 
 Physiology 
 
 
 9 
 
 Pathology 
 
 Crown and 
 bridge 
 
 Pathology 
 
 Crown and 
 bridge 
 
 Pathology 
 
 Crown and 
 bridge 
 
 ro 
 
 Materia 
 medica 
 
 
 Materia 
 medica 
 
 
 
 
 II 
 
 Prophylaxis and therapeutic clinic — February 14 to June 8 
 
 I to s 
 
 Dissection — daily, February 12 to Operative clinic — daily, April 15 to 
 April 13 June 8 
 
 The laboratory work proper requires three hours daily, six times a week. In this work 
 the student is taught to prepare his own cultural media, to make cultures of bacteria, molds, 
 and yeasts from various sources, and he is especially given a number of non-pathogenic 
 organisms which not only serve to acquaint him with the properties of this group of organisms 
 the methods of staining and examination, but also fix the principles of sterilization and 
 disinfection. This work on non-pathogenic forms is preliminary to the study of pathogenic 
 bacteria proper. The work on the pathogenic bacteria covers the most important of the disease- 
 
 26 
 
producing organisms, such as the pus-producing bacteria, the germs of anthrax, cholera, 
 pneumonia, tuberculosis, typhoid fever, etc. 
 
 The student who has thus covered the non-pathogenic and pathogenic organisms is in a 
 position to undertake in an intelligent way a study of the organisms which are met with in 
 the mouth and in other conditions, and at the same time is grounded in the important principles 
 underlying the prevention of disease. 
 
 Physiology. — The dental students are taught physiology by lectures, accompanied by 
 demonstrations, and by recitations. The lectures are given five times a week for one semester. 
 
 The course includes a brief review of the chemical constituents of living matter, the 
 general characteristics of protoplasm, the composition of blood and its physiological functions, 
 the method of action of glandular, muscular, and nervous tissues. After this general introduc. 
 tion into physiology, a more detailed study of the great systems of the body is taken up in 
 the following order; 
 
 1. The movements of the alimentary canal, digestion, absorption, assimilation, diet, 
 and nutrition. 
 
 2. The glands of internal secretion, the method of action of the excretory organs — the 
 liver, kidney, and skin. 
 
 3. The mechanics of respiration and of gaseous exchange between the lungs and the 
 tissues. 
 
 4. A study of the circulation, including the action of the heart and its valves, the 
 normal heart sounds, the blood pressure and the pulse, and the nervous regulation of the 
 heart and blood vessels. 
 
 5. Finally, the character and physiological activities of the central nervous system, 
 embracing the method of transmission of impulses, reflex processes, and the functions of the 
 cerebrum, cerebellum, and spinal cord. 
 
 The student is expected not only to see the experiments which are given in the course, 
 but to take notes, and from time to time to hand in written reports of the results of the 
 experiment's. 
 
 About one hundred tests and exp;riments are performed during the lectures; these are 
 made before the class in an amphitheater so constructed that all can readily see the work, or 
 in case of certain experiments, of a type not to be seen from a distance, the preparations are 
 demonstrated to the individual members of the class. These tests and experiments illustrate 
 the following: 
 
 The reactions of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins; the structure and chemical reactions 
 of the blood; muscular contractions, reflexes; movements of the alimentary canal; the action 
 of saliva, gastric, and pancreatic juice; the chemistry of the urine; the physical processes of 
 respiration, of heart action, the pulse, and the conditions governing blood pressure. 
 
 Frequent reviews of the ground covered are secured by oral and written quizzes, and the 
 students are encouraged to read textbooks more advanced than Wiggers' Brief Text-hook of 
 Physiology, which is the textbook employed in connection with the daily work of the course. 
 This course is given by Instructor Cole of the physiological laboratory. 
 
 Dental pathology. — The course in pathology is taught by means of two lecture and one 
 laboratory course. One lecture course is given to the jtmiors in the second semester of the 
 junior year, and another course to the seniors during the first semester of the senior year. 
 The time occupied is three hours per week in each course for a semester. 
 
 The ground covered in these courses is the consideration of the various pathological 
 processes in the mouth, and their connection with the general bodily processes. A short 
 resume of the general pathology is made, a review of the development and structure of the 
 tissues of the mouth, and then the various dental diseases are considered in detail from a 
 pathological standpoint. The lectures in the junior year are given for the purpose of presenting 
 a general view of these subjects to the student before he enters upon active practice in the 
 clinic, he being required to prepare an accurate notebook from these lectures, covering the 
 subjects treated. In the senior year the same ground is covered more carefully in the form 
 of a quiz, using Burchard and Inglis' Pathology as a textbook. 
 
 The laboratory course consists of from eight to ten demonstrations before small sections 
 of students, using the stereopticon and requiring that the student make forty ink-drawings of 
 various pathological sections. This course is given in the first semester of the senior year by 
 Professor Bunting. 
 
 Crown and bridge work. — Two lecture courses are given, one being a course of three 
 lectures a week for one semester to the junior students, embracing the principles involved in 
 the construction and adaptation of various forms of crowns and bridges. Goslee's textbook is 
 used. The other comprises one lecture a week of a clinical character throughout the senior 
 year. Demonstrations or clinical illustrations are utilized in the discussion of peculiar or 
 variant methods in special cases which appear in the clinic. The clinic is held four days each 
 week from ten to twelve o'clock, when practical cases are treated by the student. 
 
 27 
 
Materia medica. — This is a course of two lectures each week during the second semester 
 of the junior year. All drugs which are used in dental practice are exhibited, and described 
 with particular reference to their pharmacology and dental applications. Instructor Harper, a 
 dentist, gives this course. 
 
 General anatomy. — This course is given as a combined lecture and laboratory course in 
 the junior year. The time devoted to it is twelve weeks each afternoon from one to six o'clock. 
 Students make dissections of the head and thoracic and abdominal viscera. As each region 
 is dissected, the osteology is studied from the bones involved, which are loaned to students 
 for use in their rooms. Daily conferences and quizzes explain and enforce the technical work. 
 A brief guide to the parts involved is furnished the student, and he is required to do reading 
 in anatomical textbooks. The lectures are given at the beginning of each day's work. Professor 
 Streetor and his demonstrators give this course in the anatomical laboratory. 
 
 Junior clinical work. — During two hours of the forenoon in the second semester, and the 
 afternoons from April 15 to the close of the session, the junior students begin operative work 
 in the clinic. They serve as assistants to the seniors, and begin clinical work with oral 
 prophylaxis of the simpler cases. They also make fillings in easy cavities. Enough work is 
 done to insure that at the beginning of their senior year the students shall already have be- 
 come familiar with operative procedures and the handling of patients. 
 
 SENIOR YEAR 
 
 The senior year is devoted almost entirely to instruction in clinical work, and consists 
 of lectures on clinical subjects and clinical practice in all subjects. [See Table I and IV.] 
 
 Oral surgery. — This subject is taught by lectures, quizzes, clinical lectures, and clinics. 
 The lecture course comprises two lectures and one clinic a week throughout the year, and 
 embraces the following subjects: 
 
 1. The action and use of general anesthetics. 
 
 2. Inflammation and general infectious diseases. 
 
 3. Tumors in the oral region. 
 
 4. Syphilis in its relation to dentistry. 
 
 5. Special diseases of the mouth and throat. 
 
 Arrangements have been made at the University General Hospital whereby all cases of 
 interest to the dental students can be presented in the clinic, and dental students have free 
 admission to all clinics. A state law provides for the treatment of congenital deformities at 
 the university hospital, and a large number of cases of cleft palate and harelip are sent here 
 for operations. These, together with many cases of tumors and dentigerous cysts and opera- 
 tions upon the teeth, make this clinic one of exceptional value to dental students. All patients 
 of the hospital are accessible for examination and study in research problems concerning the 
 mouth and teeth, and many cases of great interest to dentists present every year. Professor 
 Darling and Dr. Lyons have charge of this course. 
 
 Operative principles. — This is a course of two lectures each week given by Professor 
 Ward. It consists of a discussion of the nomenclature, the operative field, forces and forms 
 of energy, stress, strain, and resistance with reference to forces applied to teeth in varying 
 conditions; structure and composition of teeth with respect to forces applied, etc.; nature of 
 filling materials, and the establishment of a standard for judging materials. A discussion of 
 the several individual filling materials is then given. A full study is made of the value of 
 gold as a filling material, and as a standard of judging other materials. The other filling 
 materials, such as tin, porcelain, amalgam, cements, gutta-percha, etc., are fully considered as 
 to their physical properties and adaptability as practical filling materials. 
 
 Porcelain course. — The course in porcelain consists of one lecture each week, and one 
 demonstration in technical work each week, during the first semester. In the lecture course, 
 the history of porcelain in general, and the history of dental porcelain is taken up, followed 
 by a study of the composition, characteristics, etc., of the different porcelain bodies. The dif- 
 ferent furnaces are studied, and methods of ascertaining the fusing point of porcelain are 
 discussed. The color problems are studied by showing the relation of light to color, and. in 
 this connection, the properties of light that affect the color of porcelain are illustrated. Practical 
 lectures in porcelain crown and bridge work are given, and two or three lectures are offered 
 on cavity preparation, showing how cavities prepared for porcelain differ from those prepared 
 for other filling materials. The technical course follows along with the lecture course. The 
 students have an opportunity in this course to learn the manipulation and practical application 
 of porcelain in the construction of crowns and inlays on models. Two hours a week throughout 
 the second semester are devoted to practical work upon patients, each student being required to 
 make at least one satisfactory inlay before passing the course. 
 
 28 
 
TABLE IV 
 
 THIRD YEAR — ^First Semester, October 3, 191 1 to February 9, 191 2 
 
 
 Monday 
 
 Tuesday 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 Thursday 
 
 i'Viday 
 
 Saturday 
 
 8 
 
 Surgery 
 
 Surgery 
 
 Operative 
 principles 
 
 Therapeutics 
 
 Operative 
 principles 
 
 Therapeutics 
 
 9 
 
 Pathology 
 
 Orthodontia 
 
 Porcelain 
 
 Crown and 
 bridge 
 
 Pathology 
 
 Pathology 
 
 Plate, crown and bridge, 
 and orthodontic clinic 
 daily 
 
 Hospital 
 
 clinic 
 
 I to 5 
 
 Operative clinic — daily except Saturday 
 
 THIRD YEAR — Second Semester, February 12 to June 15, 1912. 
 
 
 Monday 
 
 Tuesday 
 
 Wednesday 
 
 Thursday 
 
 Friday 
 
 Saturday 
 
 8 
 
 Surgery 
 
 Surgery 
 
 Operative 
 principles 
 
 Therapeutics 
 
 Operative 
 
 principles 
 
 Therapeutics 
 
 9 
 
 
 History and 
 ethics 
 
 Porcelain 
 
 Crown and 
 bridge 
 
 
 History and 
 ethics 
 
 10 
 
 Plate, crown and bridge, 
 and orthodontic clinic 
 daily 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 Hospital 
 clinic 
 
 
 I to s 
 
 Operative clinic — daily except Saturday 
 
 Dental therapeutics. — The lecture part of the course is given as a two-hour lecture and 
 quiz course during the entire senior year. Special attention is given to the classification, the 
 action, and the uses of drugs and agents that are important. The action and practical applica- 
 tion of agents in classes is emphasized rather than the agent itself. 
 
 At regular intervals demonstrations are given illustrating the practical application or 
 administration of agents by different methods and for specific purposes. Special attention is 
 also given to prescription-writing and the practical application of the metric and English systems 
 of weights and measures with laboratory demonstrations. A few demonstrations are given in 
 urinary analysis and the detection of unknown drugs; fifty of the most common drugs, un- 
 labeled, are at all times on exhibition in the therapeutic laboratory. 
 
 Clinical demonstrations at the chair are held from 1:30 to 5 o'clock, five times a week 
 during the entire year. Quizzes on the practical application of drugs or agents or methods are 
 given each student as occasion arises. Aseptic and antiseptic methods of treatment are rigidly 
 enforced, and credits given for same. Quality rather than quantity as to the character of 
 work is thoroughly impressed upon the student. 
 
 From October until the Christmas vacation practical demonstrations on patients are 
 executed before the entire class. These are given in the lecture room, twice a week, before 
 beginning the afternoon's work and are as follows: 
 
 29 
 
A practical demonstration in the technique of oral prophylaxis; pulp removal by different 
 methods; root-canal-filling; treating putrescent pulps, pulpitis, etc.; treating abscesses of 
 various kinds; treating pj-orrhea alveolaris; the extracting of teeth; bleaching of teeth by dif- 
 ferent methods; treating hj-persens:tive dentin; the administration of anesthetics. 
 
 Daily demonstrations are held in the use of the X-ray- apparatus for diagnosing obscure 
 pathological conditions, root-canal fillings, etc., also several demonstrations with X-ray apparatus 
 before the entire class, illustrating both the theoretical and the practical features involved, 
 Long's and Buckley's textbooks being used. This course is given by Professor Loeffler. 
 
 Prosthodontia clinic. — In this course the students do plate work and treat orthodontia 
 clinical cases. The plate cases are assigned to a section of twelve seniors for periods varying 
 according to the number of students in the senior class, and also as the plate work comes in. 
 We plan to have each senior make a full upper and lower plate with vulcanitq or metal bases, 
 and such partial dentures and repair cases as may develop in the clinic during each period. 
 The orthodontia cases are assigned to such students as express a preference for them, but 
 an effort is made to have a case in each section of the clinic room, so that each student may 
 have a chance to obser\-e and follow the treatment of the case if he desires. We have found 
 that it is impracticable to undertake the treatment of more than thirty cases, as almost every 
 treatment requires the advice of the instructor. An effort is made to take as far as is prac- 
 ticable such cases as may be carried through the treatment during one year, or as can be 
 retained through the summer vacation. This clinic is imder the supervision of Dr. Hoff. 
 
 Orthodontia lectures. — The lecture course in orthodontia is given b}- Dr. M. T. Watson, 
 of Detroit, and consists of one lecture hour and one hour for inspection of patients and direc- 
 tions for treatment each week. The directions for treatment are recorded by a stenographer, 
 and three copies of the dictation are transcribed, one for the students, one for the clinical 
 instructor, and one for record. 
 
 An endeavor is made in this lecture course to convey to the students a clear conception 
 of normal occlusion, and of the normal development of all the adjacent structures both of the 
 internal and external face; at the same time to outline briefly the possibilities and value of 
 normal function for all these parts, and the importance and far-reaching effect of normal 
 breathing, which is onlj^ possible when these structures are at least moderatel3^ well developed. 
 
 We then sho%v by pictures and descriptions the evil influences of malocclusion, which is 
 not a separate and distinct condition in itself but is merely an evidence or symptom of a 
 deeper and a more far-reaching evil influence — ^namely, a developmental disturbance of the 
 structures of the internal face. In this connection the baneful influences of a restricted breath- 
 ing capacity and also the associated nervous influences are dwelt upon to some extent. 
 
 We also dwell at considerable length upon and show by a large number of pictures the 
 dire consequences of the premature loss of deciduous teeth. The loss of permanent teeth may 
 be considered premature up to seventy-five years of age, though of course the evil influences are 
 much more pronotmced during childhood. In addition we are studying the classification of 
 malocclusion and the general principles involved in the correction of the various classes, all 
 these lectures being illustrated with the stereopticon lantern. 
 
 Owing to the exceedingly exacting nature of this work, the writer believes that out of 
 consideration for the patient, it is highly important that a trained man, with ample time at 
 his command, shoidd be put in constant charge of a clinic of this sort, and that even the 
 simplest adjustments should not be made except under his personal supervision and direction. 
 If it is not possible to do the work this waj', then I believe it should be conducted as a surgical 
 clinic is — -inz., the operator in charge of the work making absolutely all the adjustments — for 
 in no other way does it seem possible to accomplish ideal results, and at the same time save 
 the patient from a vast amount of needless discomfort. 
 
 By this course as outlined it is intended that students shall be taught only the more 
 important and conspicuous features of the pathology involved, no attempt being made to go 
 into the details of the work to the degree which is necessary in order to develop trained 
 specialists. The subject is taught rather with the idea of impressing in the most forceful 
 manner possible the value and importance of a normally developed internal face, involving, 
 •of course, normally developed jaws and teeth, and of emphasizing the profound effects of early 
 attention in the waj' of the correction of these conditions, incidentally showing the students in 
 the clearest possible way the evils following extraction and lack of proper contour in fillings, 
 crowns, etc. 
 
 Clinical operatize dentistry. — Clinical operative dentistry is taught in the operating room 
 at the chair, and by a course of lectures on clinical procedures covering about twenty hotirs, 
 all of which are given at the beginning of the session. In these lectures the instruments used 
 are described; the methods of handling patients discussed; examinations for caries, placing 
 of rubber dams, and the various methods of isolating the teeth and reasons for so doing; the 
 opening of cavities and their formation for filling materials; the introduction of various 
 filling materials, and the finishing of fillings; the technique of root-canal work; the treatment 
 
 30 
 
of the teeth and peridental structures; extracting; the X-ray in diagnosis; prophylaxis; gold 
 and porcelain inlay filling — these and other similar and customary procedures are discussed. 
 About six hundred hours are devoted to this work in the senior year. Professors Hall, 
 Loeffler and Ward, and four demonstrators, are in charge of the clinic every afternoon except 
 Saturday from 1:30 to S o'clock. Each student is assigned a chair at the beginning of the 
 year, and he is taught to handle his patients in such a way as to give him experience and 
 training for private practice. Complete records are kept of each student's work, and these 
 enter largely into the required attainments he must make for graduation. After the Christ- 
 mas holidays every filling made by the student is graded and marked. The roll is taken every 
 day, and any student who is absent more than three days must make satisfactory excuse to 
 the attendance committee; this also applies to all the lecture courses. 
 
 History and ethics. — A course of lectures is given in the senior year by Dr. HofE on 
 general subjects which cannot well be incorporated in any course of the curriculum; also a 
 course on dental history, taken largely from Professor Guerini's History, and Koch's and 
 Thorpe's histories supplemented by the instructor's personal acquaintance with dental prac- 
 titioners whom he has known, and who have stood for substantial principles in the upbuilding 
 of the profession. This gives opportunity to introduce instruction on professional conduct and 
 to give concrete illustrations, as it were. This is followed by several lectures on the literature 
 of the profession, giving here also opportunities for calling attention to the value of participa- 
 tion in literary work, and how to cultivate a taste and capacity for such work. Here is also 
 discussed the dental society, its work and value to the profession and the individual. Two 
 or three lectures on professional ethics and jurisprudence are also given. Four or five lectures 
 on practice building and business details and methods of conducting a practice complete the 
 course. This course takes up from twenty-five to thirty hours. It has proved a very inter- 
 esting study for the instructor, and has been received by the students with keen interest and, 
 -ve hope, to their advantage. 
 
 This constitutes our course of instruction, and we trust the detail has not been so tire- 
 some that you may not feel disposed to discuss and criticize any feature of it that does not 
 meet your approval, as we are aware that it is not perfect. As you will observe, we are 
 occupying all our available time, and feel that any further additions to the curriculum cannot 
 be made except additional time be provided in some way. Shall we increase our entrance 
 requirements, and so get better prepared students who will have had some of the fundamental 
 sciences in their academic courses and be prepared to do the work in a shorter time, or shall 
 we add another year to our course and more studies to the curriculum? You will note that 
 we repeat none of our courses, and we have concentrated our efforts wherever it seems 
 practicable. With the science subjects broadening every year and with the tremendous ad- 
 vancement of the last fifteen or twenty years in technical knowledge, it does seem that the time 
 is not far distant when we shall be compelled to condense or crystallize our work into the 
 "active principle" form, or extend materially the time for its presentation. 
 
 After the reading of Dr. Hoff's paper the methods of teaching the different 
 branches were discussed by the members present. 
 
 It was voted that the next meeting of the Association be held in Boston, 
 the time to be agreed upon later by the executive committee. 
 
 There being no further business before the Association, the Association ad- 
 journed until the next annual meeting. 
 
 FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The fifth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order April 22, 1913, at 10:30 a.m., by the president, 
 Dr. Eugene H. Smith, in the faculty room of the Harvard Dental School, Boston, 
 Massachusetts. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : California, Dean W. E. 
 Sharp ; Harvard, Dean Eugene H. Smith ; Iowa, Dean W. T. Hosford ; Michigan, 
 Dean N. S. Hoff ; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania, Dean E. C. Kirk. 
 
 Visitors : Drs. W. E. Boardman, L. P. Hall. 
 
 Minutes of the previous meeting were read and accepted. 
 
 The next order of business was the address of the president, Dr. Eugene 
 H. Smith. 
 
 31 
 
Gentlemen, Honored Members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 sities: It is a great privilege, permeated with much pleasure, to welcome you in the name of 
 Harvard to our tmiversitj'. 
 
 The dental department has courageously striven to keep abreast of the time, to increase 
 dental education, and to advance the standard of the profession. 
 
 Since the memorable meeting of the National Association of Dental Faculties at Asheville, 
 when Harvard felt it necessary to withdraw its membership, followed shortly after by the 
 several dental departments of universities here represented, our united efforts have made this 
 advance steady and safe. This step, however, indicates only a beginning — a good beginning, 
 to be sure- — and also a danger of contentedly hovering around our beginnings rather than the 
 investigating of the newer problems in education, with a determination to adopt whatever may 
 seem to be in the line of progress. 
 
 Let us, then, consider in the first place what we have accomplished, and in the second 
 place, what our progressive problems are and how we are to solve them. 
 
 We have accomplished a sodality of six university departments whose aims are identical, 
 and whose purpose is to bring about a higher standard in the profession. 
 
 To that end we are united in a predental requirement of four years' training in an 
 accredited high school. 
 
 This uniformity of requirements means, I hope, that for the moment only we may rest 
 while considering further advancement in predental training. I find, however, that while 
 in the main our entrance requirements are the same, we differ somewhat in details. For 
 instance, the Harvard Dental School definitely states the courses that a student must take 
 during his four years in high school. 
 
 Those courses must include English, algebra, physics, chemistry, the studj' of a foreigfn 
 language for at least two years, and history, if the student has not taken Latin. He may 
 elect geometrj', botany, zoology, anatomy, wood-working, blacksmithing, chipping, filing, fitting, 
 or machine tool work. If one or two of the required subjects have not been taken by the 
 applicant during his high school course, he may be admitted with a condition in these two 
 subjects, but must remove the conditions previous to being admitted to the senior class. 
 
 Other schools, however, in our Association make a different statement in the interpretation 
 of a four-year high school course, namely — 
 
 The Universit3' of Minnesota makes obligatory English, algebra, geometry, chemistry, 
 and manual training; the University of Iowa does not seem to make it clear what obligatory 
 subjects are required; the University of California, after August 1913, requires four years 
 of high school plus two years of college work; the University of Michigan makes obligatory 
 English, algebra, geometry, physics, Latin, and chemistrj'; in the University of Pennsylvania^ 
 chemistry seems to be the only obligatory subject, coupled with a large field of electives. 
 
 Such a wide latitude of obligatory subjects among us is not, I think, desirable. 
 
 As above stated, the College of Dentistry of the University of California has already 
 committed itself to a requirement of two years of college training and the College of Dentistry 
 of the Universit}' of Iowa is contemplating a similar change. It therefore seems to me to 
 be expedient and wise to have more tmiformity in this matter, especially in regard to the 
 obligatory subjects. 
 
 Further steps along these lines must, I think, be taken with great care, not so much 
 owing to the fear of lessening the number of our students, as to the fear that men may be 
 unwisely trained for the duties required of the dentist. 
 
 It therefore becomes one of our most important problems to decide how much of college 
 or academic training shall be required of men entering upon the study of our profession. 
 Shall it be one, two, three, or four years of academic work, and what subjects shall be required 
 from the elective field now offered in academic work? 
 
 While the predental training required by our several schools, as I have pointed out, is 
 not quite the same we are much more at variance in the sequence of our curriculum. It would 
 help to standardize the professional training which we give to our students, and make easier 
 the transfer of students from school to school if we could bring about a uniformity in the 
 sequence of subjects taught, and I recommend that we take this matter into consideration. 
 
 I think we all realize that the professional education necessary for a dentist today cannot 
 well be met in a three years' course, and that a fourth year is most desirable. 
 
 I do not feel that the time is ripe for an obligatory fourth year, but I do think and 
 recommend that we offer at once a fourth year elective course. Such a course, if well planned, 
 would prove attractive not only to our students, but to practitioners, who would be glad to 
 avail themselves of the opportunity such a course would offer. 
 
 Certificates of various grades might be granted for attendance upon such a course, de- 
 pending upon the courses taken, the time spent in such courses, etc. 
 
 32 
 
Our profession has not done, nor is it now doing what it should in the way of scientific 
 research and preventive dentistry, and steps should at once be taken to bring about interschool 
 action to foster a spirit of research among our student body. 
 
 Such steps have already been taken in the Harvard School, where some two years ago 
 a students' society for dental research was formed, and named after Mrs. Harriet N. Lowell, 
 whose generous gift to the school made the formation of the society possible. This society is 
 under the management of a research committee appointed by the administrative board, and is 
 made up of men who are giving a portion of their time to research work, and who are also 
 interesting young students in scientific work. 
 
 It would be highly advantageous if similar societies could be formed in our several 
 schools, thus bringing about an interschool society of dental research, and, through such 
 co-operation, an exchange of scientific endeavor. 
 
 We are still lacking the knowledge necessary properly to rate students coming from 
 foreign schools, and in order that there be a clear understanding in regard to these schools, I 
 recommend that a special committee be appointed to investigate the matter thoroughly and 
 report at our next meeting. 
 
 There has always been, and there appears still to be, somewhat of a reciprocal alliance 
 between the National Board of Examiners and the National Association of Dental Faculties, 
 and, if in the judgment of the society such co-operation is to the benefit of higher dental 
 education, steps should be taken to bring about a similar arrangement between our Association 
 and the National Board of Dental Examiners. 
 
 In the last report of the president of the Carnegie Foundation mention is made of the 
 intention of the Foundation to investigate the standards of the dental schools. 
 
 This is a hopeful sign and if carried out will prove, I believe, to be as great a service 
 to dental education as the Foundation's investigation of the medical schools has been to 
 m.edical education. 
 
 In this connection I would recommend that we send to the Carnegie Foundation our 
 appreciation of its intention to investigate dental education in America, and to express our 
 hope that the investigation will be made at an early date. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the secretary. 
 
 The secretary reported the receipt of a letter from the dean of the Tokyo 
 Dental College with regard to admission of students from that college to advanced 
 standing in membership schools of the Association ; and of similar inquiries from 
 Nippon Dental College, the dental school in Odessa, Russia, and from Dr. Owre 
 on relation to graduates of American schools settling in the British colonies. 
 
 The secretary reported the application of Washington University for member- 
 ship; and he submitted a letter from Dean Hosford, of Iowa, reporting the con- 
 dition of the dental departments of Drake University and the University of Iowa. 
 
 He further submitted a letter from Dr. Newell Gill Jenkins, of Dresden, 
 Germany, suggesting an interchange of professors between German university 
 dental schools and the schools of the Association. 
 
 The secretary further reported that, following his instructions, he had trans- 
 mitted to the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching the text of 
 the resolution of the Association suggesting that the Foundation investigate and 
 report upon educational conditions in dental schools holding membership in the 
 Association. He submitted the text of his letter and the reply from the Founda- 
 tion. He also submitted an invitation to the Association from the Panama-Pacific 
 Exposition Company to hold its annual meeting for 1913 in San Francisco; and 
 he suggested the possible desirability of informally participating in the Sixth 
 International Dental Congress to be held in London, August, 1914. 
 
 A financial report was submitted. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the executive committee. 
 Dr. Hofif, chairman, reported that nothing had been referred to the executive 
 committee during the year to be acted upon, and therefore there was no report 
 to make. 
 
 Dr. Kirk suggested that the application of the Washington University Dental 
 School be referred to the executive committee. 
 
 33 
 
Dr. Smith suggested that it would probably be best to refer this application 
 to the educational committee. 
 
 After discussion it was voted to refer the application of Washington Univer- 
 sity Dental School to the executive committee. 
 
 With regard to applications from Japanese colleges for admission to advanced 
 standing, it was voted that the standing resolution governing the admission of 
 students of schools not members of this Association to advanced standing in 
 schools of this Association be applied to the case of the students from Japanese 
 schools as it applies to students from other schools. 
 
 Dr. Kirk then presented the following resolution relating to the proposal 
 from Dr. Jenkins regarding exchange of professors : 
 
 Resolved, That it is the sense of this meeting that the faculties represented in the Dental 
 Faculties' Association of American Universities view with sympathetic favor the suggestion 
 for an interchange of teachers with the German university dental schools. 
 
 The resolution carried. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until the afternoon session. 
 
 At the afternoon session the consideration of the dental schools of Drake 
 University and the University of Iowa were, at Dean Hosford's request, ratified 
 by the Association. 
 
 An application from a student from the dental school of Odessa, Russia, for 
 advanced standing was submitted for consideration. It was voted that the Associa- 
 tion accept credentials from dental schools in Russia, granting advanced standing, 
 in time only, of not to exceed one year, and this only when the applicant has 
 shown by such credentials or examination that he is entitled to this amount of 
 credit. 
 
 The motion carried. 
 
 On motion the in\'itation of the University of California and of the Panama- 
 Pacific Exposition Company to meet in San Francisco in 1915 was accepted. 
 
 Dr. Kirk's invitation to meet in Philadelphia in 1914, at a time convenient 
 to the Association, was accepted. 
 
 The report of the treasurer was accepted. 
 
 Dr. Sharp moved that one member of the executive committee be delegated 
 as a committee of one to inspect the Washington University Dental School, in 
 order that the executive committee could more intelligently pass upon the applica- 
 tion for membership in the Association. 
 
 The motion was passed. 
 
 It was voted that the executive committee select one member of the com- 
 mittee to do this at the expense of the Association. 
 
 The executive committee announced Dr. Hosford as its selection for this 
 work, and Dr. Smith suggested that Dr. Hosford be equipped with proper creden- 
 tials by the secretarj^. 
 
 Dr. Sharp spoke of an effort being made to establish a dental department 
 in connection with the University of Illinois, and after some discussion of the 
 question, oflfered the following resolution : 
 
 Whereas, The members of this Association have learned that it is the intention to estab- 
 lish a dental school in connection with the University of Illinois; therefore be it 
 
 Resolved, That this body views with great satisfaction this movement toward the placing 
 of dental education in the state of Illinois upon a university basis, it being the belief of the 
 Association that the interests of dental education will be best conserved by such a relationship, 
 and that the final outcome of dental educational progress must be determined through the 
 fostering care of the universities constituting the higher institutions of learning of this country; 
 and be it further 
 
 34 
 
Resolved, That a copy of this resolution be forwarded to the president of the University 
 of Illinois as an official expression of the interest of this Association in the proposed plan of 
 creating a dental school as an integral part of the educational system of the University of 
 Illinois. 
 
 The resolution was adopted. 
 
 Dr. Sharp asked advice with regard to what to do with an application from 
 a student from the University of Texas, stating that he had the B.S. degree and 
 had taken two years in dentistry, and asked if he could be allowed credit for 
 two years. 
 
 It was the sense of the meeting that this applicant could be allowed one year 
 time credit, but should be required to take two years in dentistry. 
 
 Dr. Kirk raised the question as to giving undergraduates in medicine any 
 allowance for time in the dental course. 
 
 Dr. Hoff suggested that it would be fair to give such men credit for one year 
 in dentistry when they have taken two years in medicine. After further discussion 
 of the subject, it was voted that Dr. Hofif be appointed a special committee to 
 bring in a report at the next meeting of the Association on the question of grant- 
 ing advanced standing to undergraduate medical students in the dental course — 
 that is, undergraduates from medical departments of universities. 
 
 It was suggested that consideration of the president's address be made the 
 first order of business for the morning session. 
 
 The meeting then adjourned until Wednesday morning. 
 
 At the Wednesday morning meeting Dr. Sharp brought up the question of 
 a course in oral hygiene and dental economics; he asked the consensus of opinion 
 as to the advisability of giving this as a regular course, and giving specified time 
 to the subject. 
 
 The question was discussed by Drs. Smith, Kirk, Owre, and Sharp, but no 
 action was taken on the matter. 
 
 Dr. Smith submitted the application for advanced standing of a student from 
 the North Pacific Dental College who had matriculated at the Harvard School, but 
 whose credentials were not up to the standard. Dr. Smith said this student had 
 not been allowed to continue his second year because of his not satisfying the 
 educational requirements, which were difficult to establish. 
 
 The sense of the meeting was that this man be not allowed to continue his 
 course until he meets the preliminary educational requirements. 
 
 The next order of business was the consideration of the recommendations in 
 the president's address. 
 
 The first question to be considered was that of differences among schools of 
 the Association with regard to obligatory subjects in the curriculum. Consider- 
 able discussion of the subject was entered into by Drs. Smith, Owre, Kirk, and 
 Hoff, after which Dr. Kirk moved that each member of the society be requested 
 to express his views on the subject and forward them to the chairman of the 
 educational committee, and let him, from that, systematize a report that will give 
 a definite record as to how near the different college curricula are together, and 
 formulate from that a plan that would tend to unification ; this to be discussed 
 at the next meeting of the Association. 
 
 The motion was carried. 
 
 The next recommendation in the president's address was that in regard to 
 the standardizing of the curriculum. 
 
 Dr. Hosford suggested that a minimum requirement of hours for each subject 
 be made standard in the schools. 
 
 35 
 
Dr. Owre suggested that each member of the Association send each year a 
 member of the clinical staff of the institution, that they might become conversant 
 with the views of the Association in regard to educational matters, clinical 
 work, etc. 
 
 It was voted that this question be referred to the educational committee, to 
 make a report and recommendation. 
 
 The next question considered was that of a fourth year elective dental course. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that, that question be referred to the educational committee. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that the recommendation in the president's address, to the 
 effect that the' secretary be instructed to write to the Carnegie Foundation and 
 express the appreciation of this Association of their intention to investigate dental 
 education in America, and to voice the hope that the investigation be made at an 
 early date, be adopted. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The next order of business was the election of officers for the ensuing year. 
 
 Dr. Sharp moved that the present officers be re-elected to their present 
 positions. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Hoff moved that Dr. Hosford be re-elected to the executive committee 
 for two years. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Hoff moved that Dr. J. G. Sharp be re-elected to the educational com- 
 mittee for three years. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The meeting adjourned subject to the call of the president. 
 
 SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The sixth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order March 20, 191-4, by Dr. Alfred Owre, in the 
 Hotel Radisson, Minneapolis, Minnesota. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that Dr. Kirk act as temporary chairman in the absence of 
 the president and vice-president. 
 
 The motion was carried, and Dr. Kirk took the chair. 
 
 It was voted that Dr. Breene act as secretary pro tem. • 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : California, Dean J. G. 
 Sharp; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania, 
 Dean E. C. Kirk. 
 
 Visitors : Drs. E. T. Darby, O. A. Weiss. 
 
 The minutes of the previous meeting were read and accepted. 
 
 The next order of business was the reading of the president's address, by 
 Dr. Eugene H. Smith, in whose absence it was read by Dr. Alfred Owre. 
 
 Members of the Dent ad Facilities' Association of American Universities: My message to 
 you at this meeting will necessarily be brief, since the more important matters governing our 
 organization were considered and recommended to you in my message of last year. 
 
 These several recommendations have been under consideration by the various committees 
 during the past year, and will, I presume, be reported upon in full during our present session. 
 
 I would again call your attention to the need of a reciprocal system of research in our 
 schools. I touched upon this matter in my last message, but made no special recommendations. 
 
 I feel that organized research work should be done within the schools themselves, acting 
 in a reciprocal way, rather than through the medium of our dental societies. I therefore 
 recommend that this matter in its various phases be considered at this meeting. 
 
 The action taken by the National Dental Association in investigating and rating the 
 dental schools of the United States is, I think, to be commended, and while it is to be 
 
 36 
 
regretted that in the appointment of the committee to do this important work the university 
 dental departments are not represented, I feel that we should be as helpful as possible, and at 
 the same time still urge upon the Carnegie Foundation an investigation and rating of its own. 
 
 I beg to call attention to the following standing resolution in regard to admittance of 
 students from other schools not holding membership in our Association. It reads as follows: 
 
 "Resolved, That students from American schools not holding membership in this Associa- 
 tion may be admitted to schools holding membership in this Association, provided their pre- 
 liminary training is equal to the training required of students seeking admission to our 
 university schools, and that they be given credit for the time spent in dental study, but that 
 no credit be given for any professional subject, and therefore that they must pass examinations 
 in all subjects of the required course." 
 
 You will, I think, agree with me that undergraduates from the majority of these schools 
 have not had the kind or extent of training that students in our schools receive, and therefore 
 are unable, without further training, to pass the required examinations of the years that 
 they omit. 
 
 I would therefore recommend that the resolution be so changed that undergraduates may 
 be permitted only to enter our second year, to take all of the courses of our first year during 
 the first year of their attendance, and the courses of our second and third years during the 
 second year of their attendance. 
 
 I would also call your attention to the lack of provision made for graduates of the 
 schools outside of our Association who may wish to enter one of our schools and become a 
 candidate for our degree. I would therefore recommend that a resolution be passed at this 
 meeting embracing the clause that refers to preliminary requirements that is contained in the 
 resolution referring to undergraduates of other schools, and to which I have before called 
 your attention; and further to provide that graduates from these schools be allowed to enter 
 cur senior year and become candidates for our degree by spending one year in our schools, 
 and passing the examinations of our three years. 
 
 Meeting as we do each year at the home of one of our schools, it is most desirable that we 
 spend as much of our time as may be consistent in the study and comparison of our methods 
 of teaching. Such study cannot be otherwise than mutually beneficial. 
 
 Consideration of the president's address was set for the next morning. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the secretary-treasurer. 
 
 The secretary reported inquiries from three university dental schools with 
 regard to conditions of membership in the Association. He further reported the 
 fulfillment of all instructions given him at the previous meeting, and submitted a 
 financial report. 
 
 The report was received and consideration deferred to a later session. 
 
 Dr. Owre read a letter from Dr. Grant, of the Dental Educational Council 
 of America, advocating an increase of fees in dental schools. No action was 
 taken. 
 
 The meeting adjourned till the evening session. 
 
 The evening meeting was called to order by Dr. Hoff, vice-president, at 
 8 o'clock, in the University Club of St. Paul. 
 
 Those present at the meeting were Drs. Hoff, Breene, Owre, Sharp, the 
 entire faculty of the University of Minnesota, presidents of the two local societies, 
 Dr. Eck, vice-president of the Norwegian Society, and two members of the State 
 Board of Minnesota. 
 
 Dr. Hoff then introduced Dr. Alfred Owre, who read the paper of the eve- 
 ning, the "Report of the Committee on Education," as follows : 
 
 The chairman of this committee begs to submit the following report: 
 
 This Association has already acknowledged the necessity for a better product in dental 
 education, recognizing that if there is to be any advance educationally, the universities must 
 take the lead. The virulent criticisms of American dentistry recently aired in European 
 journals are but one symptom of our status. Another of equal significance is legislation 
 against American dental graduates. We are forced to look the situation in the face. Is the 
 quality of American dental education such as to be really worthy of the high sounding' appella- 
 tion? Impartial observation and analysis of the situation reveal much rottenness steadily 
 increasing. Though the new plant is slow in sprouting, and the powerful commercial ideals 
 which are responsible for the present status of dentistry are well entrenched, a new order of 
 things can be inaugurated if the psychological moment is grasped. To state that improvement 
 
 37 
 
is necessary is not sufficient. Whatever is done must be through strong and sincere effort. 
 Advancement in dentistry will require the strongest co-operation; it will require all the support 
 the university schools and other forward-looking institutions can give. A half-hearted attitude 
 will be ruinous. 
 
 In relation to our program for the enlargement of the curriculum^ I wish to emphasize 
 that it is not so much the content of a given year which concerns us as it is a genuine belief 
 that we need more time for better work in much that is now being taught. Neither can we 
 ignore the fact that it is pedagogical economy to bring to this work students who have had 
 better preparation. It seems desirable to have a curriculum with a certain amount of elasticity 
 in it so as to meet individual idiosyncrasies and also to allow for certain inherent local 
 differences in educational systems. When a large and varied clinic is not available, the number 
 of electives can be increased. The faculties may also recommend certain electives suited 
 to the needs of their respective localities or make certain substitutes. For instance: it may 
 be necessary to substitute botany for animal biology if the latter cannot be obtained in the 
 preparatory course. A further illustration would be to recommend elementary political economy 
 in the second semester of the freshman year, elementary; psychology in the sophomore or junior 
 years, and ethics in the senior year. The value of the electives cannot be overestimated, view- 
 ing the product of colleges where it has been practiced. A generous use of the elective usually 
 produces men of greater power than a rigidly prescribed curriculum produces. 
 
 If we made better dentists twenty-five or thirty years ago it was not only due to the 
 fact that there was less to learn and a lesser degi'ee of commercialization, but also due to the 
 fact that we had more time in which to do it. In our readjustment to the ever increasing 
 demands we have increased the number of hours of work until the whole curriculum is 
 pedagogically unsound. The academic student has a maximum of about 600 hours of assigned 
 work per year; engineers not over 700 hours; medical students about iioo hours. There are 
 about 1400 hours available if we assign eight hours every day, excepting Saturday afternoon. 
 Many dental schools assign 1200 hours of this amount. Pedagogically this is more than the 
 student can carry profitably and the quality of his work suffers. Slipshod methods are resorted 
 to; and our average dental graduate is not the carefully trained man he should be. 
 
 It has been the aim of the committee to keep down the number of assigned hours, especially 
 in the first two years where theory predominates. This is not quite so important in the third 
 year and less so in the senior year where practice fills up nearly all the hours. 
 
 In the present course we average about 1200 hours per year, the first year being the 
 lowest, about iioo hours. In the proposed four-year course, the average is about 1000 hours, 
 with fewer assigned hours in the first two years; 832 and 960 hours, in the freshman and 
 sophomore years respectively, as against 1184 and 1232 in the junior and senior years. In 
 the course having one year of academic work as a prerequisite, there are about 100 hours 
 fewer of assigned work in this year. This is largely due to the fact that the academic year 
 must conform to academic usages. The assigned hours for the freshman year of dentistry 
 are 944 as against 832 of the four-year course; otherwise the hours are about the same. 
 Further advantages and disadvantages of the two schemes are as follows: 
 The four-year course is definite and is also more directly under the control of the 
 dental faculty. By emphasizing prosthetic technique in the first semester of the freshman year 
 we can discover the many students who are not adapted for dentistry. They can then make 
 a change without very much loss of time. The course has also a better sequential arrangement 
 of subjects. It may be criticized because it requires attendance in the dental school for a total 
 period of four years. 
 
 In regard to the course where one year of academic work is a prerequisite, a special 
 advantage is that this is specifically an academic year and can be taken in any accredited college. 
 It allows students a longer period for consideration of life work. It has a wider range in 
 electives. Otherwise there is not so much difference. It cannot be claimed altogether as a 
 preparatory year for dentistry and is not under the direct control of the dental faculty. 
 
 From the foregoing it seems possible to adopt the four-year course practically as outlined, 
 or with some readjustment in individual cases to make use of the other. For instance: students 
 who have had one year of academic work would be able by summer school work and perhaps 
 some special work here and there to go on with the sophomore class. The details of this must be 
 worked out by each institution. 
 
 The question of fees can be adjusted at a future conference, but uniformity is recom- 
 mended as far as possible. 
 
 Respectfully submitted 
 
 J. G. Sharp 
 
 E. C. Kirk 
 
 E. H. Smith, ex officio 
 
 Alfred Owre, Chairman 
 
 See detailed report of hours, pages 39-41. 
 
 38 
 
FOUR-YEAR COURSE 
 
 Freshman Year 
 
 Anatomy, General Descriptive 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Lectures 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Laboratory 
 
 Animal Biology No. i General Zoology 
 
 Chemistry, Advanced General and Qualitative. 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 
 
 Rhetoric 
 
 Sophomore Year 
 
 Anatomy, Dissection 
 
 Anatomy, Histology and Embryology 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Lectures 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Laboratory 
 
 Bacteriology 
 
 Chemistry, Organic 
 
 Crown and Bridge Technique 
 
 Operative Technique 
 
 Physiology and Physiological Chemistry 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistry Technique 
 
 Junior Year 
 
 Crown and Bridge Technique 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures 
 
 Crown and Bridge Practice 
 
 Dental Metallurgy 
 
 Materia Medica 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures 
 
 Operative Dentistry Technique 
 
 Operative Dentistry Practice 
 
 Orthodontia Lectures 
 
 Orthodontia Technique 
 
 Pathology, General 
 
 Pathology, Special 
 
 Prosthetic Lectures 
 
 Prosthetic Practice 
 
 Therapeutics 
 
 Clinics 
 
 *Electives , 
 
 Senior Year 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures 
 
 Crown and Bridge Practice 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures 
 
 Operative Dentistry Practice 
 
 Oral Surgery Lectures 
 
 Oral Surgery Practice 
 
 Orthodontia Lectures 
 
 Orthodontia Practice 
 
 Prosthetic Practice 
 
 Theory and Practice Conference 
 
 fElectives 
 
 First 
 Semester 
 
 Hours 
 
 35^ 
 
 144 
 96 
 16 
 
 96 
 
 Second 
 
 Semester 
 
 Hours 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 96 
 
 96 
 
 96 
 
 64 
 
 80 
 
 :44 
 
 48 
 
 480 
 
 832 
 
 
 96 
 96 
 
 
 48 
 
 144 
 96 
 
 
 448 
 
 512 
 
 960 
 
 96 
 16 
 
 96 
 16 
 
 
 16 
 
 96 
 
 
 16 
 
 32 
 16 
 
 
 72 . 
 
 
 
 7- 
 
 144 
 16 
 
 
 144 
 80 
 
 16 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 96 
 16 
 
 
 528 
 
 48 
 
 48 
 
 656 
 
 1 184 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 
 144 
 16 
 
 144 
 16 
 
 
 19a 
 32 
 48 
 16 
 
 192 
 16 
 48 
 16 
 
 
 7- 
 
 72 
 
 
 72 
 
 72 
 32 
 
 
 608 
 
 624 
 
 1232 
 
 4208 
 
 * Ps chology. Elementary Economics, Radiography, Odontology, etc. 
 
 t Students who are advanced in practice should be allowed to specialize in any part of 
 the curriculum, especially in the second semester. 
 
 ?9 
 
ONE-YEAR ACADEMIC PREREQUISITE 
 
 fRESHMAN Academic Year 
 
 Animal Biology No. i General Zoology 
 
 Chemistry, Advanced, General, and Qualitative... 
 
 Electives 
 
 Military Drill (required University of Minnesota). 
 Rhetoric No. i 
 
 Freshman Year Dentistry 
 
 Anatomy, General Descriptive 
 
 Anatomy, Dissection , 
 
 Anatomy, Histology and Embryology 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Lectures 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Laboratory 
 
 Chemistry, Organic 
 
 Physiology and Physiological Chemistry 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 
 
 Junior Year 
 
 Bacteriology, General 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures 
 
 Crown an\ Bridge Technique 
 
 Dental Metallurgy 
 
 Materia Medica 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Lectures 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Technique 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Practice 
 
 Orthodontia Lectures 
 
 Orthodontia Technique 
 
 Pathology, General 
 
 Pathology, Special 
 
 Prosthetic Lectures -. 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 
 
 Prosthetic Practice 
 
 Senior Year 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures , . 
 
 Crown and Bridge Practice 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures 
 
 Operative Dentistry Practice 
 
 Oral Surgery Lectures 
 
 Oral Surgery Practice 
 
 Orthodontia Lectures 
 
 Orthodontia Practice 
 
 Prosthetic Practice 
 
 Theory and Practice, conference 
 
 Therapeutics 
 
 Electives 
 
 First 
 
 Second 
 
 Semester 
 
 Semester 
 
 Hours 
 
 Hours 
 
 96 
 
 96 
 
 64 
 
 80 
 
 48 
 
 96 
 
 4S 
 
 48 
 
 48 
 
 48 
 
 304 
 
 ■368 
 
 96 
 
 96 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 48 
 
 96 
 
 96 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 96 
 
 96 
 
 448 
 
 576 
 
 496 
 
 So 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 144 
 
 144 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 3^ 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 144 
 
 
 
 144 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 , 144 
 
 
 80 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 144 
 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 44 
 
 144 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 92 
 
 192 
 
 33 
 
 16 
 
 48 
 
 48 
 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 72 
 
 72 
 
 72 
 
 72 
 
 
 32 
 
 672 
 
 1280 
 
 624 
 
 624 
 
 1248 
 
 4144 
 
 40 
 
SUMMARY OF HOURS 
 
 Four- Academic 
 Present Year Prerequi- 
 
 19 14-15 Course site 
 
 Subjects Hours Hours Hours 
 
 Anatomy, General Descriptive 128 96 96 
 
 Anatomy, Dissection 192 144 144 
 
 Anatomy, Histology and Embryology 128 96 96 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Lectures 32 32 32 
 
 Anatomy, Dental Laboratory 96 144 144 
 
 Animal Biology No. i (General Zoology) 192 192 
 
 Bacteriology 32 80 80 
 
 Chemistry, Advanced, General, and Qualitative 144 144 144 
 
 Chemistry, Organic 96 96 96 
 
 Clinics 48 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures 32 64 48 
 
 Crown and Bridge Technique 288 288 288 
 
 Crown and Bridge Practice 288 384 288 
 
 Dental Metallurgy 16 16 16 
 
 Electives 48 48 144 
 
 Materia Medica 32 32 32 
 
 Military Drill (required University- of Minnesota) 96 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures 64 64 64 
 
 Opertive Dentistry Technique 144 168 144 
 
 Operative Dentistr}- Practice 528 600 528 
 
 Oral Surgery Lectures 48 48 48 
 
 Oral Surgery Practice 96 96 96 
 
 Orthodontia Lectures 48 48 48 
 
 Orthodontia Technique 144 144 144 
 
 Orthodontia Practice 144 144 144 
 
 Pathology, General 32 80 80 
 
 Pathology, Special 16 16 16 
 
 Physiology and Physiological Chemistry 144 144 144 
 
 Prosthetic Lectures 32 32 32 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 336 33u 336 
 
 Prosthetic Practice 240 240 240 
 
 Rhetoric 96 96 
 
 Theory and Practice, conference 32 32 32 
 
 Therapeutics 16 16 16 
 
 Total 3584 4208 4144 
 
 1 day — 8 hours 
 
 1 1 half days — i week — 44 hours 
 16 weeks — i semester — 704 hours 
 
 2 semesters — i year — 1408 hours , 
 
 Dr. Owre's report was discussed by Dr. Hoff, Dr. Sharp, Dr. Orr, secretary 
 of the state examining board, Dr. Andrews, member of the state board, Drs. 
 Kennerly, Hartzell, Breene, and Weiss. 
 
 Dr. Hoff announced that the report would be presented before a business 
 session of the Association on Saturday for action by the Association. 
 
 The meeting then adjourned until the next morning. 
 
 At the next session, called to order Saturday morning, March 21, by Dr. 
 Hoff, vice-president, in the University of Minnesota, the first order of business 
 was the consideration of the president's address. 
 
 The first item in the president's address for consideration was the recom- 
 mendation that "organized research work should be done within the schools 
 themselves, acting in a reciprocal way, rather than through the medium of our 
 dental societies." 
 
 The question was discussed by Drs. Owre, Kirk, Hartzell, Hoff, Sharp, 
 
 after which Dr. Sharp moved that a committee on research be appointed for the 
 purpose of formulating plans and bringing about a coalition of the work of 
 this character in the schools. 
 
 41 
 
Dr. Kirk offered as an amendment to the motion that Dr. Smith be made a 
 committee of one to bring in a report on that matter. The amendment was 
 voted upon and carried, after which the original motion was put and carried. 
 
 The next item for consideration was the action of the National Dental 
 Association in investigating and rating the dental schools of the United States, 
 and the question of urging the Carnegie Foundation to make an investigation 
 and rating of its own. 
 
 Dr. Kirk called attention to the fact that the Carnegie Foundation had sig- 
 nified its intention of making such an examination and rating at some future 
 date. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that the secretary be instructed to correspond with the 
 Carnegie Foundation and expressed the appreciation of the Association of its 
 interest in the matter. 
 
 The motion was carried. 
 
 After discussion of the lack of provision in the standing resolution for 
 graduates from other schools who wish to enter schools of the Asscvciation and 
 become candidates for the degree, the following resolution was presented and 
 adopted : 
 
 Resolved, That graduates of dental schools not holding membership in this Association 
 may be admitted to the senior year in schools holding membership in this Association, pro- 
 vided that their preliminarj' training is equal to the training required for the admission of 
 students to our university schools; and they may become candidates for graduation after 
 fulfilling the requirements of the senior year, provided that they pass examination on all the 
 subjects that are final in the first and second years of the course before coming up for final 
 examination for the degree. 
 
 After a hearing of Dr. Hoff's report for the executive committee on the 
 dental school of Washington University it was voted to admit the school to 
 membership. Dr. Kennerly, dean of the school, was presented to the Association. 
 
 The question raised by Dr. Sharp with regard jointly to establishing special 
 lecture courses on different subjects was then discussed. 
 
 It was finally voted that in any instance, where any member of the Dental 
 Faculties' Association is contemplating such an arrangement, it make the prep- 
 aration and plan known to the secretary, so that the secretary may send to each 
 constituent member announcement of the fact, with a view to making an organized 
 reciprocal arrangement under that plan. 
 
 Dr. Hoff presented the report of the executive committee as follows : 
 
 To the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities: At the last session of 
 this body, I was asked to formulate a suggestion that would, more equitably adjust the matter 
 of advanced standing for students having had partial courses in medicine who were desirous 
 of transferring to the dental course. 
 
 In accordance with past practices and present rulings, we have not credited work done 
 in a medical school unless the student has completed the medical course and has the medical 
 diploma, except that we allow such undergraduate medical students to take advanced standing 
 on individual subjects, if the medical work has been taken in the university with which the 
 school in dentistry is associated. It ordinarily develops that medical students with junior 
 standing have completed all the medical science subjects required in the dental curriculum, 
 and it does not seem equitable that such students should be held to the same time limits as 
 entering freshmen who have never had the medical science training. Such subjects as chem- 
 istry, anatomy, histology, physiology^ and bacteriology are as thoroughly taught in medical as 
 in dental schools, and together they should constitute more than a year of time in the dental 
 curriculum. There is no reason why a student having credit for such subjects would not be 
 capable of completing in the remaining two years of the dental course all the applied scientific 
 subjects, as well as the technical and clinical subjects of the curriculum. 
 
 I therefore suggest for your consideration, the following resolution: 
 
 '•Resolved, That undergraduate students of reputable medical schools, who have completed 
 at least two years' work, and who have credits for the full requirements in chemistry, anatomy, 
 histology, physiology, and bacteriolog>\ may be given credit on examination for these studies, 
 and be advanced to the second year in the dental curriculum." 
 
 Respectfully submitted, 
 
 N. S.- Hoff. 
 42 
 
Discussion of the report of the executive committee was deferred until the 
 afternoon session. 
 
 The meeting then adjourned until the afternoon session. 
 
 At the afternoon session the first order of business was the consideration 
 of the resolution presented in the report of the executive committee. 
 
 Dr. Kirk suggested that because of the fact that such a resolution would 
 involve conflicts with statutory legislation in many states, final action should be 
 postponed until this question has been referred to a committee, to report on later. 
 
 It was voted that this question be referred to the executive committee. 
 
 The next order of business was the consideration of the report of the 
 educational committee by Dr. Owre. 
 
 Dr. Owre re-read his report, as the full membership of the Association was 
 not present when it was first presented. 
 
 Dr. Sharp suggested that a resolution be presented lengthening the curriculum 
 to four years. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly suggested that if the report and recommendation be adopted, 
 it be at not too early a date, as it would be necessary for him to have time to 
 think over plans for the future. 
 
 Dr. Owre did not think that the Association could take any positive action 
 at the present time, as whatever the Association did would have to be referred 
 back to the governing bodies of the institutions represented for approval. 
 
 Dr. Hoff discussed the feature of the report which presented the alternative 
 of one year of academic training as a prerequisite to dental study, and was inclined 
 to favor this in preference to the lengthening of the curriculum to four years. 
 
 Dr. Kirk thought that the object of the four-year course was to teach more 
 dentistry and establish a better standard, and in order to do that it was necessary 
 to have more time in the dental course. 
 
 Dr. Owre said what the committee wished to recommend was the four-year 
 dental curriculum rather than the addition of one year of academic training to 
 the preliminary educational requirements. 
 
 The subject was further discussed by Drs. Weiss, Walls, and Orton, of the 
 University of Minnesota. 
 
 .Dr. Kirk moved, and Dr. Sharp seconded, that "We accept the report of the 
 educational committee, and that we recommend the four years' curriculum as set 
 forth in the report for adoption by the schools of this Association." 
 
 After discussion of the motion by Drs. Breene, Kirk, Weiss, and Walls, it 
 was carried. 
 
 Dr. Kirk thought one of the best means of putting into force the four-year 
 curriculum would be to secure the co-operation of the legislative authorities, 
 with a view to having legislation that would require the four-year course as a 
 requirement for license to practice dentistry, and asked for some suggestions from 
 the members with a view to securing this co-operation. 
 
 Dr. Owre thought it would be well to acquaint the National Dental Associa- 
 tion and the National Association of Dental Examiners with the action taken, 
 and possibly suggest that this question be made a matter of consideration at their 
 next session. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved, and Dr. Kennerly seconded, that the secretary be instructed 
 to communicate with the officers of the National Dental Association and the 
 National Association of Dental Examiners, to inform them of the action taken 
 and to send them a copy of the report with the proposed program. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 43 
 
The next order of business was the election of officers for the ensuing year, 
 which resulted as follows : 
 
 President — Dr. N. S. Hoff, Ann Arbor, Mich. 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. F. T. Breene, Iowa Citj', Iowa. 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. Edward C. Kirk, Philadelphia. 
 
 Exectitive Committee — Dr. J. G. Sharp, chairman, one year. Dr. J. H. Kennerly, two 
 years. Dr. F. T. Breene, three years. 
 
 Educational Committee— Tir. E. H. Smith, one year, Dr. E. C. Kirk, two years. Dr. 
 Alfred Owre, chairman, three years. 
 
 The next order of business was the selection of the time and place of the 
 next annual meeting. The place of the next meeting having been decided upon, 
 namely, San Francisco,* the time of the meeting was left to the decision of the 
 executive committee. 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The seventh annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order February 24, 1915, by the president, Dr. Hoff, in 
 the Evans Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.* 
 
 Dr. Breene was on motion made secretary pro tem, in the temporary absence 
 of Dr. Kirk. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : Harvard, Dean Eugene 
 H. Smith; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene; Michigan, Dean N. S. Hoff; Minnesota, 
 Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania, Dean E. C. Kirk; Washington University, 
 Dean J, H. Kennerly. 
 
 Visitors: Drs. W. P. Cooke, L. M. S. Miner, Harvard; Dr. C. R. E. Koch, 
 Northwestern; Dr. H. M. Seamans, Ohio; Dr. Herman P'rinz, Pennsylvania; Dr. 
 Eugene S. Talbot, Chicago. 
 
 The president. Dr. N. S. Hoff, then read his address as follows : 
 
 Members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities meeting in Special 
 Session: We are convened today in response to the call of our executive committee, further to 
 consider the resolution adopted at our last annual meeting in Minneapolis, March zi, 1914, in 
 the matter of extending the college curriculum to four years; and also to consider such other 
 pertinent matters as may properly come before us at this time. 
 
 In view of the fact that our dental announcements are usually printed in June, there 
 can be no sufficient notification to prospective students until June, 19 16, too late to enable them 
 to prepare for the course. For this reason your executive committee thought it necessary to 
 call this meeting at this time and place. I trust every college holding membership in this 
 Association is represented by a duly authorized delegate who has come prepared to act definitely 
 on this important question now before us for final decision. This is necessary before we can 
 intelligently discuss the details of administration. 
 
 At the last annual meeting a suggestion was made that the action taken by this body and 
 the advisability of similar action by all dental colleges should be brought to the attention of 
 the National Dental Association and the National Association of Dental Examiners. This I 
 believe our secretary did in a formal communication, and j-our president had a personal 
 interview with the president of each of these organizations, in which he urged them to make 
 such recommendations as they deemed the cause justified, in their respective addresses to these 
 bodies. As you are all doubtless aware, the matter received much favorable comment in both 
 of these organizations at their annual meetings. We have also done what was possible by 
 personal interviews and correspondence with various executive officers of colleges and other 
 dental organizations that are especially interested in this subject, and there seems to be no 
 difference of opinion in the minds of the majority of thoughtful teachers and professional men 
 as to the necessity for more time for the administration of a proper and adequate course of 
 instruction that shall qualify for the practice of modern dentistry. 
 
 The National Dental Faculties Association, at its annual meeting recently held, decided, 
 after a careful and rather strenuous debate, with final and practical unanimity, to inaugurate 
 a four-year course of instruction, beginning with the college year of 1 917-18. 
 
 * Owing to the distance involved, San Francisco proved impracticable for most members. 
 
 44 
 
Two of our dental editors have editorially commented on this proposition adversely. 
 We have not seen or heard any other adverse comment. It would seem from these facts that 
 our action last year was timely, and that we should complete the' initial move by adopting 
 such further measures at this time as may be needed to carry our resolution into effect. 
 It has been suggested that it might be diplomatic, and that we should serve our cause 
 more effectively, should we postpone the inauguration of the four-year course another year 
 until all the schools were ready to join in the movement. This would undoubtedly give us 
 more time to perfect our plans, and would also give time for the necessary amendment of 
 our registration laws to conform with the new course. This would also make it easier for 
 some colleges to prepare for the change, and give the prospective student a chance to make 
 his preparations. 
 
 On the other hand, the seven schools of this Association have, tentatively at least, com- 
 mitted themselves to the course for the session of 1916-17, and two of them have actually 
 announced it. Also the Northwestern University Dental School has decided to start a four-year 
 curse, beginning with the session of 1916-17. In view of these facts and our published action, 
 would it be wise for us to hesitate? Can we afford to lose the time and risk the possibility 
 of a reversal of the action taken by the other schools? Have we any assurance of favorable 
 legislation unless we first demonstrate to the profession the value of more time for instruction^ 
 and its practicability? 
 
 No doubt we have all been looking forward to this four-year course as a means of making 
 our teaching work more efficient, and I am aware that much time and thought has been spent 
 in formulating a more efficient course of study by several of our executive officers, with the 
 hope of definite action at this meeting. 
 
 Our educational committee presented a suggestion for an ideal curriculum at our meeting 
 last year, which with new suggestions may serve at this time as a basis for our discussion. 
 We should all have well-conceived ideas that may be helpful in arriving at the best conclusion, 
 and it is only by the exchange of ideas and their critical examination that we shall be satisfied 
 with the action we may take in regard to this most important movement. In other words, 
 we should have a full and free discussion of this matter from every standpoint-^the pedagogic, 
 the practicable, and most of all, from the ideal. If it should become possible for us to devise 
 a practicable and ideal curriculum we shall have accomplished, it seems to me, all that this 
 time and occasion demands. 
 
 It is the tradition of this body, based upon an article of our constitution, that the 
 largest possible freedom of internal management shall always rest with the individual member- 
 ship. Therefore we can and should discuss this problem unhampered by any possible legisla- 
 tion that may lead to personal embarrassment to any of our members. 
 
 Owing to the fact that a full representation of the membership of this Association may 
 not be possible at the regular annual meeting this year,* because of the great distance, it may 
 seem desirable for us to consider at this meeting some items of business that should more 
 appropriately be deferred to the annual meeting. By the unanimous consent of those present 
 it seems to me that it would be proper, and we should feel competent to take any action that 
 may be necessary at this meeting effectively to forward the interest's of the Association. Any 
 or all such actions may and properly should be submitted to the annual meeting for ratification, 
 or for reconsideration if occasion demands. 
 
 Your president has taken the liberty of inviting to this meeting representatives from 
 the dental colleges connected with Ohio State University, Illinois University, and Northwestern 
 University. As these schools are qualified for membership in this Association, and are not 
 connected with any other similar body, and as each has expressed a desire to extend its cur- 
 riculum to four years, I felt that we should have the benefit of their counsel on this occasion. 
 I trust it may be the pleasure of this body to extend a cordial invitation to the representatives 
 of these, and any other such representatives as may be present, to join us in our deliberations 
 as to ways and means for putting into effect, in the best possible manner, whatever advance 
 in the dental curriculum we shall see fit to adopt. 
 
 On motion the address of the president was accepted and approved. 
 The action of the president in extending invitations to the dental schools of 
 the University of Illinois, the University of Ohio, and Northwestern University 
 to send representatives to the meeting was indorsed by the Association. 
 
 On motion the gentlemen representing these schools invited were given the 
 privileges of the floor. 
 
 The next order of business was the reading of the report of the secretary- 
 treasurer. 
 
 * It had been decided to hold the regular annual meeting later in the year, at San Fran- 
 cisco. This plan not having been carried out, however, the meeting here reported automatically 
 becomes the regular meeting for 1915. 
 
 45 
 
He reported that the subject which formed the principal topic of discussion 
 at the previous meeting of the Association, namely, the desirability of lengthening 
 the dental curriculum to four years, had been the subject of correspondence, 
 indicating an increasing interest in the problem and a wholesome degree of activity 
 favorable to the addition of another year to the time of the present curriculum. 
 
 Pursuant to the instructions of this Association, expressed in a resolution 
 at the Minneapolis meeting, directing the secretary to communicate the views of 
 the Association favoring the plan of lengthening the course, to the president oiF 
 the National Dental Association, the president of the National Association of 
 Dental Examiners, and the president of the Pennsylvania State Dental Society, 
 communications had been sent by the secretary to each of the officers designated, 
 setting forth the principal reasons why the Association, generally speaking, was 
 favorable to the adoption of an additional year, and asking that the subject be 
 brought before the respective associations for consideration. The president of 
 the National Dental Association, Dr. Homer C. Brown, embodied the main 
 features of the argument as presented by your secretary, in his annual address, 
 and after discussion by the National Dental Association the question brought 
 forth an expression of opinion favorable to the plan suggested, which was em- 
 bodied in a resolution by our national body expressive of its approval of the sug- 
 gestion to make the standard dental curriculum of dental study four academic 
 years in length. 
 
 The president of the Pennsylvania Dental Society, Dr. Howard S. Seip, in 
 his annual address strongly recommended favorable action by the Pennsylvania 
 State Society, and a similar vote of approval was passed by that body. 
 
 No acknowledgment of the receipt of the secretary's letter had been received 
 from the president of the National Association of Dental Examiners. 
 
 The secretary reported further that from the University of Minnesota, College 
 of Dentistry, through its dean. Dr. Owre, he had received notification under date 
 of August 21 that at its meeting on June lO, the Board of Regents of the Univer- 
 sity of ^Minnesota adopted the following resolution : 
 
 Voted, That it is the sense of the board that if the majority of the dental colleges in 
 the Association of University Dental Faculties decide to adopt a four-year course, the 
 University of ^Minnesota will be favorably disposed toward such an extension of the dental 
 course. 
 
 Dean Owre had forwarded to the secretary several communications having 
 an interesting bearing upon the question of the four years' curriculum. Dean Owre 
 had sent to the secretary a detailed exhibit of a proposed distribution of work 
 over the several years of the four years' curriculum, copies of which had doubtless 
 been received by all of the members. The secretary recommended consideration 
 of the plan proposed by Dr. Owre at the present meeting. 
 
 The University of California Department of Dentistry through its dean, 
 Dr. Millberry, had forwarded to the secretary under date of November i8 the 
 report of the Council of the University of California, embodying a statement of 
 advanced requirements for admission to the College of Dentistry of the University 
 •of California, to become effective at the beginning of August, 1917. The report 
 was not sufficiently clear in itself, requiring for its interpretation reference to 
 the official announcement of courses of the university for 1914-15. The secretary 
 had a detailed exhibit of the character and extent of the advanced entrance 
 requirements authorized for admission to the Dental School of the University of 
 California for consideration. 
 
 The secretary reported also that he had received communications from the 
 registrar of the University of Alberta, Canada, also from the secretary of the 
 
 46 
 
Manitoba Dental Association, making inquiry into the status of x\merican dental 
 colleges, with a view to the preparation of a selected list of schools in the United 
 States the educational work of which may entitle them to recognition by the 
 licensing bodies of the Canadian provinces named. Information concerning the 
 schools in the membership of our Association was furnished an answer to these 
 inquiries, and for information regarding those outside our membership the corre- 
 spondents were referred to the secretary of the National Association of Dental 
 Faculties. 
 
 Through correspondence with Dr. Hoff, invitations had been sent to authorities 
 of the universities of Ohio and Illinois to send representatives to this meeting. 
 
 The secretary directed attention to certain matters which by resolution at the 
 Minneapolis meeting were laid over for final action at the present meeting: first, 
 the following resolution : 
 
 Resolved, That undergraduate students of reputable medical schools, who have completed 
 at least two years' work and who have credits for the full requirements in chemistry, anatomy, 
 histology, physiology, and bacteriology, may be given credit en examination for these studies, 
 and be advanced to the second year in the dental curriculum. 
 
 Also a report by Dean Eugene H. Smith, of Harvard, as a committee of one 
 upon his suggestion made in writing at the Minneapolis meeting with reference to- 
 the promotion of research work within the colleges of our Association membership.. 
 
 A financial report was submitted. 
 
 Motion was made and carried that the report be accepted. 
 
 Dr. Eugene H. Smith, appointed by the Association as a committee of one to- 
 report upon the question of "organized research work with the schools of the 
 Association, acting in a reciprocal way, rather than through the medium of dental 
 societies," reported as follows : 
 
 Some five years ago, Miss Harriet N. Lowell bequeathed to the Harvard Dental School 
 the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars, the interest of which was to be devoted to research 
 work along dental lines. To carry out the provisions of this bequest we appointed men of 
 research ability as a Committee on Research, and that committee has formed among the student 
 body what is known as the Harriet N. Lowell Society for Dental Research. The object of this 
 society is to interest students in research problems. We have at present two students doing 
 research work along the line of pyorrhea. We are taking in as honorary fellows of the society 
 and honorary members of the Research Committee men not affiliated with the school, but who 
 have shown by their work their interest in the question' of research. It seems to me that this 
 can be made an important feature in our schools, and what I hoped to bring about was similar 
 organization among dental students for research work in other schools, to the end that reciprocal 
 arrangements might be made for the interchange of ideas, and by that means bring about better 
 results than we could if this work was done under the direction of various dental societies. 
 
 On motion the report was accepted. 
 
 Dr. Hoff read the following telegram from Dean Millberry, of the Univer- 
 sity of California College of Dentistry: 
 
 Dr. N. S. Hoff: Faculty in accord with any action leading to fourth year as preliminary 
 or in dental curriculum. Impossible for us with present facilities to provide fourth year of 
 dental instruction. Can do nothing without regents' action. Matter now pending in regents' 
 committee. — Guy S. Millberry. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the committee on education by 
 Dr. Owre, chairman, as follows : 
 
 The committee has found hearty support of the action of this Association last year in 
 extending the course to four years. Since then the criticisms and suggestions received as to 
 the contents of the curriculum have led us to recommend some modifications in it. 
 
 It has been the aim of the committee to economize the student's time and energy, hence 
 it has often been found wise to introduce studies which prepare him for a fuller appreciation 
 of a subject rather than to lengthen the present hours devoted to it, although this has also 
 
 47 
 
been done in several instances. The committee has in all cases guarded against a superficial 
 acquaintance with important subjects. 
 
 We have also felt that it would be advantageous to have a program which would allow 
 credits to be gained to some extent in accredited colleges. The studies should be granted 
 enough electives to develop men of power; this also allows the latitude necessary in a country 
 where preliminary education, as well as environment, varies appreciably. 
 
 The committee has agreed upon dental faculty control of the curriculum, although the 
 teaching of some subjects must of necessitj' be done as at present b}' the other units of the 
 universities. 
 
 The total number of hours are increased as compared with last year's proposal, but there 
 is a more even distribution of subjects requiring home study. 
 
 The committee has conferred widely with educational experts in allied callings, and the 
 freshman-year program is essentially the result of such conference. While this year might 
 easily be made more specifically dental in character, the committee feels that final action in 
 this matter should come only after wider discussion among dental teachers and dental societies. 
 For instance, descriptive anatomy might be given in the second semester of the freshman year, 
 leaving out either rhetoric or history, economics, or language group. This should be 
 followed by offering histologj^ and embryology in the first semester of the sophomore year, 
 which in turn would allow operative technique to be taught in the second semester of the 
 same year. This would, of course, also increase the available hours for practice. On the 
 other hand, our anatomists prefer that the course in general zoology should be completed before 
 beginning the study of the human body; technical drawing should also be completed before 
 much dental work is started, since it economizes time and energy so effectively. Therefore if 
 any shift is made in anatomy, it might be well to have this subject completed in the first 
 semester. It will be noticed that substitutes are allowed in animal biologj- and technical 
 ■drawing — we recommend in the former instance botany, and in the latter case, physics. It 
 may be advisable to substitute physics for technical drawing, or one of the cultural subjects. 
 Furthermore, in regard to substitutes, some latitude must be given to the matriculation com- 
 mittee in each school, in order to meet the educational variations in different localities. 
 
 It is the hope of the committee, however, that the universities will make an extraordinary 
 effort to agree on a general plan; deviation from it should only take place as a result of local 
 conditions which cannot be immediately adjusted. 
 
 In connection with the freshman-year program, we wish to emphasize that it allows the 
 student to change from dentistry to other courses almost without waste of any kind. 
 
 The committee also recommends that the four-year course be started in 191 6, which was 
 the time tentatively agreed upon at our last meeting. 
 
 Dr. Kirk, as a member of the committee, said he was in agreement with 
 Dr. Owre's idea of preparatory training with a view to developing the highest 
 intellectual efficiency, or what he had called "spiritual development," but he 
 thought that this should not be incorporated in the dental curriculum. He was in 
 full accord with the plan of adopting a four-year curriculum, but he felt that the 
 additional year should provide for strictly technical and professional instruction 
 in dentistry. 
 
 Dr. Smith, as the third member of the committee, agreed with the plan of 
 making the dental course four years, and also suggested that a plan be devised by 
 which a man might be able to take both the medical and dental courses in, say, 
 five years. He thought in this way many medical men might be attracted to 
 dentistry, and that altogether it would make for a better educated class of men 
 in dentistry. His plan was to have men enter the medical school as at present, 
 and in the third year have the medical schools accept dental studies as elective 
 toward the medical degree, and at the end of five years allow the man to graduate 
 as an M.D. and D.D.S. or D.M.D. 
 
 48 
 
First Semester 
 
 
 Second S 
 
 EMESTER 
 
 Cred. 
 
 Hrs. 
 
 Half Da 
 
 ys C 
 
 ed. 
 
 Hrs. 
 
 Half Days 
 
 3 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 
 3 
 
 9 b 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 
 3 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 48 
 
 I 
 
 
 3 
 
 48 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 48 
 
 I 
 
 
 3 
 
 48 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 
 - 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 FOUR-YEAR COURSE 
 
 [The requirements for admission are graduation from a four-year high school, or the 
 same as for admission to the freshman class of the College of Science, Literature, and the Arts, 
 and should include one unit of general chemistry. Manual training is recommended.] 
 
 Freshman Year 
 
 *Animal Biology, Nos. i, 2, Gen. Zoology (a)... 
 
 *Chemistry, Adv. Gen-, and Qual., Nos. 3 and 4.. 
 
 *Rhetoric 
 
 •Technical Drawing, Nos. 21, 22 (b) 
 
 History, Economics, or Languages 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistry Technique 
 
 16 480 10 16 480 10 
 
 [Students may be admitted to the sophomore year with 22 credits as a minimum, the 
 remaining 6 credits to be made up prior to entering the junior class.] 
 
 Sophomore Year 
 
 Anatomy, Descriptive 
 
 Anatomy, Dissection 
 
 Anatomy, Histology and Embryology 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Lectures 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Laboratory 
 
 tBacteriology, General 
 
 tChemistry, Organic 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistry Technique and Practice. . . . 
 
 Junior Year 
 
 Crown and Bridge Technique and Practice 4 
 
 Dental Metallurgy 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures 
 
 Operative Dentistry Technique and Practice... 
 
 Orthodontia Technique 
 
 tPathology, General 
 
 Pathology, Special 
 
 Physiology and. Physiological Chemistry 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistry Lectures 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistry Technique and Practice. . . . 
 
 Senior Year 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures 
 
 Crown and Bridge Practice 
 
 Materia Medica and Therapeutics 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures 
 
 Operative Dentistry Practice 
 
 Oral Surgery and Radiography Lectures 
 
 Oral Surgery and Radiography Practice 
 
 Orthodontia Lectures 
 
 Orthodontia Practice 
 
 Prosthetic Practice 
 
 Theory and Practice of Dentistry and Conference 
 Course in Applied Economics, Jurisprudence, 
 Psychology, Ethics, and Art 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 160 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 128 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 3 
 
 48 
 96 
 
 3 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 192 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 — 
 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 3 
 
 496 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 544 
 
 4 
 
 192 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 144 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 192 
 
 160 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 2 
 3 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 192 
 96 
 96 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 48 
 
 16 624 
 
 16 
 
 192 
 
 32 
 
 16 
 
 192 
 
 16 
 
 48 
 16 
 
 96 
 96 
 
 720 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 192 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 s 
 
 240 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 I 
 
 48 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 I 
 
 48 
 
 2 
 
 96 
 
 I 
 
 i6 
 
 19 
 
 720 
 
 * (a) Botany, Nos. i, 2, may be allowed as substitute. 
 
 * (6) Physics, Nos. i, 2, may be allowed as substitute. 
 t See Appendix for description of courses. 
 
 49 
 
One credit hour may be either one recitation hour through one semester, two laboratory 
 hours with outside work, or three laboratory hours without outside work. 
 One semester = sixteen weeks; one week := forty-eight hours. 
 
 Appendix. — Numbers and descriptions of courses, according to University of Minnesota 
 
 biilletins. 
 
 General Zoology Nos. i, 2. — A survey of the animal kingdom, emphasizing the principles 
 of structure, physiology, embryology, classification, and evolution of animals. Textbook, lec- 
 tures, and quizzes. 
 
 Botany Nos. i, 2. — Laboratory study of the structure of flowering plants, their organs 
 and tissues, followed by a brief study of common types of flowerless plants, leading to the 
 origin of the flower and seed habit; greenhouse study of the behavior of plants; field work, 
 classification of trees and shrubs and of spring flowers. 
 
 Adz'anced General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis Nos. j, 4. — Lectures and labora- 
 tory work. A discussion of the general chemical theories and laws with qualitative analysis. 
 
 Composition and Rhetoric Nos. i, 2. — Practical training in the art of writing; the prin- 
 ciples of structure and analysis of specimens of good prose. 
 
 Technical Drazmng Nos. 21, 22. — Theoretical and practical graphics, the reading and mak- 
 ing of working plans. Projection, sketching, lettering, conventions, renderings, and translations. 
 
 General Physics No. i (3 credits). — Mechanics of solids and fluids, sound and heat. 
 Treatment experimental rather than mathematical; the fundamental principles. First part of a 
 general course. Should be taken in conjunction with Course 3, but may be taken separately. 
 
 General Physics No. 2 (3 credits). — Light, electricity, and magnetism. Treatment ex- 
 perimental; the fundamental principles, including those of radioactivity, ionization, X-radia- 
 tion. and the electrical construction of matter. The second part of a general course in physics. 
 Should be taken in conjunction with Course 4, but may be taken separately. 
 
 General Bacteriology No. 5S. — A study of the biologic and chemical problems of bacterial 
 life; the classification of bacteria; methods of isolation and culture; the composition of germi- 
 cides, antiseptics, disinfectants, etc.; ;the bacterial examination of water and the purification 
 of sewage. 
 
 Organic Chemistry No. 32. — An outline of the chemisti-y of carbon, including the prepara- 
 tion of some of the more important organic compounds. Special emphasis is laid on those 
 substances used in medicine. 
 
 General Pathology No. 51. — The study of pathologic processes, including anemia, con- 
 gestion, embolism, thrombosis, infarction, degeneration and necrosis, inflammation. Study of 
 processes of regeneration and repair. Discussion of causation, classification, and historj' of 
 tumors. Examination of tumor structure in various types. 
 
 The report was, on motion, received and placed on file. 
 
 After further discussion of the subject by Drs. Owre, Kirk, Smith, and 
 Koch, the Association adjourned until the afternoon session. 
 
 At the- Thursday morning meeting Dr. Cooke presented the following 
 resolution : 
 
 Moved, That we ask the medical schools connected with the universities represented to 
 arrange and adopt a curriculum by which the degrees in medicine and dentisti"}' may be earned 
 at the end of a five years'" course. 
 
 The resolution was discussed by Drs. Owre, Kirk, Smith, Cooke, Miner, 
 after the resolution was adopted. 
 
 Dr. Cooke explained that this resolution did not interfere with any other plan 
 suggested, but was simply offered as one method of training men in dentistry. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that the four-year curriculum be adopted as proposed by the 
 educational committee (see page 49), with such readjustments as are found neces- 
 sary in each institution. 
 
 The motion was seconded by Dr. Kirk. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly suggested that another meeting of the Association be held early 
 in the spring of 1916, and that each member of the Association work out a cur- 
 riculum following as nearly this plan as possible, and that final adjustments be 
 made at that time. 
 
 50 
 
Dr. Kirk thought that all of those subjects not strictly dental should be 
 eliminated from the curriculum, and if found to be desirable as part of the train- 
 ing of the dental practitioner they should be demanded as part of his preliminary 
 admission requirements. 
 
 Dr. Owre then presented as an alternative curriculum, one containing strictly 
 dental subjects — the curriculum outlined at the previous meeting. 
 
 (ALTERNATIVE) FOUR-YEAR COURSE 
 Freshman Year 
 
 First 
 
 Si-:mksi'er 
 
 Subjects Hours 
 
 Anatomy, General Descriptive 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Lectures 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Laboratory 
 
 Animal Biology No. i, Gen. Zoology 96 
 
 Chemistry, Adv. Gen. and Qual. 3 and 4 64 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 144 
 
 Rhetoric 48 
 
 Second 
 Semester 
 
 Hours 
 06 
 16 
 96 
 96 
 ■ 80 
 
 352 
 Sophomore Year 
 
 Anatomy, Dissection 144 
 
 Anatomy, Histology and Embryology _. 96 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Lectures 16 
 
 Anatomy, Dental, Laboratory 48 
 
 Bacteriology 
 
 Chemistry, Organic 96 
 
 Crown and Bridge Technique 
 
 Operative Technique 
 
 Physiology and Physical Chemistry 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistry Technique 48 
 
 ?o Total 832 
 
 96 
 144 
 96 
 
 448 
 
 Junior "\'ear 
 
 Crown and Bridge Technique 96 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures 16 
 
 Crown and Bridge Practice 
 
 Dental Metallurgy : 
 
 Materia Medica 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures r 
 
 Operative Dentistry Technique 
 
 Operative Dentistry Practice 
 
 Orlhodontia Lectures 
 
 Orthodontia Technique 144 
 
 Pathology, General 80 
 
 Pathology, Special 
 
 Prosthetic Lectures 
 
 Prosthetic Practice • 
 
 Therapeutics 
 
 Clinics 
 
 *Electives 
 
 512. Total 960 
 
 96 
 16 
 96 
 
 32 
 16 
 
 144 
 16 
 
 16 
 i6 
 96 
 16 
 
 48 
 
 Psychology, Elementary Economics, Radiography, Odontology, etc. 
 
 656 Total 1 184 
 
 -51 
 
Senior Year 
 
 Crown and Bridge Lectures i6 i6 
 
 Crown and Bridge Practice i44 i44 
 
 Operative Dentistry Lectures i6 i6 
 
 Operative Dentistry Practice 192 192 
 
 Oral Surgery Lectures 32 16 
 
 Oral Surgery Practice 48 * 98 
 
 Orthodontia Lectures 16 16 
 
 Orthodontia Practice 72 72 
 
 Prosthetic Practice 7- 72 
 
 Theor}' and Practice Conference 32 
 
 fElectives 
 
 608 624 Total 1232 
 
 Grand total 4208 
 
 t Students who are advanced in practice should be allowed to specialize in any part of 
 the curriculum, especialh' in the second semester. 
 
 The motion was further discussed by Drs. Smith, Prinz, Hoff, Cooke, and 
 Kennerl}', after which the motion was carried. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly then moved that the dean of each school be requested to for- 
 ward to the educational committee an exhibit of the proposed curriculum which 
 his institution proposes to put into practical effect, so that the educational com- 
 mittee may compare the various suggestions and tabulate the differences and 
 agreements, and report to the Association at the next meeting. 
 
 The motion was seconded by Dr. Kirk and carried. 
 
 It was the sense of the Association that a meeting should be held in January, 
 1916. 
 
 The meeting adjourned, subject to the call of the executive committee. 
 
 EIGHTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The eighth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order January 28, 1916, by the president. Dr. N. S. 
 Hoff. in the Hotel La Salle, Chicago, Illinois. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : California, Dean G. S. 
 Millberry ; Harvard, Dean Eugene H. Smith ; Iowa, Dr. Richard Summa ; Michi- 
 gan, Dean N. S. Hoff; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania, Dean E. C. 
 Kirk; Washington University, Dean J. H. Kennerly. 
 
 Visitors: Dean Arthur Black, Northwstern University; Dean F. B. Moore- 
 head, University of Illinois ; Dr. Eugene S. Talbot, Chicago, Illinois. 
 
 The first order of business was the address of the president. Dr. N. S. Hoff, 
 as follows : 
 
 Members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities : We are met in 
 our regular annual session to consider officially some matters of importance in a more conclu- 
 sive manner than was done at the special meeting of representatives of our schools, called by 
 President James, of the University of Illinois, last summer, at which time the content of the 
 four-year curriculum best adapted to the university dental schools' needs was given very 
 careful consideration. The result of that discussion was the adoption of the following resolu- 
 tion, embodj-ing the fundamental lines on which this curriculum should be constructed: 
 
 "Resolved, That it is the sense of this meeting that we approve the plan of a four-yeat 
 course of not less than 4800 working hours, the curriculum to consist of not less than 4200 
 working hours, to be devoted to such subjects as are deemed essential to the technical and 
 scientific education of the dental practitioner, with the understanding that ancillary subjects 
 shall be elective, and not consume more than 600 hours of the course." 
 
 52 
 
This action seems to have met the approval of our various menibers, at least there has 
 been no serious criticism made by any member of this body, and so far as we know, the 
 profession has given at least its tacit approval. This resolution probably expresses the gen- 
 eral views of all our members, and I have no doubt you are ready to adopt it as the general 
 policy of this Association, and will take such action at this time as you deem necessary to 
 confirm or interpret its meaning more specifically. The discussion of the exact content of 
 the four-year curriculum, at the recent meeting of the American Institute of Dental Teachers 
 in Minneapolis is so fresh in your minds that possibly you may be ready t3 determine the 
 exact nature of the curriculum at this session and it may be that this important matter is of 
 such concern to us all that you will deem this the proper time to consider in detail this vital 
 problem. To refresh your minds I would suggest that you recall the suggestion made by one 
 of our members that we build our curriculum so that it will fit into the medical curriculum, 
 to the end that dental students desiring to do so may complete it in the medical course by 
 further combining medical subjects, in a shorter time than by taking the various subjects 
 independently. Another proposition strongly urged by several members was that the first 
 year's work be done entirely in the arts departments, making the subjects taken obligatory 
 rather than elective. A third proposition strongly urged by one of our members was that all 
 the subjects should be taught either in the dental department, or by special instructors in the 
 arts department, subject to advisement or control of the dental faculty. There are strong 
 advocates for each of these propositions, and each with good reasons for the adoption of his 
 plan. We may not, however, have time at this session to discuss these various propositions, 
 and possibly we may not think it best to adopt any definite scheme of study to which we are 
 willing to subscribe. The University of Minnesota has already adopted a curriculum, with 
 which you are all familiar, and has put it into effect in the present session. On account of 
 conditions prevailing in that school, they were able to limit the freshman students entering 
 the three-year course last fall to go, but they had so many students applying that they entered 
 an additional 90 students in the four-year freshman class, the work to be taken largely in the 
 arts department of the university. 
 
 Because of the conditions prevailing in some of our schools, it may be impracticable for 
 us to agree on a definite or specific basis, and in time this may enable us better to find out 
 what procedure will produce the best results by allowing each school to work out its own 
 problem in the best way possible, keeping always in mind that we have an obligation to keep 
 our courses in line with the legal requirements of the various communities where our stu- 
 dents are likely to locate for practice. 
 
 I make this review, and offer the suggestion that you determine at this session, as nearly 
 as may be practicable, all matters that properly concern our associated effort to standardize 
 dental education, so far as schools which are integral parts of standard universities in this 
 country are concerned. In my judgment, the more nearly we can agree to uniformity in 
 the content of our curriculum the more helpful we' can be in securing competent administra- 
 tion, and the more we shall be able to influence other schools to adopt a similar standard — a 
 most profitable thing to achieve for the good of the profession and for influencing future 
 legislation regulating registration for practice. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the secretary-treasurer. 
 
 The secretary reported that during the jear he had received inquiries from 
 various university dental schools regarding requirements for membership in the 
 Association. The matter of granting advanced standing to students from high 
 schools was again brought up for consideration. The secretary also submitted 
 a copy of the revised dental law of Pennsylvania as follows : 
 
 After July first, one thousand nine himdred and twenty-one, the State Board of Dental 
 Examiners shall require that candidates for license for the practice of dentistry in the state 
 of Pennsylvania shall have been graduated from a dental school maintaining a course of 
 study consisting of four annual sessions each, in separate academic years; and further: When 
 this provision shall become operative, the State Board of Dental Examiners may examine 
 prospective candidates for license to practice dentistry in the fundamental branches of the 
 curriculum at the end of the second year of the four years' course. 
 
 In connection with the lengthening of the dental curriculum to four years 
 the secretary called attention to a resolution passed at a meeting held in Chicago, 
 June 29, 1915, at the request of President James, of the University of Illinois, 
 at which the entire membership of the Association was represented with the ex- 
 ception of the Harvard Dental School and the College of Dentistry of the Uni- 
 versity of California, these latter being represented by letter. In addition, there 
 
 53 
 
were present by representatives the Universitj- of Illinois College of Dentistry, 
 the University of Pittsburgh School of Dentistry, the Northwestern University 
 Dental School, and the Ohio State University College of Dentistry. At the 
 above-stated meeting, in addition to taking formal action confirmatory of the 
 action of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities at its meet- 
 ing held in Philadelphia, February 24 and 25, 1915, providing for th? lengthening 
 of the standard dental curriculum to four years in the schools of our Association, 
 the meeting called by President James unanimously adopted the following 
 resolution : 
 
 That it is the sense of this meeting that we approve the plan of the four years' course 
 of not less than 4800 working hours, the curriculum to consist of not less than 4200 hours 
 devoted to such subjects as are deemed essential to the technical and scientific education of 
 the dental practitioner, with the understanding that ancillary subjects shall be elective, and 
 not consume more than 600 hours of the course. 
 
 In view of the fact that a considerable majority of the schools holding mem- 
 bership in the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universi;ies were present 
 by representatives at the meeting in Chicago called by President James, and voted 
 affirmatively on the foregoing resolution the secretary recommended that the Asso- 
 ciation take formal action confirmatory of the said resolution, in order that the 
 provisions thereof may become a part of the organic law of the body. 
 
 The secretary directed attention to the following resolution presented at the 
 meeting in Minneapolis in 1914, which was laid over for final action at the meeting 
 held in Philadelphia, February 24, 1915, but which was not finally acted upon, with 
 the suggestion that it be finally disposed of at the present meeting : 
 
 Resolved, That undergraduate students of reputable medical schools, who have completed 
 at least two years' work and who have credits for the full requirements in chemistry, anatomy, 
 histology, physiology, and bacteriology, may be given credit on examination for these studies, 
 and be advanced to the second year of the dental curriculum. 
 
 A financial report was submitted. 
 
 Dr. Kirk moved, and Dr. Kennerly seconded, the adoption of the following 
 resolution : 
 
 Resolved, That we confirm the action taken by the meeting of dental college representa- 
 tives held in Chicago, Tune 25, 191 5, at the request of President James, of the University of 
 Illinois, as follows: "That it is the sense of this meeting that we approve the plan of the 
 four years' course of not less than 4800 working hours, the curriculum to consist of not less 
 than 4200 hours devoted to such subjects as are deemed essential to the technical and scientific 
 education of the dental practitioner, with the understanding that ancillary subjects shall be 
 elective and not consume more than 600 hours of the course," with the understanding that 
 the word elective appearing in said resolution as related to ancillary subjects shall be a 
 function to be exercised by the administration of the respective dental schools and not by the 
 students thereof. 
 
 The resolution was unanimously adopted. 
 
 The next subject for discussion was the resolution with regard to advanced 
 standing to undergraduate medical students presented at the ^ilinneapolis meeting 
 and not yet finally acted upon. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly moved the adoption of the resolution amended as follows : 
 
 That they lie promoted subject to any unfinished work of the first year, and that the 
 resolution so amended shall apply only to the present three-3-ear curriculum. 
 
 The amendment was seconded by Dr. Summa. 
 
 Dr. Owre thought the students should be forced to repeat the dental course ; 
 that they were already given credit for work done in undergraduate schools of 
 medicine, but thought that it was a question of subjects accepted rather than the 
 number of vears of credit. 
 
 54 
 
Dr. Kirk suggested that these men took all these subjects in the medical 
 school, and the question was whether they must lose this time and go back and 
 go over the dental course. 
 
 Dr. Millberry asked what provision was made with regard to the four years' 
 course. 
 
 Dr. Kirk said this resolution was applicable to the four years' course because 
 of the tendency to force more of the elementary training into the first two years 
 of the four years' course. One other feature Dr. Kirk called attention to was the 
 effect that legislation in the different states would have on this question. For 
 instance, in New York, there was a strong feeling to separate medical from dental 
 teaching; that the Board of Regents was of the opinion that there should be a 
 separation between teaching dentistry and medicine in the fundamental branches. 
 They objected to a teacher of anatomy teaching dental and medical classes con- 
 currently, and the question was whether they would recognize, for dental instruc- 
 tion, anatomy obtained in a medical school. 
 
 Dr. Smith did not understand that as the interpretation of the view of the 
 Board of Regents. He thought the difficulty there was that the Board of 
 Regents required that the applicant be certified as having taken three years of 
 study in a registered dental school. Dr. Smith did not think that this resolution 
 would in any waj^ conflict with legislation in any other states, but thought there 
 might have to be some adjustment with regard to New York. 
 
 Dr. Kirk said he understood that the New York legislature would probably 
 enact an entirely new law at its next session that would involve important 
 changes in the existing law; for this reason he thought it would be advisable 
 for the Association to get in touch with the Board of Regents for conference 
 and some understanding with regard to changes in the law in harmony with the 
 purpose of the Association. He thought it would be a good idea to present to the 
 Board of Regents the objects of the Association and what it was trying to do. 
 
 Dr. Owre thought that the resolution with regard to advanced standing to 
 medical undergraduates should be made more elastic, so as to include not only 
 credit for men who have had one, two, or three years in certain subjects accepted 
 in dental schools, but should also provide for credit to students who have had 
 courses in histology, chemistry, etc. 
 
 Dr. Kirk suggested that for men outside of the medical course that was 
 already taken care of by the university authorities. He thought the two factors 
 to be considered were credit for time and subjects taken in the medical course. 
 
 Dr. Black cited the case of two students who applied for advanced standing 
 in their school, one a medical graduate and one with two years in medicine. 
 He said that the graduate under the rules was given credit for a year and the 
 other man was not given any credit at all, although both had had the same amount 
 of education in what was applicable to the dental course. 
 
 Dr. Millberry thought the resolution should be worded so as to give credit 
 for such work as had been completed, and the student be allowed to carry on the 
 work. 
 
 Dr. Smith thought that a man with four years' training in a medical school 
 should be able to finish the dental course in two years. 
 
 Dr. Kirk suggested that this resolution did not attempt to provide for that, 
 but it was intended simply to establish the standing of the man with two years' 
 medical training. 
 
 Dr. Owre said the only feature he objected to was that instead of years the 
 resolution should be expressed in terms of- credit. 
 
 55 
 
After some further discussion by Dr. Moorehead, Dr. Prinz, and Dr. Summa, 
 the resolution was adopted as amended. 
 
 On motion a committee of three was appointed, with the secretary as chair- 
 man, to make a thorough investigation into the status of the Japanese schools. 
 
 Dr. Hofif appointed as such committee Drs. Kirk, Owre, and Millberry. 
 
 It was voted that the secretary furnish copies of the reports of committees 
 and officers to the members of the Association before the annual meeting for 
 consideration by the different members. 
 
 Dr. Talbot asked the privilege of presenting to the Association a short paper 
 that he had prepared on the subject of dental education. 
 
 Dr. Talbot's paper was made the special order of business for the afternoon 
 session at 2 :30 p.m. 
 
 The meeting then adjourned until the afternoon session. 
 
 The first order of business for the afternoon meeting was the reading of a 
 paper by Dr. E. S. Talbot, Chicago, III, entitled "The Pathologic Vision," as 
 follows : 
 
 I wish to thank you for your kindness in inviting me to be present at your annual 
 meetings, which I always enjoy immensely. I regard this organization as the medium through 
 which all progress in dental education must proceed. Upon your actions will depend the future 
 welfare of our specialty. Each gentleman, dean of his respective school, must weight well each 
 step taken by this organization, since there are from forty to forty-five other schools which 
 must follow the example of your action. 
 
 You have come together at this time from different parts of the country for the purpose 
 of consulting each other as to the best methods of conducting your schools for the benefit of 
 your pupils. We all have different views as to how the future dentist is to be educated. 
 Meeting as you do from year to year these views are discussed and crystallized, by which 
 good results are obtained. 
 
 To further this movement in my own way, I have passed through quite a different train- 
 ing from most of you. I might say that this training has been in almost the opposite direction 
 from that of those present. My teaching for over thirty years has always been confined to 
 medical schools. It would not be strange, therefore, if my ideas of "how the dentist should 
 be educated" should differ somewhat from yours. 
 
 In 1880 a few of us medical graduates established the Section of Stomatology in the 
 American Medical Association, of which, for the last thirty years, I have from year to year 
 been elected secretary. The object of this movement was twofold — first to educate the medical 
 profession along dental lines, and second, to influence dentists to obtain a medical education. 
 How well this work has been accomplished may be ascertained by reading the report of 
 Dr. George V. I. Brown, read before the Association in 1914 at the meeting held at Atlantic 
 City. Let me say in passing that not a single paper upon the subject of operative dentistry 
 has been read since the establishment of the section. All papers have been confined to 
 pathology and treatment of diseases of the face and jaws, and their relation to other diseases 
 of the body. I mention that point at this time to explain what I have to' say later. 
 
 As secretary of the Section of Stomatology of the American Medical Association, I wish 
 to say to you that the position has not been an easy one, for the reason that in all these 
 years, although we felt that we were on the right trail, we could not see our way clear or 
 know how we were to progress. In the past four or five years, however, we were able to see 
 two faint glimmerings on the horizon, which have been growing brighter and brighter, until 
 about two years ago the two spots became brilliantly lighted — we could then make out their 
 meaning. One spelled "dental research," the other a much larger and broader field, "diseases 
 of the body due to infection from the mouth." These two subjects will settle the dental 
 educational question. Is the dental profession in a position to do research work? 
 
 Let us see what Professor Minot^ says: 
 
 "The process of scientific inquiry involves special qualifications which cannot be disre- 
 garded by one who thinks of trying it. . . . An ingenious and inventive imagination is 
 necessary. The very soul of research is the highest degree of modesty. . . . The research 
 worker must possess the faculty of accurate observation. . . . No young man without 
 perseverance and severe training can expect to make his mark in research work. The true 
 investigator requires the right training of the brain rather than that of the eye. This requires 
 a broad scientific education. . . . Successful scientific research, then, requires three mental 
 
 ^ Minot, Certain Ideals of Medical Education, Medical Research and Science 2:2yg. 
 
 56 
 
faculties — intelligence, concentrated attention, and judgment. Intelligence, therefore, is essen- 
 tial to master .methods. Concentrated attention is all-important, and one of the most difficult 
 virtues to command. To succeed in a given undertaking one must concentrate his mind on 
 the subject for days, months, and often for years. Judgment is one of the highest acquirements. 
 It is one thing to collect data, but to place it on an intelligible basis for general observation is 
 quite another proposition." 
 
 From what has been said in regard to research, the dentist must possess a broad general 
 academic education. He should thereby possess a knowledge of the fundamental principles of 
 all sciences. This knowledge will permit him to compare these principles and demonstrate 
 their relationship to one another. This must include biology in all its departments, chemistry, 
 and physics. He must be taught early to think. 
 
 To do medical research work, he must have taken a full and complete course in all 
 branches of medicine. This is necessary in order that the investigator may compare and 
 understand diseases in different structures of the body. 
 
 As a rule, research workers are born and are not made. They must possess a real 
 desire for this kind of work. In order to do such work one must give his entire time and 
 thought to it, forsaking pleasure, recreation, and almost family ties, to accomplish the desired 
 results. Money will not purchase the genius for research. The underlying principles are 
 so essential at the present day that one cannot stumble on to original work. 
 
 It is not necessary for me at this time to discuss the second subject, "diseases of the 
 body due to infections from the mouth." We are all familiar with the fact that the dentist 
 knows very little, if anything, about this subject, for it is not taught in the dental schools. 
 
 What are the shortcomings in our present methods of teaching? The first thing the 
 student requires to know on entering the school is, how much will it cost and how long 
 will it take? After he has entered the college, the second question is what is required for 
 graduation and how little work is really necessary to graduate? He is told that to gradu- 
 ate he must make so many gold, amalgam, cement, and other fillings, crowns and bridges, 
 and artificial dentures of various kinds. As the student progresses he soon learns, through 
 contact with the teachers, students, and surroundings, that the atmosphere of the school is 
 principally mechanical. After a short sojourn in the schools he becomes familiar with the 
 clinics, both operative and mechanical, and he naturally asks the question, why bother with the 
 fundamental principles of medicine, when the mechanics are required for graduation and the 
 principal thing in practice is to become a good operator and mechanical dentist? The result 
 is that the student skims through the fundamental principles of medicine, and when he gets 
 into practice his knowledge of the subject is almost nil. 
 
 The result is that the dental graduate has spent three or four years and has neither 
 learned how to study nor think, and is not an all-around educated man. 
 
 The research problem and the pathologic vision are now actually before us. The dental 
 profession today is unable to cope with either subject. The mechanics of dentistry as taught 
 in our dental schools is for the purpose of restoring lost pathologic conditions, although in 
 our ignorance a large per cent of such mechanics increases pathologic lesions. 
 
 The only thing to do is to begin to educate the coming students in such a manner that 
 they can handle the situation and obtain the respect of the medical profession. The general 
 health of the patient is worth more and is of more importance than one or all of his teeth. 
 The pathologic vision, therefore, must supplant the mechanic vision which the student worships 
 in his college training. The broad general principle of medicine must supplant the minor 
 specialty of dentistry. How shall this be done? 
 
 The dental student must take his academic training and enter the medical schools with 
 the medical students for the first two years and get due credit for the same. He can then 
 finish his special dental training in the last two years, which is all that is necessary. He 
 should not enter the dental clinics until he is prepared to take up his dental work. By this 
 method, he will have obtained a broad general knowledge for research work, and he will 
 know something about the pathologic conditions of the body due to infections from the mouth. 
 
 DISCUSSION 
 
 Dr. E. H. Smith, Boston: Dr. Talbot says that the research worker should be trained 
 in medicine; it is interesting in this connection to note that Professor Minot, whom he quotes, 
 was not a medical man but a doctor of science, and yet there is no doubt that during his life 
 he was one of the leading embryologists of the viforld; also Professor Folin, who has done 
 such wonderful work in physiological chemistry, and Dr. Martin, one of our leading research 
 workers, are both doctors of science and not medical men at all. Not long ago I was talking 
 to a prominent scientist on this subject of research, and I made this statement to him: "Of 
 course, for dental problems the best-fitted man is the man who has had a thorough medical 
 and dental training." His reply was, "I don't think so at all. I do not think the research 
 worker necessarily needs to be a medical or a dental man, but he should be thoroughly grounded 
 in chemistry, and should have a mind trained to think." 
 
 57 
 
Dr. Edward C. Kirk, Philadelphia: As this paper is to be made a part of the proceed- 
 fngs of this Association, I do not think it should go by without some comment. I want to say 
 for myself that I am heartily in accord with what I may characterize as the spirit of Dr. 
 Talbot's paper — that is to say, the ends which he desires to attain in the education of the 
 dentist. I have no differences with him with regard to his ideal. I do differ with him as to 
 his method of attaining that end. I am more and more convinced that in anj-^ system of edu- 
 cation, not only dentistry or medicine, but engineering, divinity, or plumbing, whatever it 
 may be, we should start from the first with the idea that, that particular thing is what the man 
 is going to do, and from the first educate him up to a high standard in order that he may 
 efficiently functionate with respect to his calling and the kind of service he is to render to 
 humanity. I differ with him also in his belief that the best way to inculcate the research ideal 
 in the mind of the dentist is to have him take two years in a medical school. I object to it 
 on the ground that by so doing you defer the dental education, and divert his mind from the 
 objective of all his education. I am unable to comprehend why under the proper direction 
 it is not just as possible, just as practical, to develop the research ideal in a dental school as 
 in a medical school — the brand or name put upon a school does not alter the question of the 
 ideal of the system of education. Dr. Talbot knows, and anybody who has looked into the 
 history of the medical profession knows, that it is the tendency on the part of the medical 
 profession to arrogate to itself a monopoly of these high ideals for which Dr. Talbot contends; 
 they apparently do not want anyone else to assume the right to have anything to do with any 
 department of the healing art unless he is stamped with the hall-mark of what is called medi- 
 cine. Medicine is an old and venerable calling, and I revere no calling more than I do the 
 medical profession but I regard it as a fault in the medical attitude of mind, that because 
 medicine has pre-empted the right of jurisdiction in relation to the human body, its function- 
 ing in health and its abberations of normal functioning in disease, that therefore it is regarded 
 as somehow wrong or out of line for the dentist, who has dedicated himself to a special 
 department of the science and art of healing and has become expert in that specialty, to be 
 the final arbiter in matters pertaining to the teeth. 
 
 In saying that, I fully recognize that we have been deficient, that we have failed in various 
 respects to live up to the opportunities that confront us, opportunities that carry equally great 
 responsibilities, but I contend, now that we have pre-empted this field, we must live up to its 
 opportunities and be masters of the situation, and I think we should do it on the broad basis 
 of our own educational system. I do not think it is true that we can get this research sense 
 described by Professor Minof and approved by Dr. Talbot, and I am sure, approved by all 
 of us, only through the medical course — I do not believe that is the only way to do it. I be- 
 lieve we can and should construct an educational system so broad in its character as to be 
 an inspiration for research in properly organized dental schools, one which shall be just as much 
 an inspiration toward research work, toward that broad grasp of pathological principles, as is 
 assumed to exist in the medical schools. I feel that we must be permitted to try this out, 
 and if we are in error and have ultimately to fail, we can then fall back on medicine; but let 
 us first try it out on our own educational plan and see if we cannot produce a practitioner 
 that will not only be a credit to the dental educational system, but one that can' meet on more 
 than equal terms with the representative of any other medical specialty. It is upon this point, 
 the method of attaining the end, that I have offered my criticism of Dr. Talbot's system. 
 I think he claims too much when he presents the idea that it is only through the two years' 
 course of instruction in a medical school that the student can get that kind of inspiration 
 which Dr. Talbot desires. If he fails to get that kind of inspiration in the dental school, 
 then I should say that the dental school is under just criticism for failing to furnish it. 
 
 Dr. Talbot knows, as we all know, that there are many men of many minds who come 
 to us as students. There is that type that wants to get the diploma with the least expendi- 
 ture of time, energy, and money. He is the t>pe of man who would be glad if we would 
 sell him a diploma. There is another t} pe of man who wants to get the most out of the 
 course, and these are the men we want to take care of. These are human qualities, which 
 are not peculiar to either dentistry or medicine alone. 
 
 Summed up, then, my idea is that in inaugurating our system of dental education for 
 the future we should start out with the ideal that we should begin, to educate the dentist from 
 the beginning, and give him his whole education as far as professional education is concerned 
 in a dental school properly equipped to do that; unless, possibly, in the reorganization of 
 medical education, it should make provision for the kind of equipment that we know we must 
 have to make efficient dentists— but that they are not willing to do and probably never will do; 
 they do not do it for surgery, for gynecology, for ophthalmology with the fulness and com- 
 pleteness that it should be done for these specialties. In the nature of the case it cannot be 
 done in a four years' course, hence the necessity for special postgraduate medical instruction 
 in order to develop the specialist in his specialty. Under existing circumstances dentistry 
 must stand on its own foundation, and we must see to it that, that foundation is sufficients 
 
 58 
 
Dr. Smith: I would like to ask Dr. Kiik if he 'hinks the present training in surgery 
 is sufficient to make an efficient surgeon? 
 
 Dr Kifk: No; nor is that fcr oph halmology, which I think is one of the most im- 
 perfectly arranged courses of instruction of any of the medical specialties. It is all very well 
 for the ophthalmologist to determine refractive errors or to take out an eye, but he does not 
 care to have anything to do with the adjustment of spectacles, nor does the surgeon have much 
 to do with the prosthetic relations of his art. This is turned over to the mechanical man. The 
 ophthalmologist should have as part of his elementary training for his specialty as good a 
 technical course in technique as the optician must have. There is a little touch of human 
 frailty in these things which makes the man who does the diagnosis and prescribing a more 
 "respectable citizen" than the man who does the practical work of filling the prescription. If 
 you will look up the history of the surgeon in France and England, you will see that they were 
 originally bloodletters and barber-surgeons. It is a very romantic history through which they 
 passed before they were considered to be on an equality with the medical practitioner. The 
 inheritance of that feeling has come down to us and exerts its influence, but in a democratic 
 country like this the man who renders the most efficient service is after all the real aristocrat. 
 Do you not think so. Dr. Talbot? 
 
 Dr. Talbot: Yes, I th'nk there is that tendency. 
 
 Dr. N. S. Hoff, Ann Arbor: It seems to me that if we were to take a step like this, it 
 would be somewhat revolutionary in character; it would be so radical that we would have to 
 change materially our ideas in regard to dental professional education. I cannot bring myself 
 to the same conclusion that Dr. Talbot has expressed in his paper, that two years of medical 
 preparatory work in the study of fundamental sciences would equip or prepare a man to become 
 a research worker, even though he may have had the preliminary academic training required 
 for admission to the medical course. My own observation has been that a man who equips 
 himself for research work of a scientific character must be a truly scientific man to begin with. 
 He should not only be a thoroughly educated man, and have the necessary knowledge, but he 
 must have the spirit of research. 1 believe Dr. Talbot referred to this point in the quotation 
 he made — that the man must have the spirit of research within him. I cannot conceive of a 
 man, even though he had the spirit of research, doing effective work in dental lines unless he 
 knew something of the practical aspect of dental practice. These criticisms by Hunter, that 
 have been so much discussed in the last few years, with regard to pathologic conditions due 
 to faulty dental practice, necessarily come from a man who has had long experience in clinical 
 medicine, as well as a broad education in observing the phenomena of pathology. His observa- 
 tions and intelligent interpretation of the phenomena he observed led him to call our attention 
 to the practical bearings of this subject on our clinical practice, in such a manner as to arouse 
 our indignation at first, and to create a great deal of excitement in our professional world; 
 yet when we come to sift the matter down, we do not see anything so radically wrong in his 
 statements. They are not so revolutionary as we at first supposed, and finally we seem to 
 have come into harmony with him, and now we are taking such steps as shall overcome our 
 lack of training and practice in that direction. Medical knowledge must be an important item 
 in the instruction we impart to our dental students, but it seems that we shall have to put 
 most of our emphasis, for the present, on technical instruction. I sympathize to a large degree 
 with Dr. Kirk's position that a strictly dental training, which shall begin and end with the 
 idea of making the most proficient dentist, is the highest and best form — is the ideal one. If 
 we can put that ideal before the student, in all its bearings on the health of the entire body, 
 and if he will do his work with that ideal in mind, he will necessarily have to take into 
 account the fundamental medical science subjects in a different way from what he sometimes 
 does. I admit that it is true that too many students take these medical science subjects 
 simply because they are required, and only for the purpose of securing a passing grade, and 
 when they get their grades, they do not necessarily make an effort to forget everything they 
 have learned, but they do too frequently fail wofully to make any proper use of them. I had 
 a student at one time write to me from Chicago, where he was attending the clinics at one 
 of the summer schools during the interim between his junior and senior years, to the effect 
 that he was making a great many amalgam and gold fillings in the clinic, and incidentally 
 endeavoring to find out what bearing that long and tedious course in organic chemistry had on 
 the practice of dentistry, especially in making amalgam and gold fillings. The students cannot 
 see the relations of these studies, and so they lose their interest in them. 
 
 My own idea of the research man is a special type of man. I do not believe we can 
 educate these men in our dental schools; I do not believe it is the thing we should turn our 
 attention to, largely. If now and then we find a man with the spirit of research in him. and 
 we can induce that man to take up the scientific training, all well and good. We have had 
 some favorable experience in our school. We have been able to influence some of our men 
 to prepare themselves for research work, but it has been a long and rather laborious process 
 
 59 
 
for them. It would have been better for these men to have received their academic and scien- 
 tific training first, and then to have taken the dental course; but of course they did not know 
 what they would want to do when they elected dentistry. We could not interest them until they 
 had gotten to the point where they could see the relation of science to the practice of dentistrJ^ 
 I have come to the conclusion that the better way to get our scientific research men is to find 
 men already trained in science who can be induced to study dentistry. We have at the present 
 time in our school such a man, and he is in his third dental year; we hope to make a prac- 
 titioner of him first, and then a dental research man, and at the same time we are interested 
 in having him receive all possible clinical experience along with his scientific training, so that 
 he will see both sides of the work. I have a notion also that we shall hardly get this spirit 
 of research into our student body unless we have a teaching faculty that has this spirit, and 
 the opportunity is given the teaching faculty to carry out research and present their work to 
 the class. In this way it is possible that the value of scientific work can be impressed on 
 students. We should not expect to develop every student into a scientific man, but we may 
 at least arouse that spirit more frequently if we have teachers who are doing this work who 
 can make an appeal to their students from that standpoint. The man who goes to the labo- 
 ratory and does work himself can present that work to his class more effectively, in my 
 judgment, than the man who studies the phenomena from the textbook. I look forward to 
 the time when we shall have teachers who can impart instruction in the fundamental sciences, 
 and are of the highest tj-pe of technical experts. Such instructors would make thinkers as 
 well as artisans of our students; such teachers will be so interested that they will handle this 
 problem in the broadest way and yet because of their professional training and allegiance, 
 they will instruct from the dental standpoint, rather than from the standpoint of medical 
 science. We have tried, unsuccessfully, to get medical research men to investigate our dental 
 problems, and excellent men as they are, they have tried to do something with our problems, 
 but their work has not been of particular value to us, because they could not get our view- 
 point. I believe, therefore, that the best way for us to solve our problems is to get at them 
 ourselves, and from the dental standpoint, with men trained to investigate our problems from 
 our viewpoint. It will of course take time to get men with the proper preparation to do this. 
 
 I do not say all this in criticism of Dr. Talbot's views in this connection, but I am 
 thinking not so much of what is desirable as I believe we are all practically agreed as to this 
 — but of how we can best attain our ideals under the conditions now obtaining. I believe the 
 best way of reaching this ideal is not through a medical education, but through a combined 
 scientific medical and dental training in the technical branches — applied science! 
 
 Dr. Kirk: I would like to call attention to this point; that the foundation principle 
 of what we are now regarding as focal infections, which is occupying so much attention, and 
 properly so, was wrought out and laid down and published as the result of the researches of 
 Miller in that series of articles on "The Human Mouth as a Focus of Infection" before he 
 had taken the medical degree. That was lost sight of and neglected until Sir William Hunter, 
 a medical man, called attention to it from the clinical side. Medicine paid no attention to 
 Miller's discoveries. There was a discovery initially worked out and the principles laid down 
 not only as the result of clinical observations, but of scientific research. The discovery of the 
 principles underlying the whole question of metastatic infection from the mouth, the whole 
 catalog of mouth lesions, was a dental discovery, and was passed without notice because of 
 that tendencj' on the part of the medical profession to ignore the work done by dentists. When 
 Professor Choquet, one of the best histologists and histopathologists of France, published his 
 work in this connection, Professor Cruet, who is a director of I'Ecole Stomatologie de Paris, 
 condemned the book, not because it lacked merit in itself, but because he thought it was 
 impossible for a man without the medical degree to write anything worth thinking about. 
 This same attitude of mind was exemplified some two thousand years ago in the instance of 
 a certain Pharisee who asked if any good thing could come out of Nazareth. I have learned 
 from experience that it is a good thing to keep your eye on the Nazareths, because many 
 good things have actually come out of them. Ninety-nine per cent of the work in relation to 
 mouth lesions has been done by dentists, and it has not been recognized by medicine because 
 they assume dentists are lacking in what they call medical training. They are not lacking in 
 the spirit of research; they have done research, and it has gone unrecognized by those who 
 should recognize it for the simple reason that they did not believe any good thing could come 
 out of the dental Nazareth. We are, I believe, entering a new era, where the common purposes 
 and common ideals which should properly animate all specialists in the art and science of 
 healing are wiping out these older and artificial barriers which have heretofore served to 
 separate the dental and medical professions in their service to humanity. 
 
 Dr. Talbot (closing the discussion) : I am very glad to hear the sentiments of the gentle- 
 men who have spoken. I do not disagree with them all and I think you will sea that I do 
 not when I have finished. In fact I would take Dr. Hoff's remarks as my finishing discussion 
 of the subject. 
 
 60 
 
In the first part of his discussion Dr. Hoff asked why a man should take two years in 
 a medical school. The reason for that is that the first two years in the medical school are 
 given over wholly to laboratory work, microscopic work, and pathologic work. If the dental 
 school will do that, if the students can take the first two years of that kind of work in a 
 dental school, and the dental schools do that work and prepare the student to do research work 
 just as well as it is done in the medical school, there is no difference — I do not care whether 
 the work is done in a medical or dental school. I do not disagree with Dr. Hoff in that 
 point; I agree with him. 
 
 In regard to Dr. Kirk's remarks, I can best illustrate what I wish to say by the following 
 statement: I recently came across one of the best pathologists, one of the best histologists, and 
 one of the best embryologists in this country, who is teaching in one of our dental school, and 
 I asked him how he was getting along with his teaching. He said, "I am very much dis- 
 couraged; I have just finished my midyear examinations and my students do not know a 
 
 d thing about what I have been teaching." He is not a man who is given to swearing, 
 
 but this thing was very strongly on his mind. He said the students did not understand, could 
 not grasp the subject, and could not answer his questions, and the reason was because their 
 minds were on the mechanics of the profession. I know that that is true; I know that the 
 minds of the students in dental schools are on the mechanics of the profession, and they do 
 not care about these subjects. Just as Dr. Hoff has said, they cannot see why they should study 
 chemistry in order to be able to put in amalgam fillings. That is the point — we must separate 
 the two and the student must get the scientific subjects first, and if he gets them in the dental 
 school, well and good. 
 
 Dr. Kirk: One thing you have left out. You said that this man was one of the best 
 pathologists, one of the best histologists, one of the best embryologists in the country, but was 
 he one of the best teachers of these things in this country? If a lecturer has had that effect on 
 a class, I suspect that he does not know how to teach. 
 
 Dr. Talbot: I will not attempt to answer the question as to this man's ability as a 
 teacher. I simply mention this to make my point stronger. I met this man and had a con- 
 versation with him on the subject and he expressed himself about as I have stated it to you. 
 
 Dr. Kirk : When I meet a discouraged teacher who says that the students are not interested 
 in his subject, or do not understand what he is trying to teach — when I find a complaint of 
 that sort, I begin to wonder whether he knows how to teach the subject, which is another 
 thing from knowing the subject. 
 
 Dr. Talbot: That is true in all departments, anatomy, chemistry, physiology, etc. 
 
 Dr. Kirk: I am only raising a question as to the credibility of the witness in the instance 
 cited by Dr. Talbot. 
 
 Dr. Talbot: Dr. Smith brought out a splendid point when he mentioned the fact of 
 Dr. Minot and others not being medically educated men. These men were educated, however; 
 it does not make any difference whether it be in medicine or not. There is Pasteur, the greatest 
 man the world has ever known in research work, who was really not a medical man. But 
 just read the history of his life, and see what trials he suffered. In Paris he could not associate 
 with medical men, and yet in spite of that he brought out so much with regard to diseases of 
 the body that they had to recognize him. Every dean should have two or three copies of 
 Pasteur's work in his school library, and make every student read that book through twice in 
 the second or third year, and that will give the student some idea of what research work is 
 and what pathology is. 
 
 Election of officers for the ensuing year, resulted as follows : 
 
 President — Dr. F. T. Breene, Iowa City, Iowa 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. J. H. Kennerly, St. Louis, Missouri 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. Edward C. Kirk, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
 
 Executive Committee — Dr. N. S. Hoff, chairman; Dr. G. S. Millben-y and Dr. 
 
 F. T. Breene, ex officio 
 Educational Committee — Dr. Alfred Owre, chairman; Dr. E. H. Smith, Dr. Edward 
 
 C. Kirk, Dr. F. T. Breene, ex officio 
 
 The meeting adjourned subject to the call of the Executive Committee. 
 
 6i 
 
SPECIAL MEETING HELD IN ALBANY, 
 NEW YORK, APRIL 1, 1916 
 
 A special meeting of the- Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 sities was called to order at lo a.m., Saturday, April i, by the president, Dr. Breene, 
 in Albany, N. Y., for the purpose of conferring with the commissioner of educa- 
 tion of the state of New York, Dr. J. H. Findley, and the assistant commissioner 
 of education, Dr. A. S. Downing. Membership universities were represented as 
 follows: Harvard, Dean E. H. Smith; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene; Michigan, Dean 
 N. S. Hoff; Alinnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania, Dean E. C. Kirk; 
 Washington University, Dean J. H. Kennerly. 
 
 The secretary, Dr. Kirk, read the notice from the executive committee calling 
 the meeting, and outlined the purpose of the meeting as follows : to confer, as 
 the members had agreed was advisable, with the commissioner and the assistant 
 commissioner of education of the state of New York in order that some under- 
 standing might be reached with regard to changes in the proposed new dental 
 law for the state of New York, and if possible to have the change harmonize 
 with the purposes of the Association. It was also desired to have the New York 
 authorities become familiar with the objects and purposes of the Association. 
 
 Dr. Kirk then read the resolution passed at the Chicago meeting adopting 
 the four years' course of dental study, stating that this resolution had been adopted 
 by all the dental teaching bodies of the country with the exception of the National 
 Association of Dental Faculties, and that practically the whole profession was 
 in harmony with the resolution. 
 
 Dr. Downing outlined the position of the Educational Department of the state 
 of New York in regard to medical and dental education as follows : 
 
 They had established a minimum requirement for the course of instruction for schools 
 granted registration by the regents. The American Medical Association had adopted a course 
 of 4600 hours with a minimum of 4200 hours. The regents believed this to be too great a 
 number for the four years' curriculum; that it included certain subjects the licensee should 
 know before studying medicine. The regents had established a minimum for the medical course 
 of 3600 hours, and had determined that no medical school should be registered that did not 
 have this full time devoted exclusively to medical instruction. In the registration blank there 
 was a question to the schools asking the number of full time men and their salaries. With 
 regard to salaries, they required that a school give the evidence of the fixed charge against 
 the school so that a school might not be registered this year and the next year fall off because 
 of lack of income. A school was required to have six full time men. The Board of Regents 
 also required that six full time men be employed in teaching strictly in dental schools. Men 
 were not allowed to teach the same subjects in both schools, for the reason that it was believed 
 the medical man could not teach the dental student properly, that subjects should be taught 
 from the standpoint of dentistry. The board required that a student be matriculated for three 
 years in a dental school. Dr. Downing mentioned the situation at Harvard, stating that there, 
 if a student took the medical course in the first year, which was the same as in the dental 
 course, and perhaps after a second year in the medical course changed to the dental course, 
 he could not be allowed to take the licensing examination, for the reason that he had not 
 been registered for three years in the dental school. 
 
 Dr. Kirk pointed out that these diflficulties applied chiefly to the three-year 
 course, but that since we were approaching the four-year course, he believed the 
 two first years of the course should be made closely analogous to the first two years 
 in medicine. He thought these two years should be practically interchangeable. 
 
 Dr. Downing cited the case of the new dental department to be established in 
 connection with Columbia, in which the entrance requirements would be two years 
 of college work. The first two years in the dental school were to be identical 
 with the medical, with the exception that certain elementary subjects were to be 
 added to the dental course. This he said would necessitate a modification of the 
 
 62 
 
two courses if that school were to be registered. He thought the regents would 
 adopt very definitely the rule that only those schools would be registered which 
 could show six full time teachers in dentistry. He suggested as the reason for 
 this that he did not believe the man who was giving only a few hours a week 
 to teaching and the balance to private practice, was able to do the best teaching ; 
 that the time not used in teaching would be to the greater advantage of the student 
 if spent in the laboratory instead of in practice. 
 
 Dr. Owre suggested that the basis of the requirement for full time men might 
 logically be the number of students. 
 
 Dr. Kirk suggested that it was a question of manning the laboratory all the 
 time. He did not see any noteworthy difference between having four quarter 
 time men in the laboratory and one man giving full time, as long as some com- 
 petent instructor were there all the time. 
 
 Dr. Downing made the point that some full time service! was necessary for 
 the best development of the institution, because of undivided interest in the 
 work. While a man might not be employed entirely in teaching, he should spend 
 several hours a day in the study of his subject. He believed there were subjects 
 in both medicine and dentistry that demanded a man's full time. 
 
 Dr. Kirk agreed with this in general, but thought it would have to be decided 
 with reference to the character of the subject itself. For instance, a practitioner 
 specializing in crown and bridge work could present his subject better because of 
 his experience in practice. 
 
 Dr. Downing admitted this, and said that such a man might well be a part 
 time teacher. He believed there were other subjects in the denial school to which 
 the same argument might apply ; that the board did not intend to specify which 
 teachers should be full time men, but only that there should be six such men at 
 a minimum salary. 
 
 Dr. Smith asked if a man teaching anatomy to medical classes, with two 
 assistants, and also teaching anatomy to dental classes, would be considered a 
 full time man in both the medical and the dental schools. 
 
 Dr. Downing replied that he would not be so considered. 
 
 Dr. Smith said that the Harvard Dental School was under the faculty of 
 medicine, which includes both schools ; that the Dental School was simply a 
 department of the medical school. 
 
 Dr. Downing replied that since that statement was made, that was all there 
 was to it. He further remarked that there comes a time in the teaching of 
 anatomy when the dental student must devote his time to special anatomy, that 
 of the head and of the nervous system, especially. This, he thought, would require 
 a full time man; it could not be otherwise in the dental school. In the school of 
 medicine there might be a specialist in dental anatomy. He should be reported 
 as the full time man. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly cited the case of a professor of anatomy with a full time 
 assistant teaching only anatomy to dental students, under the direction of the 
 professor, and asked if this would meet the requirement. 
 
 Dr. Downing said he thought it would. He stated that the difficulty lay not 
 with the university schools, but with the proprietary schools. The board required 
 the six full time men of the proprietary schools in order to compel them to main- 
 tain the schools on a professional basis. Dr. Kirk remarked that the tendency in 
 university schools was to make the first two years in certain branches inter- 
 changeable for medicine and dentistry, and that there should some time be legisla- 
 tion permitting this interchangeability. In view of this he believed the resolutions 
 proposed in Chicago with regard to the status of undergraduate medical students 
 
 63 
 
in dental schools should be modified before final passage to apply only to the 
 present three years' course. 
 
 Dr. Downing suggested that the Association select from the freshman and 
 sophomore years those subjects which are fundamental and enumerate them, so 
 that any student presenting a certificate from an approved medical school that he 
 had satisfactorily completed the freshman and sophomore years in the subjects 
 named might be admitted to the junior year of an approved dental school, the 
 faculty of such school reserving the right to examine such applicants in any of 
 the subjects at its discretion. A student bringing a certificate that he has satis- 
 factorily completed the medical course in the subjects named might be admitted 
 to the sophomore year with the same proviso. Dr. Downing then read the proposed 
 new dental law of the state of New York and called attention to the definition 
 of the practice of dentistry. 
 
 Dr. Smith asked if the regents had established any minimum salary for the 
 six full time men required in registered schools. 
 
 Dr. Downing replied that the minimum was four men at $1200 and two others 
 at $1000. 
 
 Dr. Kirk, referring again to the resolution regarding undergraduates, said 
 that with Columbia starting out with a curriculum of equal length for medical 
 and dental students, he thought the time was coming when the dental man would 
 be graduated with the medical degree or its equivalent, perhaps with a modification 
 that would indicate the specialty. That is, he foresaw a change in the old M.D. 
 degree ; medicine would be compelled to stand on the facts and license men to do 
 only the thing they were educated for. 
 
 Dr. Smith stated that they were working out a plan in the Harvard Medical 
 School by which in the fourth year certain subjects might be made elective to the 
 dental degree ; and that by continuing the course one and one-half years longer 
 the student could secure both the medical and the dental degree. That, he thought, 
 brought the question whether the examining boards would recognize certain dental 
 subjects as medical. 
 
 Dr. Downing said, "They could not fail to recognize that. The law requires 
 that the student shall have completed four satisfactory courses of not less than 
 s«ven months each, in four different calendar years, to obtain from the medical 
 school the degree of M.D. If his school were registered by us, and the student 
 presented the M.D. degree certifying that he matriculated a certain year and was 
 in attendance four years, and if he were of good moral character, he must be 
 admitted to the licensing examination. The only question was four satisfactory 
 courses. When a medical school is registered, the board takes the catalog of that 
 school and goes over the four years of the course, comparing it with the minimum 
 requirement of 3600 hours in the regents' medical course. If that school shows 
 3600 hours in these subjects, very well; the board may also require some special 
 subjects, such as ophthalmology, for practising a specialty. We are going to 
 amend the requirement to include oral surgery. We are beginning to realize that 
 the men who practice dentistry will be granted the D.D.S. degree; but an oral 
 surgeon will have to go back and specialize in his field." 
 
 Dr. Kirk advocated a course in which the fundamental work would be the 
 same, with a further elective year in which to develop a specialty, the degree to 
 indicate the specialty. 
 
 Dr. Downing replied that a combined course would be better, with the first 
 two years of the course identical. At the end of the second year a student might 
 differentiate and take two years of medicine, with the M.D. degree, or two years 
 in dentistry with the D.D.S. degree; or in six years he might take both degrees. 
 
 64 
 
Dr. Downing, speaking of the Chicago resolution demanding 4800 hours, 
 with a minimum of 4200, thought it too much for the dental course. 
 
 Dr. Owre explained that the course, for example, in Minnesota included 2640 
 laboratory hours without home assignment; the medical course of 3600 hours has 
 less purely technical work, and more home study. 
 
 Dr.. Downing said his point was that time is a largely neglected element in 
 education. You cannot overcrowd the human mind. The student should be given 
 time between doses, so to speak, to reflect upon the thing he has been learning. 
 The medical course is so crowded today, the student is so rushed from one thing 
 to another, that he comes out of the medical school without knowing medicine, 
 but^ with a mass of information he has not had time to correlate and adjust. He 
 believed the dental school was the same way. The outlined course specified a 
 minimum of 4200 hours. The regents want to know just what subjects are 
 covered in these hours, and the number of hours in each subject. Dr. Downing 
 read a syllabus of the course of study for dentistry as outlined by the Board of 
 Regents, with the subjects to be covered and the hours devoted to the subjects. 
 He stated that the new law would provide for examination at the end of the 
 second year in the fundamental branches. 
 
 Dr. Owre presented the following resolution : 
 
 Resolved, That we encourage and endorse the action of the various authorized state 
 bodies_ m their efforts toward unification of state dental laws, especially in regard to the 
 preliminary requirement of graduation from a four year accredited high school course and 
 thereafter from a four years' course of professional dental training. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly moved, and Dr. Smith seconded, the adoption of this resolution. 
 . Motion carried. 
 Dr. Owre also presented the following resolution : 
 
 Resolved, That we call attention to the necessity for satisfactory official proof of all 
 preliminary educational credentials. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly moved, and Dr. Smith seconded, the adoption of the resolution. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Owre then offered the following resolution : 
 
 _ Resolved ftirther. That we send to all interested bodies, governors, and state educational 
 officials copies of the above resolutions, also the following resolution regarding the four-year 
 course as formulated in the conference at Chicago in June, 191S, and ratified by the American 
 Institute of Dental Teachers and this Association, in January, 1916, to wit: 
 
 "Resolved, That it is the sense of this meeting that we approve of the plan of four-year 
 course of not less than 4800 working hours the curriculum to consist of not less than 4200 
 hours devoted to such subjects as are deemed essential to the technical and scientific education 
 of the dental practitioner, with the understanding that ancillary subjects shall be elective and 
 shall not consume more than 600 hours of the course, with the understanding that the work 
 elective is to be understood as a function of the administration of the school, and not of the 
 student body." 
 
 Motion was made and carried that the above resolution be adopted. 
 
 The resolution with regard to advanced standing to undergraduate medical 
 students was taken up for consideration, and Dr. Downing offered the following 
 suggested resolution : 
 
 Resolved, That any student presenting from an approved medical school a certificate that 
 he has satisfactorily completed the first year in anatomy, biology, chemistry, and prosthetic 
 dentistry, may be admitted to the second or sophomore year of the four years' course in 
 dentistry, and any student presenting a certificate from an approved medical school that he 
 has satisfactorily completed the above-named subjects of the first year and the course of 
 anatomy, histology, embryology, dental anatomy, organic chemistry, operative dentistry physi 
 ology and physiological chemistry, bacteriology, and prosthetic technique of the sophomore 
 year may be admitted to advanced standing as a member of the junior year. But such admis- 
 sion to advanced standing in either case shall be subject to the applicant's passing the examina- 
 tion m any subjects which the faculty of the dental school may require; and with the further 
 
 65 
 
proviso that the applicant in either case must before graduation have made up any deficiencies, 
 in any of the above subjects if he shall be admitted to advanced standing and conditioned in 
 these subjects. 
 
 Dr. Smith moved, Dr. Hoff seconded, that this resolution be sent to all the 
 members of this Association for consideration and amendment at the next meeting 
 of the Association. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Downing asked that the universities furnish to the Board of Education- 
 of New York an outline of the four-year course to be followed by each school 
 as an aid to the commissioner of education in adopting a uniform four-year 
 
 course. 
 
 Dr. Downing, referring to the proposed four-year course suggested by Dr.. 
 Owre in 1914, said he did not think it was the function of the professional school 
 to take into it a part of the academic training. The school should say that the 
 student deficient in these subjects would be required to take a course in the 
 department of liberal arts in addition to the professional course. He said the 
 four-year course in the New York schools would not contain anything of this 
 kind; that the time would be given strictly to the training in the science and 
 the art of dentistry, and if the applicants did not have the requirements neces- 
 sary they would have to go out and prepare themselves. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly asked Dr. Downing if, after he received the proposed cur- 
 ricula of the different schools, he would submit to the Association a synopsis of 
 what he would consider to be the proper course covered in the four years' course. 
 
 Dr. Downing replied that he would be glad to do so with the understandings 
 that it was from one who is administering the law, and studying dental educa- 
 tion theoretically. 
 
 Dr. Downing pointed out that since academic subjects should be taught in 
 the departments of liberal arts, every dental school should be part of a univer- 
 sity. He suggested that the Association get up a pamphlet to send to schools 
 preparing students for professions, telling them what they should teach by way 
 of preparation for dentistry. 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 NINTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The ninth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order January 26, 1917, by the president. Dr. F. T. 
 Breene, in Hotel Adelphia, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : California, Dean G. S, 
 Millberry; Harvard, Dean Eugene H. Smith; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene; Michi- 
 gan, Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Pennsylvania. Dean 
 E. C. Kirk; Washington University, Dean J. A. Kennerly. 
 
 Amotion was made and carried to dispense with the reading of the minutes, 
 for the reason that they had been published in full in the printed transactions 
 of the Association and distributed to the members. 
 
 The next order of business was the reading of the address by the president. 
 Dr. Breene called to the chair Dr. J. H. Kennerly, vice-president, while he read 
 his annual address, as follows : 
 
 In pursuance of my duties as presiding officer of this honorable body, I wish to call your 
 attention to some of the recommendations of former presiding officers, as well as to a few 
 suggestions which may not be new, but which I believe are pertinent to the interests of dental 
 education. 
 
 66 
 
The adjustment of the proposed four-year curriculum has brought us to the point of 
 realization where we wonder how it was possible to crowd the present three-year course of study 
 Into the time allotted. It would seem that the time occupied in pursuing academic subjects 
 now a content of the four-year curriculum is needed for dental instruction. To facilitate 
 the furtherance of dental teaching, we would suggest that as soon as practicable a predental 
 •course, of from one to two years in an approved college of arts and sciences, be made a 
 requisite for admission to university dental schools. 
 
 The Educational Council of America has presented a schedule of subject hours f r class 
 A dental colleges. The work accomplished by the Educational Council has been for the better- 
 Tnent of dental educational conditions. If fixed headquarters and funds for the employment 
 of a permanent secretary were provided, this council could produce better results; they have 
 been hampered by the lack of funds and sufficient time to devote to careful investigation of 
 colleges. It must be recognized that it is the method of instruction and the pedagogic applica- 
 tion of methods that produce subject results and not scheduled hours. In other words, an 
 -analysis of the interior workings of a college, a survey of each course, methods of instruction, 
 and results obtained, should be the basis for college classification. 
 
 The result of annual and cumulative tabulation of state examining board reports is 
 not a definite means of judging the educational efficiency of dental colleges. The element of 
 chance should be eliminated in college standardization. To use the hazards with which a 
 graduate comes into contact — from graduation to tabulation — as da'^a for the standardization 
 of professional colleges is unsafe and absurd. 
 
 Not until dental colleges are standardized and classified by some authorized agency that 
 -will eliminate from its conclusions all of the elements of bias and prejudice — not until then 
 -will a satisfactory solution of this vital problem be reached. 
 
 The suggestion of Dean Sharp in his address as president of this Association in 1912 
 ■would seem a most satisfactory solution of the problem of standardization of dental colleges: 
 "Equitable standardization of dental colleges can be best obtained by co-operation with the 
 Bureau of Education at Washington, and by furthering an investigation by the Carnegie 
 Poundation." 
 
 Your attention is called to the great future of dentistry in public health service as a 
 means of conserving the health of the masses by public instruction in preventive dentistry. 
 The appalling percentage of defective teeth and deformities reported as the result of the ex- 
 amination of the mouths of children in public schools, employees of industrial plants, 
 institutional inmates, and army recruiting stations, indicates that the education of both dentist 
 and layman has been neglected from the viewpoint of preventive dentistry. The faculty 
 of the College of Dentistry of the State University of Iowa has petitioned the Iowa State Board 
 of Education to establish a chair of preventive dentistry. It is believed that the request will 
 1)6 granted. The scope of the work as planned for this department is in part as follows: 
 instruction in oral hygiene and prophylaxis to dental students and hygienists; co-operation 
 with the university extension department in organizing municipal, industrial, and institutional 
 dental dispensaries, and to outlining and establishing methods of teaching oral hygiene in the 
 public schools of the state. 
 
 Several states have legalized the dental hygienist, and similar action is contemplated in 
 many other states. We believe that the dental hygienist has come to stay. It would seem 
 within the province of this Association to decide as to the advisability of instituting a course 
 ill university dental colleges for the educaton of dental hygienists. 
 
 If, in your opinion, a course of this character is desirable, a definite program should be 
 outlined as to the requisite preliminary education of applicants, character and extent of the 
 curriculum, length of session to be required, and form of certificate to be conferred when the 
 course is satisfactorily completed. 
 
 Although Miller presented in 1890 records of the relation of oral diseases to systemic 
 conditions, the truth of his statements has but recently been recognized. The undergraduate 
 of today is taught modern, theories and methods of practice. But what of the graduate of 
 the past? This presents an educational problem that should be considered. 
 
 The following plans for graduate work have been suggested: (i) that undergraduate 
 colleges divide their energies and give postgraduate instruction; (2) that a graduate college 
 should be a separate department with a separate faculty, but be affiliated with an undergraduate 
 college; (3) that the graduate college should be a separate institution without undergraduate 
 affiliations. 
 
 If the undergraduate colleges are to present postgraduate courses of instruction, it would 
 seem advisable that definite standards should be arranged whereby a graduate course would 
 be considered from the educational conception of the term, as a dignified attainment in 
 higher education. ^ 
 
 67 
 
On motion, the address was received and opened to discussion by the 
 Association. 
 
 DISCUSSION 
 
 Dr. Kirk said that the question of postgraduate instruction was a very im- 
 portant one to the Association, not only as a means for providing further 
 instruction or education for the man willing and capable of taking advanced 
 instruction, but that the colleges of the Association should develop a systematic 
 scheme for instruction — an advanced department of • instruction to which the 
 graduate or the man who is qualified to practice dentistry would normally 
 advance. The whole trend of dentistry was bringing it into closer relationship 
 with the system already standardized in Europe in medicine and dentistry, where 
 the student qualifies for medicine after completing his course of instruction, and 
 having passed an examination, is licensed to practice medicine or surgery; then, 
 if he continues his studies for a given period in addition to his work in a hos- 
 pital, he receives his degree of doctor of medicine, after giving evidence of his 
 higher training. In Germany we find two grades of practitioners, the Zahntech- 
 niker, the man who is not permitted to operate in the mouth, and we have 
 the Zahnarzte, who are the qualified licensed practitioners. He thought that 
 in the process of evolution we were being forced into the necessity of consider- 
 ing some such division in dentistry as exists in Germany today. We have no 
 provision for the man who is characterized as the mechanical dentist, who is 
 practicing dentistry as an art and not as a science, as distinguished from the 
 man who is practicing from the scientific, biologic aspect, and it seemed that 
 we must make some provision for instruction leading to a higher degree for 
 men who wish to go higher. In order to obtain the higher qualification it should 
 be required that the student shall earn a certain definite number of credits, but 
 not necessarily in a certain specified time. 
 
 With regard to the dental hygienist, that was something that must come ; 
 there are and will be objections; of course, but the dental hygienist is inevitable, 
 and we must establish proper standards and provide for the systematic instruction 
 of dental hygienists. 
 
 Finally he asked the Association to consider the question of the Prepared- 
 ness League of American Dentists. He had been in communication with the 
 men who have had in hand the preparation and instruction of a course for the 
 training of men in dental and oral war surgery ; and he thought that we should 
 endeavor to provide means of education for graduates in dentistry so as to 
 qualify them to do efficient work in that field. He believed that this should be 
 done under the supervision and \yith the aid of the national government, and 
 was of the opinion that such co-operation could be obtained. 
 
 Dr. Smith did not believe that the superstructure which Dr. Kirk outlined 
 could properly be built upon a strictly dental foundation. He did not believe it 
 was possible to develop the men Dr. Kirk expected from the general product of 
 men entering the dental schools. He did not think we would ever win the 
 respect and admiration of the medical and surgical men until we placed with 
 them men who have a foundation equal to their own. Some years ago he had 
 suggested to this body that we co-operate with the medical schools in a scheme 
 that would educate the specialist in dentistry as other specialists in medicine are 
 educated, and equally well. His plan was for the dental student to take two 
 years' college training, three years in medicine, and in the fourth year elect 
 dental studies, being graduated with the medical degree, but with dentistry as 
 his specialty. With that sort of foundation he thought we could build any kind 
 of superstructure desired. 
 
 68 
 
Dr. Millberry thought there were two points in the president's address that 
 might be ignored in considering the problems of the Association, namely, the 
 Educational Council and the state board tabulation reports, as they had not 
 proved themselves to be of any value. With regard to the predental course, 
 he said three plans had been suggested to the board of regents of the University 
 of California, viz. — first, a course equivalent to that set up for matriculation in 
 medicine; second, two years' predental work as indorsed by the medical school, 
 plus three years of dental training; and third, the adoption of a four -year course 
 to be submitted to the various members of this Association. Dr. Millberry was 
 glad to note that the University of Iowa had recommended a professorship in 
 preventive dentistry, and thought that might create a popular demand for the 
 dental hygienist. The Board of Regents of the University of California have 
 approved of a course of one year of instruction in this work, based on high 
 school graduation, to enable those taking the course to render hygienic service 
 to the dentist. He was impressed with Dr. Kirk's scheme for postgraduate in- 
 struction in the various departments of the schools, and wondered if this 
 Association would be disposed to go on record as willing to grant a special 
 degree after the completion of sxich a course of postgraduate instruction. He 
 was sure that California would be willing to do so. 
 
 Dr. Owre thought that one of the most important points in the address was 
 the reference to steps that must be taken to prepare for college work — that is, 
 predental work. He had in mind to recommend to this Association some defi- 
 nite action that would bind the Association to the establishment of one year of 
 academic preparation not later than 1921. Dr. Owre agreed with the idea of 
 postgradua*-e instruction, but thought it best to establish first one year of academic 
 work as a preliminary requirement. 
 
 With regard to the dental hygienist, he thought all agreed that some pro- 
 vision would have to be made for such a course of instruction. In the medical 
 world, the professional nurse was required to take a three-year course and a 
 high school course was required as preparation. The dental nurse, he thought, 
 should have a course of training and a preliminary educational qualification 
 somewhat similar to that of the medical nurse. 
 
 As to the item of membership, as mentioned by the president, he considered 
 it desirable to increase the membership of the Association in an endeavor to make 
 a more inclusive organization that would carry more weight and authority 
 when suggestions and recommendations were made to the various institutions 
 of the country. He said the present organization did not fill this need, and 
 thought that possibly some such result could be obtained by the affiliation of 
 an association such as this with the National Dental Association, which seemed 
 to be the most representative body. 
 
 Dr.- Ward said, with regard to Dr. Owre's last suggestion, that he hoped the 
 time would never come when the National Dental Association would have to do 
 with establishing the standards for dental schools. He said that his school had 
 objected to inspection by the Educational Council, and would continue to do 
 so until the movement was on a different footing. They did not' object in the 
 least to an impartial inspection, but he did not think it was done in the proper 
 way at present. The one point that impressed him in the president's address 
 was the necessity for better preparation along medical lines. With regard to 
 the postgraduate degree, he said that his institution at present granted a degree 
 for postgraduate work of a certain type continued for a number of years; this 
 was confined to research work, chiefly. It was a question whether this practice 
 should be continued or not. With regard to arrangements for meeting the 
 
 69 
 
demands of the man who wanted to pursue further work, they had for some 
 time extended the courtesies of the clinic and other facilities to Michigan men 
 ivho wished to do further work, but the Board of Regents had not al'owed the 
 dental department to inaugurate a regular postgraduate course of instruction. 
 
 Dr. Smith said that with regard to dental hygienists, in Massachusetts the 
 legislature had provided for these hygienists, and that the Forsyth Institution 
 in Boston was conducting a course of instruction for the dental hygienist. He 
 thought all that was necessary was to have properly trained women for this 
 Avork. He said that Dr. Owre had spoken of one-year academic training, and 
 referred to the handy man in medicine ; he thought that we were producing 
 the same handy man in dentistry with a little more collegiate training, and that 
 we should therefore start and give the men more medicine. 
 
 Dr. Kirk said that, properly to understand the subjects given in the cur- 
 riculum, the student should have a thoroughly good academic training before he 
 starts at all, and that was why he favored the advance of the predental standards. 
 
 Dr. Millberry did not think it wise for the Association to obligate itself to 
 do things that the universities represented would not accept. It seemed best 
 that these objects should be set as the ideal toward which the different institu- 
 tions might work. 
 
 Dr. Owre said that his thought was to present this in the way of a suggestion 
 to the governing bodies of the institutions represented in the Association, with 
 the object of having it adopted as binding in 1921. 
 
 Dr. Kirk said that Dr. Smith's idea was to matriculate the dental student as 
 a medical man and give him two or three years in medicine, and then let him 
 taper off with dentistry as an elective, but that he (Dr. Kirk) was opposed to 
 beginning the making of a dentist by first making a medical man. With refer- 
 ence to the development of medical training on top of dental education, he was 
 in accord with that for the group of men who were going to do that kind of 
 work. If the schools were teaching the fundamental medical sciences as they 
 should, the men were as well taught as in the medical school, and if we were not 
 doing that we were not doing our duty. 
 
 Dr. Breene said that what he had in mind with reference to the suggestions 
 made was a resolution empowering the educational committee to formulate a 
 curriculum for postgraduate work, and to outline some definite plan for the 
 instruction of dental hygienists, and also a plan for the one-year academic work 
 as a prerequisite for the dental course. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that the members of the Association recommend to their 
 governing bodies the requirement of one year of prescribed academic work as a 
 preliminary to the dental course, to take efifect in 1920; also that they be asked 
 to establish a course of postgraduate instruction, and a course of instruction for 
 dental hygienists. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the secretary-treasurer. 
 
 The secretary reported several matters of routine business ; presented a 
 request from a university school for membership ; and submitted a financial 
 report. 
 
 The latter was referred to the executive committee and the report was 
 accepted. 
 
 The question of increase of the membership of the Association was then 
 discussed by Drs. Kennerly, Smith, Owre, and Kirk, after which Dr. Owre 
 made the following motion : 
 
 Dr. Owre: I move that the seci'etary be instructed to write to these schools — University 
 of Ohio, Dental Department; University of Illinois, Dental Department; and Northwestern 
 
 70 
 
University, Dental School — calling their attention to the desirability of becoming members oV 
 the Dental faculties' Association of American Universities. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the educational committee, 
 Dr. Owre, chairman, as follows : 
 
 Owing to the fact that the past year has been largely one of crystaKization, there is little 
 for this committee to report save that the published programs of the various dental schools 
 conform in the main to the Chicago resolution of 191 S. 
 
 The progress of dentistry makes imperative a second forward step in dental education. 
 The public, the medical profession, and the dental profession itself are demanding that the 
 dentist be better and better quaified for his important task. We should at once refer to 
 our faculties and governing bodies the question of inaugurating a predental year, to go into 
 effect not later than 1921. With this end in view, I would ask that each college submit to the 
 chairman of this committee suggestions for the curriculum to be adopted for the preparatory 
 year, as well as for the four years following. 
 
 Alfred Owre, Chairman, 
 E. H. Smith, 
 
 E. C. Kirk, 
 
 F. T. Breene, 
 
 CoiiDnittee. 
 
 The report was accepted. 
 
 Dr. Kirk, as chairman of a special committee to report on the status of the 
 two Japanese schools, reported that he had received their prospectuses, outlin- 
 ing the courses, and had made inquiry in various directions with regard to the 
 two schools, and as the result thereof recommended that graduates of the two 
 Japanese schools be accepted in schools of the Dental Faculties' Association on 
 the same basis as those from any other school outside of the Association. 
 
 The report was accepted. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Election of officers resulted as follows : 
 
 President — Dr. F. T. Breene, Iowa City, Iowa. 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. J. H. Kennedy, St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 Secretary-treasurer— T>r. Edward C. Kirk, Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 Executive Committee — Dr. M. L. Ward, chairman. Dr. G. S. Millberry, and Dr. F. T. 
 Breene, ex officio 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. Alfred Owre, chairman. Dr. E. H. Smith, Dr. E. C. Kirk, 
 and Dr. F. T. Breene, ex officio 
 
 The meeting adjourned subject to the call of the executive committee. 
 
 TENTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The tenth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order Wednesday morning, January 30, 1918, at ten 
 o'clock, by the president, Dr. Breene, at the Hotel Schenley, Pittsburgh, 
 Pennsylvania. 
 
 Membership colleges were represented as follows : California, Dr. E. H. 
 Mauk ; Harvard, Dean Eugene H. Smith ; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene ; Illinois, 
 (application for membership to be presented), Dean F. B. Moorehead ; Michigan, 
 Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Ohio (application for 
 membership to be presented), Dean H. M. Seamans ; Pennsylvania, Dean Charles 
 R. Turner ; Washington University, Dean J. H. Kennerly. 
 
 Visitors: Dean Rice, Professor Bates, Tufts College; Major Arnold and 
 Major Waite, Medical Corps, United States Army; Dr. Proctor, Harvard; 
 Dr. Gillette, Columbia ; Dr. Volland, Iowa ; Dr. Lyons, Dr. Hoff, Michigan. 
 
 Motion was made and carried to dispense with the reading of the minutes 
 of the last session, as they had been published in the printed transactions of 
 the Association and distributed to the members. 
 
 71 
 
The next order of business was the reading of the president's annual 
 address. Dr. Breene had no formal address to present, but called attention to a 
 few corrections in the printed record. 
 
 In the absence of Dr. Kirk, the secretary-treasurer, Dr. Hoff, was elected 
 secretarj- pro tern. The report of the secretary-treasurer for 1918 followed. 
 
 The secretary reported that, acting under the instructions embodied in the 
 resolution passed at the previous meeting, he had written to the deans of the 
 dental schools at Ohio, Illinois, and Northwestern University, calling their at- 
 tention to the desirability of becoming members of the Dental Faculties' Asso- 
 ciation of American Universities. Following this, application for membership 
 was made by the dental school of the University of Ohio through the secretary's 
 office and referred to the executive committee through the chairman, Dr. Ward. 
 
 The secretarjr also requested action on the application for membership of 
 the dental school of the University of Buffalo ; suggested the desirability of 
 attempting to secure, within reasonable limits, uniformity in the curricula of 
 the schools giving the four-year course ; called attention to the timeliness of a 
 discussion of a proposed curriculum for dental hygienists ; commented on the 
 importance of dental service in the Dental Surgeons' Corps of the United States 
 Armjr and suggested that members of the Association support a bill then pend- 
 ing in Congress, the purpose of which was to accord to the Dental Surgeons' 
 Corps in the navy analogous recognition to that already granted the army dental 
 surgeons. 
 
 The treasurer's report was submitted. Dr. Kirk requested an auditing of 
 the accounts, inasmuch as, owing to his resignation from the deanship of the 
 dental school of the University of Pennsylvania to enter a different phase of 
 dental work, he must tender his resignation as secretary-treasurer. 
 
 Motion was carried that the report be accepted and certain features be taken 
 up at a later session. 
 
 The president presented applications for membership from the dental col- 
 leges of Illinois and Ohio, stating that these applications had been approved 
 by the executive committee. Both schools were voted into membership. Dr. 
 Moorehead and Dr. Seamans were presented to the Association as representing 
 the two schools. It was then voted that visitors be given the privilege of the 
 floor. 
 
 The next order of business was the report of the educational committee by 
 Dr. Owre as follows : 
 
 Mr. Chairma)i : The educational committee of the Association begs to submit the follow- 
 ing report: 
 
 Recognizing the increasingly close relationship between dentistry and medicine — -a kinship 
 now acknowledged by all progressive members of the professions — your committee has en- 
 deavored to draft a course in dentistry which is another step toward the inevitable fusion of 
 the dental and the medical courses. This return to the ancient status of dentistry as essen- 
 tially a specialtj' in medicine is bound to occur before many years. 
 
 This outline includes a course in physics, which should be non-mathematical and ele- 
 mentary in its character. It should include the mechanics of solids, treated from an historical 
 and experimental standpoint; also the mechanics of liquids, gases, and wave motion, treated 
 from an experimental standpoint. This would take two recitation hours and two laboratory 
 hours a week for one year. In this, as in other requirements, recognition has been given the 
 fact that the dentist's turn of mind is usually concrete rather than abstract; that he some- 
 times profits more through studying the working out of principles than by moiling over the 
 abstract phases of a subject. Mathematics is a case in point. I believe it should always be 
 offered as an elective rather than as a requirement. 
 
 The other electives afford an opportunity for the student not only to find himself more 
 perfectly, but also actually to specialize in mechanical work. For instance, a general course 
 in shop practice, foundry, forge, and machine work is certainly of great value to the future 
 dentist. 
 
 72 
 
A course in economics is of decided value to a man who is to function in such close con- 
 tact with the community. It should deal with the principles that underlie the present industrial 
 order and the chief economic problems of today. 
 
 There is an approximate increase of 900 hours in the whole curriculum, rather evenly 
 distributed throughout: 
 
 Subject ■ Hours 
 
 Organic Chemistry 96 
 
 Anatomy, Gross 32 
 
 Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology 64 
 
 Bacteriology 32 
 
 Clinical Practice 96 
 
 Pathology 96 
 
 Physiology and Physiological Chemistry 64 
 
 Pharmacology and Therapeutics 16 
 
 Oral Hygiene 32 
 
 Oral Surgery 32 
 
 Physics 128 
 
 Elective: Mathematics, Economics, History, Language, or Shop Practice 192 
 
 880 
 
 The advantages to a dental student of the remaining courses here proposed I had the 
 pleasure of presenting last year in a paper read before the American Institute of Dental 
 Teachers on "The Teaching of the Ancillary and So-Called Medical Subjects in the Four- Year 
 Dental Course." As all of us were present at that reading, I shall not weary } ou with a 
 repetition. I may state, however, that three years' observation of the four-year course in 
 operation at Minnesota has served to strengthen, if possible, my conviction that it is our 
 paramount duty as educators to give the dental student the broader education which will fit 
 him to hold the important post the future offers him. 
 
 Recognizing this fully, your committee, in order to provide for those who now elect to fit 
 themselves for this broader and higher service, has also outlined a recommended five-year 
 course of study to be found in Program No. 2. The advantage of this lies in the grouping 
 of the subjects, bringing more of the non-technical courses into the first two years and making 
 it possible for them to procure this education in other units besides the dental school. There 
 is an increase of about 700 hours over the present four-year course in this scheme, as follows: 
 
 Subject Hours 
 
 Anatomy , 48 
 
 Organic Chemistry 96 
 
 English 96 
 
 Economics 96 
 
 Elective 96 to 160 
 
 Physics 128 
 
 Oral Hygiene 32 
 
 Oral Surgery 32 
 
 Respectfully submitted, 
 
 E. H. Smith 
 
 E. C. Kirk 
 
 F. T. Breene, ex officio 
 Alfred Owre, Chairman 
 
 Educational Committee 
 
 73 
 
PROPOSED FIVE-YEAR COURSE, NUMBER i 
 
 Predental Year First Semester Second Semester 
 
 Credits Hours Credits Hours 
 
 Animal Biologrj' 3 96 3 gb 
 
 Chemistry S 160 5 160 
 
 Drawing 2 96 2 96 
 
 Elective: One of the following subjects: 
 
 Mathematics, Economics, History, Language, 
 
 or Shop Practice 2 to 5 48 to 96 2 to 5 48 to 9 '> 
 
 English, Rhetoric and Public Speaking 3 48 3 48 
 
 15 to iS 448 to 496 i5toiS 448 to 496 
 Freshman Year 
 
 Anatomy, Gross 2 64 2 64 
 
 Anatomy, Denial 3 112 3 112 
 
 Chemistry, Organic 3 96 3 96 
 
 Prosthetic Lectures and Recitations i 16 i 16 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 3 144 3 '44 
 
 Physics 3 64 3 64 
 
 15 496 15 496 
 Sophomore Year 
 
 Anatomy, Gross 6 192 
 
 Anatomy, Histology, and Embryologj- 3 96 3 96 . 
 
 Bacteriology, General and Special 5 I44 
 
 Dental Metallurgy, Lectures and Recitations i 16 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Lectures and Recitations i 16 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Technique 3 I44 
 
 Orthodontia Technique ; 2 96 
 
 Physiological Chemistry 3 96 
 
 Ph; siology 5 160 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 2 96 
 
 17 59- 17 S92 
 
 r Crown and Bridge Work 3 I44 
 
 „,..,-, . Operative Dentisti-^- 2 96. 3 ^44 
 
 Clinical Practice-^ ^ , ^^ . ' , „, 
 
 j Oral Hygiene 2 96 2 9" 
 
 L Prosthetic Dentistry 2 96 2 96 
 
 Crown and Bridge, Lectures and Recitations i 16 1 16 
 
 Crown and Bridge Technique 3 144 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Lectures and Recitations.... 2 32 
 
 Oral Hj'giene, Lectures and Recitations i 16 i 16 
 
 Pathology, General 4 96 
 
 Pathology, Special 5 112 
 
 Pharmacology, General 2 32 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistr/, Lectures and Recitations. ... 2 32 
 
 19 624 19 656 
 
 Senior Year 
 
 Crown and Bridge Work 3 144 3 144 
 
 Operative Dentistry 4 192 4 197 
 
 Clinical Practice«^ Oral Surgery 2 96 2 96 
 
 Orthodontia 2 96 i 48 
 
 '^ Prosthetic Dentistry i 48 2 96 
 
 Crown and Bridge, Lectures and Recitations i 16 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Lectures and Recitations i 16 
 
 Oral Surgery, Lectures and Recitations 2 32 2 32 
 
 Orthodontia, Lectures and Recitations i 16 i 16 
 
 Pathology, Special 1 16 i 16 
 
 Pharmacology and Therapeutics 2 32 
 
 Theory and Practice of Dentistry and Conference 
 
 Course in Applied Economics, Jurisprudence, 
 
 Ps; chology. Ethics, and Art 2 32 
 
 ^ 688 19 688 
 
 Note. — One credit hour" may be either one recitation hour through one semester, two 
 laboratory hours with outside work, or three laboratory hours without outside work. Issued 
 January. 1918. 
 
 74 
 
RECOMMENDED FIVE-YEAR COURSE, NUMBER 
 
 First Year First Semester 
 
 Credits Hours 
 
 Chemistry, Advanced General and Qualitative 3 96 
 
 Rhetoric 3 48 
 
 Technical Drawing ". . . . 2 95 
 
 Zoology 3 96 
 
 Language, History, or Mathematics 3 to 5 48 to 80 
 
 14 to 16 384 to 416 
 Second Year 
 
 Anatomy, Gross 6 208 
 
 Economics, Elementary Principles 3 48 
 
 English, General Surve.' 3 ^ 48 
 
 Organic Chemistry 3 96 
 
 Ph; sics (without mathematics as prerequisite).... 3 64 
 
 iS 464 
 Third Year 
 
 Anatomy, Histology, and Embr; ology 4 128 
 
 Anatomy, Cral 6 192 
 
 Operative Denti ,try, Lectures 
 
 Operative Dentis ry. Technique 
 
 Ph: siological Chemistry 
 
 Ph_ siology 
 
 Prosthetic Lectures i 16 
 
 Prosthetic Technique 6 288 
 
 17 624 
 Fourth Year 
 
 Bacteriology, General and Special 4 96 
 
 Clinical Practice 4 19^ 
 
 Crown and Bridge, Lectures and Technique 4 160 
 
 Dental Metallurgy i 16 
 
 Operative Dentistry, Lectures and Recitations i 16 
 
 Oral Hygiene i 16 
 
 Orthodontia Technique 2 ,96 
 
 Pathology, General and Special 
 
 Pharmacology 
 
 Prosthetic Dentistry, Lectures and Recitations.... 2 32 
 
 19 624 
 Fifth Year 
 
 Clinical Practice 12 57^ 
 
 Crown and Bridge Work, Lectures and Recitations i i6 
 
 Operative Dentistr •, Lectures and Recitations.... 
 
 Oral Surgery, Clinical Pathology, and Radiog- 
 raphy, Lectures and Recitations 2 32 
 
 Orthodontia, Lectures and Recitations r 16 
 
 Pathology and Therapeutics 3 48 
 
 Theory and Practice of Dentistry and Conference 
 Course in Applied Economics, Jurisprudence, 
 Psychology, Ethics, Art, and Public Hygiene. . 
 
 Second Semester 
 
 Credits 
 
 Hours 
 
 3 
 3 to 5 
 
 96 
 
 48 
 
 96 
 
 96 
 
 48 to 80 
 
 14 to 16 384 to 4i'> 
 
 128 
 48 
 
 96 
 
 64 
 
 384 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 144 
 
 3 
 
 96 
 
 4 
 
 96 
 
 I 
 
 16 
 
 5 
 
 240 
 
 608 
 
 480 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 16 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 96 
 
 3 
 
 48 
 
 656 
 
 S7f> 
 16 
 16 
 
 32 
 
 16 
 
 19 
 
 Note. — One credit hour may be either one recitation hour through one semester, two 
 laboratory hours with outside work, or three laboratory hours without outside work. 
 
 A discussion of this report followed. Professor Bates, of Tufts College, 
 said he had long been impressed with the need of higher education in dentistry 
 and had been urging it for twenty-five years. He had seen dental education con- 
 stantly growing; this concrete statement of the needs and a plan to meet these 
 needs seemed to him a move in the right direction. He had seen the effect of 
 
 75 
 
broader education upon the medical student during its advancement to the present 
 standard of two years' premedical training and felt the results were all that could 
 be expected. The opinion heretofore had been that the dental student was not 
 quite up to the medical student in mental capacity, but he believed that to be a 
 fallac}-; that the dental student should be treated as being on a par with the 
 medical student in mental make-up. The preliminary education should be formu- 
 lated upon that basis. Professor Bates approved of what Dr. Owre had said 
 with regard to the influence of the professor on the student and thought the in- 
 fluence of the teacher in molding the lives of the young men was an ethical re- 
 sponsibility that should not be overlooked. 
 
 Dr. Smith was in accord with the ideas expressed by Dr. Owre but did not 
 think they went far enough. Speaking of the fusion of the medical and dental 
 courses, he was decidedly in favor of that and felt that if dentistry was to be a 
 specialty of medicine it should begin at the foundation and give the same training 
 as medical students, namely, two years of college education. His plan was that 
 men entering the medical school should be allowed the privilege at the beginning 
 of the fourth \es.T of electing the dental course, and at the end of five years 
 obtain the two degrees, medicine and dentistry, or dentistry as a specialty of 
 medicine. He did not think this plan would tend to narrow the medical profes- 
 sion ; he thought it was to be commended in that it was a step toward conserva- 
 tion of energy- and the number of teachers necessary. 
 
 Dr. Owre suggested that his proposed schedule No. 2 would meet all the 
 requirements of Dr. Smith's plan. 
 
 ^lajor Waite, United States Army, said that from many years' experience 
 in teaching in professional schools he was entirely convinced that the sort of 
 teaching done in high schools does not fit a man to take up immediately profes- 
 sional study: that there must intervene a period of preparatory work between the 
 high school course and the beginning of professional studies ; that this intervening 
 period of preliminary Avork was not primaril)- to give a man information or 
 knowledge so much as to teach him how to study. From the standpoint of 
 teaching biology, he did not think it made a great deal of difference what phase 
 of biology was taught, the primary object being to teach the man how to study, 
 how to analj'ze, how to see things. The medical schools had tried the plan of 
 one year premedical training with the result that at the present time two years 
 of premedical training were required and had proved satisfactory. He agreed 
 with Dr. Smith that the predental and premedical training should be the same 
 and that a man should not be compelled to decide whether he should take the 
 medical or the dental degree before his preliminar}^ training began. 
 
 Major Arnold, United States Army, thought there was no question as to the 
 desire for progress along the line of dental education, but the question was how 
 fast can we go? He was an outsider in the matter of dental educational problems, 
 but he was impressed with the fact that two earnest gentlemen (Dr. Owre and 
 Dr. Smith ) . while seemingly differing in some of their views, were of very 
 nearly the same ideas and were entirely in accord as to the desirability of progress, 
 and the only question was how far they could go at the present moment. He said 
 the medical profession had gone through the same process and he realized now 
 that if the medical profession had attempted to make the advancement to the 
 requirement of two years' college training at one step, it would have created chaos. 
 The unanimous desire of this association of dental educators was evidently for 
 something better than was being done at the present time but the next step must 
 be firm and effective. Dr. Owre CAadently felt he had a plan that could be adopted 
 by all schools as a minimum, while Dr. Smith seemed inclined to "hitch his 
 
 76 
 
•chariot to a star" and did not seem to care so much whether he had only one 
 ■student to take that course. There was no question but that the sooner dentistry 
 came to the point where it could not be said that the preparation of the dental 
 .■student was inferior to that of the medical student, the sooner the students and 
 the profession would receive the recognition they desire and which the medical 
 profession would be glad to give; but he thought that the advance to this point 
 ■would have to be gradual rather than at one jump. He did not agree with 
 Dr. Smith in his idea that at the present time we should carry together instruction 
 ■of medical and dental students through three years and then begin to differentiate, 
 as medical education is carried on today, for the reason that medical education 
 today, he thought, was wrong. One of the good results he thought would come 
 ■out of the present war was that the medical profession would be forced to stand- 
 ardize instruction in medical schools. It was very desirable, he thought, to build 
 up professional education on broad lines. There was no question but that dental 
 -men need to know more that could be learned in medical schools ; he was certain 
 that medical men needed to know more about things that should be learned in 
 •dental schools. It seemed to him that, that was the line on which professional 
 ■education was going to develop, that after all education, both medical and dental, 
 was very much in the nature of a critical study as to what was the real essence — 
 how much was desirable and how much useless frills. 
 
 Dr. Hoflf was pleased with the manner in which Major Arnold had summed 
 up the situation in professional education. The object of this Association was 
 to make advancement in dental education, but the Association had been held back 
 in this respect by traditions in the educational system that could not be quickly 
 thrown ofif. This Association had been discussing these problems for some years 
 and trying to decide the best plan to adopt. This education should give to the 
 members of the Association new courage to support their convictions as to their 
 future course. He thought the experience of the medical profession should be 
 valuable in enabling dental educators to decide upon the best plan of procedure. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly said he had never had so clearly demonstrated to him the neces- 
 sity for more predental education as in his experience in putting into operation 
 the four-year course. He believed there should be a preliminary education of at 
 least one year before any technical subjects were added. 
 
 Dr. Rice, Tufts College, expressed his pleasure in having the privilege of 
 listening to the discussion and wished to record the fact that the school with 
 which he was associated was in thorough sympathy with the movement for ad- 
 vanced dental education. The dental profession had been in the habit of claiming 
 that it was a specialty of medicine, but unfortunately the rank and file of the 
 profession could not qualify as such specialists. In an effort to substantiate that 
 claim, his school had taken steps to increase the medical subjects in the dental 
 curriculum. 
 
 Dr. Moorehead recalled the time when a special meeting of the university 
 schools was called in conference at Chicago by President James, of the Univer- 
 sity of Illinois, for the purpose of establishing a standard that would give the 
 schools a different type of man rather than with the sole idea of giving more 
 years of instruction after the man had entered the professional course. The 
 experience of his school with the four-year course was fairly satisfactory, because 
 it had placed in the first year curriculum practically a predental course of 
 instruction before that in detailed dentistry ; for example, the men were given 
 ten hours a week in zoology, nine in chemistry, six in mathematics, etc. In watch- 
 ing that group of students he was satisfied that they were developing a different 
 attitude of mind toward dentistry from the men who started in with technical 
 
 17 
 
procedures in the dental laboratory. The object, he thought, should be to produce 
 an educational program that would prepare a man for wide usefulness, a man 
 trained to think. 
 
 Major Arnold said that he thought this organization should clearly define- 
 just what the four-year dental course was. 
 
 Dr. Moorehead explained that at the conference in Chicago called by 
 President James, there was adopted by the university schools a curriculum content 
 of 48CO hours minimum, of which 600 hours might be devoted to subjects classifi di 
 under the term of "ancillary" subjects, and placed anywhere in the curriculum 
 at the discretion of the faculty; his school had seen fit to place them all in the 
 first year of the course. 
 
 Major Arnold insisted that the distinction between predental and dental 
 education should be outlined more definitely ; that this Association was the kind of 
 organization to express itself on such topics. He expressed a hope of good 
 results from this conference, his reason for speaking on these matters was that 
 the army was asking for a definition of terms. He thought this a golden oppor- 
 tunity for making an effective step in the advancement of dental education. He- 
 further expressed the belief that the more subjects taken out of the ancillary 
 classification and placed in the predental classification, the better. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly was convinced, after listening to Major Arnold, that in order 
 for this Association to hold the position it had assumed since its organization, it 
 could do but one thing at this time. He was in, sympathy with Dr. Smith's plan, 
 but he thought the jump was a little too far for one step. He was in agreement 
 with the view that the four-year dental course should be devoted to strictly pro- 
 fessional teaching, with the predental subjects <aken before the beginning of the- 
 dental course. 
 
 Dr. Smith explained further that his plan would allow a man to take three- 
 years in medicine, making the fourth year elective ; with one more year, the man 
 could come out with the special dental degree. That plan, he thought, would 
 simplify the difficulties of both dental and medical courses. 
 
 Dr. Gillette said they were endeavoring to solve the problem at Columbia much 
 as Dr. Smith had outlined ; both dental and medical men were required to have 
 two years of preliminary training. 
 
 Dr. Smith said there was only one way in which the dental profession should 
 hope to be recognized by medicine; that was by the hall mark of the degree in 
 medicine. 
 
 The Association then adjourned until the afternoon session. 
 
 The afternoon meeting was called to order by the president. Dr. Breene, at 
 two o'clock. 
 
 Dr. Breene called attention to the suggestion at the last meeting concerning" 
 the inauguration by schools of the Association of courses for dental hygienists. 
 
 Dr. Owre, speaking for the educational committee, stated as part of the- 
 report of the committee, that the. question of courses for dental hygienists was 
 in a very chaotic state. There was no united action ; and there was an effort in 
 certain cjuarters to convert such a course into a commercial scheme. He thought 
 it desirable that this Association outline the status of the dental nurse and the- 
 necessary training. If it were to say the professional nurse only shall be eligible, 
 this would cover the ground at once. H it were to say the prerequisites shall be 
 high school graduation and one year of general nursing, more training should be 
 given in the hygienist's course than is being given at present. The solution of 
 this problem could best be arrived at by a joint meeting representing this and! 
 other dental organizations. 
 
 78 
 
With regard to postgraduate instruction, another matter which was referred 
 to the Committee on Education, he thought it best to decide first upon under- 
 graduate instruction, in order to see what was required for a postgraduate course. 
 As to the character of courses, he thought that should be decided upon by this 
 Association. In the school with which he was associated, a man could at present 
 take the postgraduate course in the university and get a Master's degree in science, 
 his thesis being on a dental subject. There were few men, however, who would 
 'present themselves for such instruction. He said that opportunity was open at 
 all times for men to take advanced instruction in the school without any special 
 degree being given for such work. It was desirable, he thought, that the univer- 
 sity schools take up this subject with their graduate departments and arrange a 
 true course in the school of dentistry, which would fulfill the requirements of the 
 graduate schools in scope and content; that it should be a natural evolution in 
 the dental department, but under the charge of the university graduate school, 
 like other graduate courses, and should lead to a higher degree. 
 
 Dr. Hoff stated that five states, Maine, New York, Massachusetts, Iowa, and 
 Connecticut at present legalized the dental hygienist. 
 
 With regard to the status of the hygienist, Dr. Hoff agreed that the Associa- 
 tion should decide the requirements of the curriculum, and the hygienist's status 
 in the profession. Each state, he said, had adopted a different legislation govern- 
 ing the question. The New York law was supposed to be the standard, but he did 
 not consider it sufficiently rigid to meet his ideas with regard to the function of 
 the dental hygienist. Since the dental hygienist had been legalized independently 
 of the profession it seemed that the schools which undertook to train the hygienist 
 should adopt a course that would give the best training possible with a definite 
 understanding as to what her status should be. 
 
 Dr. Smith said that the training of the dental hygienist should depend on 
 what she was expected to do. The dental hygienist was not a nurse in the sense 
 ■of a medical nurse and he did not think it was necessary for her to have the 
 training of the medical nurse; if her duties were to be those of an assistant to 
 the principal in the office in the matter of cleaning teeth and helping generally 
 in such work as radiography, etc., he did not think it necessary for her to have 
 two years' training. 
 
 Dr. Hoff considered that one of her most important functions should be that 
 of inspecting the mouths of children and older patients and diagnosing ordinary 
 conditions, particularly in children's mouths. He regarded it a more serious call- 
 ing than merely that of helper in the office. Perhaps a year of training would 
 be sufficient, but it should be built on a high school education. If the schools of 
 this Association undertook such education, he thought it desirable it should be 
 placed on a more professional basis than simply that of a helper in the office 
 and a tooth cleaner. 
 
 Dr. Turner expressed the opinion that Dr. Fones' original idea with regard 
 to the dental hygienist was that she was not only supposed to keep the teeth of 
 patients clean, but was also to do a certain amount of educational work among 
 patients. His own idea was that the dental hygienist should be qualified to assist 
 the dentist along certain lines and that she should be given an education based on 
 dental information which would be useful elsewhere than in the dental office, 
 -somewhat in the nature of the present sanitary officer. With regard to post- 
 graduate instruction, he thought Dr. Owre was right when he said it should be 
 done in proper academic form with the idea that the instruction should lead to a 
 higher degree. 
 
 79 
 
Dr. Owre considered that if the function of the hygienist was to be in the 
 nature of that of the sanitarj' officer, she should have the proper prerequisites. 
 The whole question, he thought, pointed back to the fact that dental education 
 was unorganized, that there was no centralized body working for higher ideals, 
 and making progress. With regard to the remarks of Major Arnold, they ap- 
 pealed to him as simply a recapitulation of some of the things that had been 
 agreed upon in this bod}^ There was no question in his mind but that the dental 
 and medical professions should be one profession and that our duty was to work 
 in that direction. He considered that the education of two professions dealing- 
 with the healing art should be on the same fundamental basis, and that the best 
 method of coming to an agreement in a solution of the problem was by the 
 establishment of a joint committee of the two professions to decide upon the best 
 plan for the amalgamation of the two courses. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly thought that the plan of a joint committee of the two profes- 
 sions working together with the idea of adjusting the two courses of instruction 
 was a good one ; that the medical profession would not recognize dentistry as 
 an equivalent profession to medicine until the same requirements were made of 
 dental students as of medical students. 
 
 Dr. Smith moved that the educational committee of this Association be ap- 
 pointed to meet with the Committee of the American Medical Association on 
 Schools with a view to consultation on a curriculum for both dentistry and 
 medicine. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 On motion the report of the educational committee was accepted. 
 
 Dr. Mauk announced that the University of California, College of Dentistry, 
 had already adopted such a course as outlined by Dr. Owre in the report of the 
 educational committee. 
 
 The president called attention to the activities of the Educational Council in 
 standardizing dental schools and suggested that this Association should be repre- 
 sented in that body. 
 
 Dr. Moorehead thought it possible to send a memorial to the surgeon-general's 
 office through Major Arnold, formally stating the fact that this Association repre- 
 sented a certain group of dental educational institutions which should be recognized 
 in the creation of standards for army purposes. He moved that the Committee on 
 Education be instructed to communicate formally with the surgeon-general's office, 
 stating the position of this group of colleges in regard to standardizing education 
 for army and military purposes. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Ward, chairman of the executive committee, reported a formal applica- 
 tion for membership from Tufts College Dental School. 
 
 Dr. Ward said that the executive committee was somewhat handicapped on 
 action of applications for membership by lack of authority to conduct examina- 
 tions of applicants in order to determine the qualifications for membership in the 
 Association. He asked that the by-laws be made more explicit on this point, 
 giving the executive committee authority to conduct such examinations. He 
 moved that the chair appoint a committee of two members to ascertain the re- 
 quirements of the Carnegie Foundation, and to present to the Association at the 
 next annual meeting regulations covering the points outlined above. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 It was moved and carried that a committee be appointed to draft suitable 
 resolutions on behalf of the Association with regard to Dr. Kirk's retirement 
 from active professional work. The president appointed as such committee, 
 Drs. Hoff and Owre. 
 
 80 
 
Motion was made and carried that the report of the treasurer be referred 
 to the executive committee for auditing. 
 
 Motion was made and carried that the report of the secretary be accepted. 
 
 Motion was made and carried that the resignation of Dr. Kirk as secretary- 
 treasurer be accepted. 
 
 The next order of business was the election of officers for the ensuing year 
 which resulted as follows : 
 
 President — Dr. J. H. Kennedy 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. F. B. Moorehead 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. M. L. Ward 
 
 Executive Cofnmittee — Dr. F. T. Breene, chairman, two years; Dr. Charles R. Turner, 
 one year; Dr. J. H. Kennedy, ex officio 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. Alfred Owre, chairman, three years; Dr. G. S. Millberry, 
 two years. 
 
 Dr. Kennerly moved that standing resolution No. 6 be referred to the com- 
 mittee on revision of the constitution and by-laws. 
 
 Dr. Owre moved that hereafter the proceedings of the Association be pub- 
 lished in the Journal of the National Dental Association. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 Dr. Owre also moved that the Association extend a vote of appreciation to 
 the Dental Cosmos in some appropriate manner and moved that a committee be 
 appointed for this purpose. 
 
 Motion carried. The chair appointed as such committee Drs. Hoff and Owre. 
 
 Dr. Hoflf presented the following resolution : 
 
 Resolved, That in view of the long and valued service of Dr. E. C. Kirk as an officer and 
 member of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, and in view of our 
 very friendly personal relations, we desire to express formally our sincere regret that he 
 cannot longer maintain his official and personal relations with this organization. We extend 
 to him our sincere wishes for abundant success and happiness in his new relation to the 
 profession and to the cause of dental education. 
 
 (Signed) N. S. Hoff, 
 Alfred Owre. 
 The resolution was adopted. 
 
 The m.eeting adjourned, subject to the call of the executive committee. 
 
 SPECIAL MEETING HELD IN CHICAGO, 
 JUNE 1, 1918 
 
 A special meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 sities was called to order at lO o'clock Saturday, June i, by the president. 
 Dr. Kennerly, in the Auditorium Hotel, Chicago, Illinois. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : Illinois, Dean F. B. 
 Moorehead; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene; Michigan, Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota, 
 Dean Alfred Owre; Ohio, Dean H. M. Seamans ; Pennsylvania, Dean C. R. 
 Turner; Washington University. Dean J. H. Kennerly, president. 
 
 The first matter of business was a report by the chairman of the educational 
 committee, Dr. Owre, on the meeting of the Dental Educational Council of 
 America, which he attended by invitation in New York in March. (The Dental 
 Educational Council as then constituted was a body made up of five members each 
 from the National Dental Association, the National Board of Dental Examiners, 
 and the National Association of Dental Faculties, with the avowed object of 
 "the advancement of dental education and the unifying of the standards of the 
 various national bodies of the dental profession." During the war this body was 
 
 8i 
 
authorized by the surgeon-general's office of the United States Army to rate the- 
 various dental colleges of the United States, in order to have a classification for 
 use by the surgeon-general.) Dr. Owre's report, which was made orally, related 
 to the whole matter gone over by the Educational Council and representatives of 
 the government, involved in rating the colleges for the War Department. At the 
 conclusion of the report, it seemed desirable that if possible the university schools- 
 should make their influence felt in the final rating to be made in July. The 
 standard which had been tentatively adopted by the Educational Council of 
 America was then taken up and discussed in detail, notations being made wherein 
 the various requirements were in conflict with the standards maintained by the- 
 universities. 
 
 The meeting adjourned for luncheon, during which the discussion was con- 
 tinued ; the meeting was called to order following luncheon, and the discussion 
 resumed. At the conclusion of the discussion, motion was made and unanimously 
 carried that the secretary of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Uni- 
 versities be requested to ask, through the secretary of the Dental Educational 
 Council of America, for equal representation with the other bodies of which the 
 Council is composed. This motion was followed by one naming the committee. 
 If equal representation of five members were granted as asked, the following 
 men were to serve : the chairman of the educational committee, the president,, 
 the secretary, and Deans Seamans and Turner ; if only three representatives were 
 allowed, they were to be the chairman of the educational committee, the secretary,, 
 and the president; if only two representatives were allowed, they were to be the 
 chairman of the educational committee and the secretary. 
 
 By motion the Association instructed the secretary-treasurer to draw a 
 voucher for the expenses of Dr. Owre to the meeting of the Dental Educational 
 Council of America held in New York. 
 
 Dr. Owre also reported on the proposed consultation of the educational 
 committee with the Committee on Schools of the American Medical Association.. 
 He had conferred with the chairman of this committee. Major Arnold. The con- 
 clusion reached after thorough discussion was that until dental schools should' 
 exact a preprofessional requirement equivalent to that prescribed by medical 
 schools it was useless to discuss a joint professional program. 
 
 The Association adjourned. 
 
 ELEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The eleventh annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order at ii o'clock, January 27, 1919, by the president, 
 Dr. Kennerly, at the Piedmont Hotel, Atlanta, Georgia. Membership universities 
 were represented as follows: California, Dean G. S. Millberry; Harvard, Dean 
 Eugene H. Smith ; Illinois, Dean F. B. Moorehead ; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene ^ 
 Michigan, Dean M. L, Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Ohio, Dean H. M. 
 Seamans ; Pennsylvania, Dean C. R. Turner. 
 
 Visitors :■ Dr. Bunting, of Michigan ; Dr. Wright, of Harvard. 
 
 The minutes of the last annual meeting, and the minutes of the special meet- 
 ing held in Chicago, June i, were read and approved. 
 
 On motion the regular order of business was suspended and the secretary's 
 report of his activities with respect to the application of the Dental Faculties' 
 Association of American Universities for representation on the Dental Educational 
 Council of America was asked for. 
 
 82 
 
The secretary reported that following instructions of the Association of 
 June I, he had made application to the Dental Educational Council for representa- 
 tion on the Council, and had sent a copy of the request to Colonel Arnold of 
 the surgeon-general's office, with a letter of explanation detailing reasons for 
 -making the application for membership. 
 
 The secretary of the Dental Educational Council had replied that the applica- 
 tion would be presented at the next meeting of the Council, to be held at Chicago 
 early in August, immediately preceding the meeting of the National Dental 
 Association. 
 
 Colonel Arnold had replied that it seemed expedient for the government to con- 
 tinue to recognize the Dental Educational Council "as the best available authority 
 •on matters of dental education." Without apparently having gone into the question 
 ■of similarity of position of the two larger bodies of educators, Colonel Arnold 
 had suggested that it might be well for the Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities to reunite with the National Association of Dental 
 Faculties, since the university medical schools, once contemplating withdrawal 
 from the Association of American Medical Colleges, had decided to remain in 
 the larger body. 
 
 At the August meeting of the Dental Educational Council, with Colonel 
 Arnold present, it had been voted unanimously that the "Request of the Dental 
 Faculties' Association of American Universities for representation on this body 
 "be placed upon the table, with the thought in mind that the Dental Faculties' 
 Association of American Universities may be given time to consider the idea of 
 •consolidating with the National Association of Dental Faculties." 
 
 The secretary stated further that the chairman of the Council had been in- 
 structed to appoint a committee of three from the Council; the secretary had 
 been instructed to ask the National Association of Dental Faculties to appoint a 
 like committee of three, and to invite the Dental Faculties' Association of Ameri- 
 can Universities to appoint a similar committee of three, to meet in conference 
 to discuss this situation at as early a time as might be mutually convenient. These 
 committees were duly appointed, as follows : 
 
 For the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, Drs. Kennerly, Seamans, 
 and Ward; for the National Association of Dental Faculties, Drs. Herbert C. Miller, H. E. 
 Friesell, and Henry W. Morgan; for the Educational Council, Drs. A. L. Midgley, L. L. 
 Barber, and Henry L. Banzhaf. 
 
 The secretary further reported that the committee had decided to hold a 
 meeting while Colonel Arnold was in Chicago, in order that they might hear 
 Colonel Arnold's views. This was held at the Congress Hotel, August 6, 1918, 
 with the entire committee present except Dr. Morgan, of the National Association 
 of Dental Faculties. 
 
 Dr. Midgley was elected chairman and Dr. Banzhaf secretary. The object 
 of the meeting was stated by the chairman, who explained the consideration given 
 the request of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities for 
 representation on the Dental Educational Council of America. 
 
 Colonel Arnold was requested to explain why the Dental Educational Council 
 had been recognized as the proper body to rate the dental colleges for the surgeon- 
 general. He discussed the conditions that had made it necessary for the govern- 
 ment to have a rating of the colleges, and why the surgeon-general had recognized 
 the Council. In his discussion of the miserable conditions that exist in some of 
 the dental colleges of this country he presented no thoughts new to the university 
 representatives, neither did he seem to underrate the better type of dental educa- 
 tion because of these conditions. On the other hand, he acknowledged similar 
 
 83 
 
conditions in other branches of education, including medicine, and stated that, in» 
 his opinion, no institution of learning would be permitted to receive government 
 students for special training except those known to give high grade instruction. 
 
 In discussing why the Dental Educational Council was recognized by the 
 surgeon-general, Colonel Arnold presented one of two views of the situation 
 with which some of the members of the Dental Faculties' Association of Americau 
 Universities are possibly not familiar. It appeared that the government had to 
 recognize as a legal practitioner of dentistry any dentist who was legally qualified 
 to practice in one of the states of the Union. The question was, then, to determine 
 who should decide whether a man was a legally qualified practitioner of dentistry 
 in a state. Colonel Arnold stated that on advice he was obliged to recognize only 
 the state board of dental examiners whenever a question arose over the legal 
 status of a dentist. On the same advice, he was obliged to recognize the state 
 board of dental examiners, as far as possible, in determining which dental schools 
 should be recognized for the duration of the war. On application to the American 
 Institute of Dental Teachers, for information, he had been referred to certain 
 channels; in this instance he was referred to the Dental Educational Council of 
 America. His thought seemed to be that nothing but legally constituted bodies 
 could be recognized by the War Department; his sincerity and his arguments 
 (reported the secretary) convinced all present that for the duration of the war 
 we should co-operate with such legally constituted bodies as existed in establishing 
 proper standards for the rating of the dental schools from the surgeon-general. 
 
 It appeared that Colonel Arnold viewed the Dental Educational Council as- 
 a semilegal body, since it was composed in part of five members from the National 
 Board of Dental Examiners. The secretary of the Dental Faculties' Association 
 of American Universities directed a question to Colonel Arnold during this m-eet- 
 ing as follows: "Is recognition of the Dental Educational Council not recognition 
 of the National Dental Association and the National Association of Dental 
 Faculties, since each of these bodies has five members on the Council?" And^ 
 "If this be true, is it not recognition of other bodies than those which could be 
 recorded as having a legal standing?" 
 
 To this query Colonel Arnold replied that if there should be dissension in 
 the Council from the National Board of Dental Examiners, or if the ratio of 
 membership from that board should be changed, he might be obliged to view the 
 situation differently, thereby implying that if recognition should be given to our 
 request for representation from the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities without also raising the number from the National Board of Dental 
 Examiners, he would not be able to recognize the Dental Educational Council. 
 On further discussion of this question he spoke quite frankly against permitting- 
 what he called interested parties to take part in the rating of their own institu- 
 tions, although he commended in strong terms the work of faculty members 
 already on the Council. It was evident, however, that he did not wish any larger 
 number from the faculties' associations. 
 
 Colonel Arnold then renewed his suggestion that the question of consolida- 
 tion be taken up at the earliest possible moment, and ventured a criticism of the 
 Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities for not being in session 
 at the time, so that official action could be taken. A general discussion followed 
 relative to the possibilities of a consolidation of the two associations. President 
 Kennerly reviewed some of the reasons for the organization of our Association, 
 and Drs. Friesell and Banzhaf at once declared that the objections to the older 
 body no longer existed. Dean Seamans and the secretary, in the ensuing discus- 
 sion, were unable to raise any objection that Drs. Friesell and Banzhaf did not 
 
 84 
 
maintain could be eliminated. Drs. Barber, Midgley, and Miller then urged that 
 a committee be appointed to determine whether a consolidation could not be 
 effected. A motion was passed that the chair appoint a committee of five to 
 present the outhne of a plan for the consolidation of the two associations, at a 
 joint meeting of the two bodies to be called at the request of the committee. 
 The chairman, Dr. Midgley, appointed Drs. Banzhaf, Friesell, Kennerly, and 
 Ward; and Colonel Arnold insisted that Dr. Midgley be the fifth member. 
 
 The secretary, in continuing his report, stated that during the latter part 
 of the summer considerable correspondence had been carried on between the 
 secretary of the Association and Drs. Banzhaf and Friesell, the two members 
 of the committee who had assured the representatives of the Association that 
 there were no obstacles to a consolidation, with a view to determining the basis 
 of their belief. A copy of the present constitution and by-laws of the older 
 association had been obtained and found to contain the same petty rules, regula- 
 tions, and police powers that it was suspected it contained, and which are only 
 applicable to private schools. Some very pointed questions had been asked 
 Drs.^ Friesell and Banzhaf ; it had become evident that it -was the intention to 
 continue to police the dental schools of the country, but with a transfer of such 
 powers to the Dental Educational Council. The secretary of the Council had 
 been asked if he were in a position to give an opinion on the activities of the 
 Council, and had been told plainly that the Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities could and would nullify the work of the Council, if the 
 Council's activities were not carried on in harmony with the standards' of the 
 leading universities of this country, or if it attempted to impose police powers 
 upon institutions that were integral parts of universities of recognized standing. 
 The secretary of the Council had replied that he could not speak for the Council, 
 but believed that our Association had nothing to do with the activities of the 
 Council. 
 
 The committee on consolidation had been finally called together at Chicago, 
 January 6, with all five members present. Dr. Banzhaf was elected secretary of 
 the committee. The minutes of the committee of nine that met during the meeting 
 of the National Dental Association were read. A general discussion followed. 
 Dr. Banzhaf asked the privilege of presenting a constitution and by-laws he had 
 drafted with a view to eliminating the objectionable matter. A copy of it follows. 
 
 The undersigned, for the purpose of promoting the best interests of dental education 
 throughout the United States of America, and for such other purposes as may hereafter be 
 determmed upon by the members of this Association, associate together and adopt the follow- 
 mg constitution: 
 
 ARTICLE I 
 
 Name 
 
 The name of this association shall be "The American Association of Dental College 
 Faculties." 
 
 ARTICLE II 
 Membership 
 The original signers hereto, and until they are removed from membership in the manner 
 heremafter provided, shall constitute the membership of this Association. Colleges agreeing to 
 maintain a grade of instruction equivalent to the standard set by this Association who sub- 
 scribe to this constitution and to the by-laws of this Association, who have made written 
 application for membership which has been approved of by at least two members of this 
 Association, and who have furnished such information as may be requested by the executive 
 council of this Association, may hereafter be elected to membership herein upon a two-thirds 
 vote of all members present at any regular or special meeting of its members. 
 
 8S 
 
ARTICLE III 
 
 Officers 
 The officers, who shall be elected by a majority vote of members, to serve until their 
 successors be elected and qualified, shall be a president, vice-president and secretary-treasurer. 
 The last office may be held by one person. These officers shall constitute the executive council 
 and as such shall have general charge and supervision of the funds and business of this 
 Association when not in actual session. Such executive council shall arrange for and fix the 
 time for annual meetings of members, and shall perform such other duties as may be fixed 
 "by the by-laws. The president, vice-president and secretary-treasurer shall perform such duties 
 as are usually performed by similar officers of similar associations. A majority shall consti- 
 tute a quorum for the transaction of business. The members of this Association may provide 
 for other and additional officers and prescribe their duties in the by-laws of this Association. 
 
 ARTICLE IV 
 Voting 
 
 Each college holding membership in good standing is entitled to one vote at each meeting 
 ■of the members of this Association, the authority of such person so to represent such college 
 member to be established in such manner as the by-laws of this Association may provide, but 
 other than voting representatives of such members may address the Association or discuss 
 matters coming before it subject to such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the 
 by-laws or by the proper officers of this Association. 
 
 ARTICLE V 
 By-Laws 
 
 The members of this Association may, from time to time, adopt and amend by-laws not 
 inconsistent with this constitution for carrying on the business of the Association, and for the 
 regulation of its members, provided such by-laws or any amendments thereto are carried by 
 a two-thirds vote of all the members of this Association. The constitution may be amended 
 by a vote of two thirds of all the members of this Association; the manner of voting* both for 
 fhe amendment of this constitution and the by-laws to be fixed by the by-laws of this Association. 
 
 ARTICLE VI 
 Meeting 
 The regular annual and special meetings shall be held by the members of this Association 
 at such time and place as may be determined upon by the executive council, or as may be 
 requested by a majority of its members. A majority of the members present at any regular 
 or special meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business other than the 
 amendment of the constitution. 
 
 ARTICLE VII 
 
 Dues 
 
 The annual dues for each member of this Association shall be fifty ($50) payable in 
 
 advance, but the amount thereof may be changed by the by-laws of this Association, and the 
 
 members hereof may also have special assessments levied upon them in addition to such regular 
 
 annual dues as may be fixed in the manner provided for in the by-laws. 
 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 Constitution 
 Members may be removed from this Association at any regular meeting, upon complaint 
 of the executive council, or a majority thereof, by a two-thirds vote of members present, 
 which complaint must be in writing, and a copv specifying the cause of complaint served on 
 the member to be removed at least sixty days before the date of the meeting at which the 
 complaint is to be heard, and after having been given a reasonable opportunity to be heard 
 in defense at such meeting, the procedure and manner of such trial to be determined by the 
 executive council. 
 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this 
 
 dav of Januar5% 1919. 
 
 BY-LAWS 
 
 Section I 
 
 The executive council and the officers of this Association shall keep accurate records of 
 
 all information coming to it in regard to the physical and educational condition prevailing in 
 
 colleges, and take such action as may be necessary in the emergencies. The secretary-treasurer 
 
 shall make a detailed report of all regular and special meetings held, and shall present at such 
 
 86 
 
meetings a summary of prevailing conditions in the colleges, together with recommendations 
 for such action by the Association as may seem advisable for greater efficiency. The executive 
 council shall make an annual financial report at the close of each year, and shall, at the begin- 
 ning of each year, submit an estimated expense budget for the ensuing year. 
 
 Section II 
 Each member of this Association shall use its best efforts in bettering the quality of 
 instruction and management of dental colleges, in order to give promotion of the highest pro- 
 fessional ideals; but each member of this Association shall have the freest exercise of internal 
 management consistent with the purposes expressed herein, and the purposes of the Association 
 expressed in its constitution. 
 
 Section III 
 The executive council of this Association shall be vested with the judicial power of inter- 
 preting the by-laws and constitution of this Association, and any rules or regulations adopted 
 by them or the Association, but any member hereto affected thereby may appeal from such 
 decision or conclusion of the executive council to the members of this Association at any 
 regular or special session thereof. 
 
 Section IV 
 The right of the representative of each member to vote and represent such member 
 shall be in writing, signed by the president or other general officer of such college and may 
 be in the alternative, and may be in the following form: 
 To the American Association of Dental College Faculties: 
 
 This is to certify that either Dr or is authorized to 
 
 represent the undersigned college at the regular meeting of this Association to be held at 
 
 ; ■. ' ^•id to vote in its behalf at such meeting, and to represent this member 
 
 in dealing with the said Association ad interim regular meetings of such Association, until 
 written notice to the contrary is given to such Association. 
 
 College- 
 
 By 
 
 Section V 
 
 The executive council of this Association shall cause to be prepared, for reference, a 
 roster of all officers and teachers of the schools who are members of this Association, with 
 detail of the character of the work done by them and shall from time to time cause the' same 
 to be corrected and kept up to date. The executive council may give such information to 
 any member of this Association, or to any faculty member or members for any proper purpose, 
 and to assist generally in bringing dental teachers in direct contact with others who are engaged 
 in similar activities. The executive council may take such means to collect and preserve 
 authoritative definite information as to activities of colleges and their teachers as shall be 
 deemed by it necessary. 
 
 Section VI 
 
 Entrance requirements. —The preliminary education requirements for admission to col- 
 leges holding membership in this Association can be met by a certificate of graduation, with 
 not less than fifteen units of credit, from an accredited high school which maintains a' four- 
 year course of study that is recognized by the United States Bureau of Education; or, by 
 equivalent credits from a standard preparatory school, literary college, or university. Applicants 
 having other admission credentials must submit them fo the Dental Educational Council of 
 America for certification. 
 
 Section VII 
 
 Graduation requirements.— The course of study for the dental degree shall include at- 
 tendance in a recognized dental college for four full academic sessions, each session consisting 
 of not less than thirty-two weeks of actual instruction. At least thirty-three class, laborator\v 
 or clinic hours, exclusive of repetitions or duplications, shall be scheduled for each week and 
 shall be equally distributed over five and one-half days each week. Graduation in medicine, 
 or students having at least two years of medical credit, from fully accredited medical schools, 
 may be admitted to the second year in the dental course. Matriculates in dental colleges hold- 
 ing membership in the Association may be transferred to other dental colleges by consent of 
 the deans of the colleges concerned, with proper adjustment of credit. 
 
 Section VIII 
 
 Courses of study.— The following subjects shall be taught to the extent indicated below 
 in all colleges holding membership in this Association. Any variation in the schedule should 
 be made in conference with the Dental Educational Council of America. 
 
 For pedagogic reasons, and to facilitate the transfer of students, the following order of 
 administration and the time devoted to the several subjects is advised: 
 
 87 
 
operative and clinical dentistry 1300 
 
 Prosthetic technics 384 
 
 Crown and bridge technics 320 
 
 Operative technics 160 
 
 Oral hygiene 32 
 
 Dental anatomy 96 
 
 Orthodontia 96 
 
 Oral surgery 96 
 
 Physics, biology, or both 192 
 
 Chemistry (inorganic, organic, physiological, metallurgical) 320 
 
 Technical drawing 40 
 
 Anatomy 320 
 
 Histology 128 
 
 Pathology (general and dental) 128 
 
 Materia medica 64 
 
 Bacteriology 128 
 
 Physiology •. 128 
 
 Dental rhetoric 96 
 
 Physical diagnosis, anesthesia 32 
 
 Radiology 32 
 
 Jurisprudence, dental history, ethics, economics 32 
 
 Additions to above, or other subjects 268 
 
 Total 4400 
 
 Drs. Banzhaf, Friesell, and Conzett (who was present by courtesy) were asked 
 if they contemplated a transfer of the former powers of the National Association 
 •of Dental Faculties to the Educational Council, and if this were not the reason 
 why they were willing to adopt a constitution so similar in many respects to that 
 of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities. All replied in the 
 affirmative, stating that the time had not come when police powers were un- 
 necessary. When asked how our Association was to benefit by a consolidation if 
 the police powers were to be retained by the Council, they replied that we were 
 to trust the Council to do the right thing. After further discussion the meeting 
 was adjourned. 
 
 The secretary of the Association, having concluded his report, then asked 
 that, in the event the Association be continued, the constitution be revised in 
 regard to membership requirements, to read, "The membership of this Association 
 shall be limited to dental schools which are an integral part of state universities, 
 ■or other universities, of equal standing; and such other dental schools as have a 
 practical working affiliation with medical schools and colleges of literature of 
 well recognized standing." 
 
 The secretary further suggested the submission of a questionnaire to all 
 prospective new members of the Association. 
 
 The president then asked for a general discussion of the report, which was 
 begun by Dr. Owre. Dr. Owre questioned the ability of the Educational Council 
 to continue its activities without the assistance of the government, which it had 
 for the duration of the war. He also dwelt at some length on the question of the 
 transfer of the police powers formerly exercised by the National Association of 
 Dental Faculties to the Educational Council, and closed with the suggestion that 
 the Association withdraw its request for representation on the Dental Educational 
 Council. 
 
 Dean Smith continued the discussion of the report under three headings: 
 first, shall the Association consolidate with the older association ; second, shall 
 it enlarge its membership ; third, shall it continue as it has in the past ? He 
 seemed to have a positive opinion that the consolidation should not be effected at 
 this time, but expressed himself as being open to conviction to the contrary. 
 
Following a general discussion, it was moved by Dr. Smith and seconded by 
 Dr. Turner that it was the sense of the Association that it was inexpedient to- 
 consider any form of consolidation at that time. The discussion was continued 
 by Deans Millberry and Moorehead, both of whom felt, that while there was no 
 question that a consolidation should not be effected, another form of motion 
 might better convey to the older association the attitude of this body. Discussion 
 continued until adjournment for the luncheon, closing with the suggestion that 
 Dr. Midgley, president of the Dental Educational Council, be asked to attend the 
 afternoon session and that Dean Smith's motion be the special order of the 
 afternoon. 
 
 Motion carried. 
 
 At the afternoon session Dr. Midgley was asked several questions regarding 
 the work of the Council, after which he was given an opportunity to present his 
 views concerning a consolidation of the two associations. He expressed himself 
 as wholly in favor of such a course. Several of the members of this Association 
 then pointed out to him the obstacles to this action. Dr. Turner then asked 
 Dr. Midgley how the Dental Educational Council arrived at a uniform curriculum 
 for the dental colleges of the United States without the assistance of the univer- 
 sity schools. These, Dr. Turner pointed out, because of their organic relationships 
 with various universities with varying schedules, were unable to arrive at an 
 absolutely hard and fast agreement on a curriculum. 
 
 A general and very interesting discussion followed, at the conclusion of which 
 Dr. Owre moved a vote of thanks to Dr. Midgley for coming to the meeting. 
 This motion was carried, and Dr. Midgley withdrew. 
 
 Dr. Smith's motion was then read ; Dr. Moorehead offered a substitute motion 
 which was amended by Dr. Turner to read as follows : 
 
 The Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, having carefully and earnestly 
 considered the proposal presented by the Dental Educational Council of America for the 
 consolidation of the Association with the National Association of Dental Faculties, and the 
 formation thereby of a new association, and fully realizing the importance of the object 
 which the Council has in mind, and wishing to co-operate in every way in the attainment of 
 this object, desires to submit the following memoranda: 
 
 1. The representatives of the universities who are members of the Dental Faculties' 
 Association of American Universities have no authority at this time to enter into new cove- 
 nants, as questions of policy are decided by the governing bodies of these several universities. 
 
 2. The far-reaching and important influence of fhe proposed union of the two associations 
 deserves the utmost care and consideration in the formulation of a wise plan for the attain- 
 ment of the object under discussion. 
 
 3. We suggest that a committee of five members be appointed from each of the two 
 organizations jointly to examine the situation, and to report' their findings to their respective 
 associations at their next meetings. 
 
 General discussion continued without action on the motion until well into the 
 evening, when the motion was carried. Dr. Millberry moved that a typewritten 
 copy of the motion be made and presented to Dr. Midgley, president of the Dental 
 Educational Council of America. The motion was carried and the meeting 
 adjourned. 
 
 At the evening session that portion of the secretary's report referring to the 
 constitution was made the order of business. Following a reading of the section 
 of the secretary's report dealing with the proposed amendment, a general discus- 
 sion was held. At the conclusion of this it seemed evident that the Association 
 would have to inaugurate a program of activities in the near future, and that this 
 would necessitate amendments to the constitution. On motion the president was 
 authorized to appoint a committee of five to inaugurate a program, and present 
 within ninety days, if possible, such amendments as seemed necessary to permit 
 
 89 
 
the carrying out of the projected program. The following committee was ap- 
 pointed : Drs. Millberry, Moorehead, Owre, Turner, and Ward, chairman. 
 
 Dean Millberry presented the following suggestion in the form of a motion 
 for an amendment to the constitution with respect to membership : 
 
 Following the word university at the end of the sixth line in Article III of the constitu- 
 tion, insert as follows: "or maintaining an organic relationship with any university- having a 
 literary department recognized as giving a standard course of instruction by the Bureau of 
 Education of the United States Government and a medical department recognized and rated 
 Class A by the Council of Education of the American Medical Association. 
 
 On motion 'the suggestion was referred to the committee of five that had 
 been appointed for the purpose of inaugurating a program and formulating neces- 
 sary amendments to the constitution. 
 
 On motion the secretary's report of activities was accepted and ordered 
 placed on file. 
 
 On motion Tufts College was elected a member of this Association. 
 
 Dr. Albert Midgley was admitted to present a communication from the 
 National Association of Dental Faculties which stated that a committee of five 
 had been appointed and was ready to meet a like committee from the Dental 
 Faculties' Association of American Universities further to consider the matter of 
 consolidation of the two associations. On motion the committee of five already 
 appointed to inaugurate a program was authorized to take charge of this matter. 
 
 The secretary presented a form of questionnaire to be submitted to prospective 
 members of the Association. On motion this was referred to the same committee 
 of five. 
 
 The report of the educational committee was then read by Dr. Owre. The 
 report consisted of a tabulation of the hours taught by each of the colleges in the 
 Association, and an oral discussion of the variations. A general and profitable 
 discussion ensued concerning the reasons for the apparent great differences in the 
 number of hours taught. It seemed to be the unanimous opinion of those present 
 that it was not possible to have much greater uniformity becattse of the variations 
 in the arrangement of the work scheduled in dental curricula and taught in other 
 departments of the universities. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until the morning of January 29. 
 
 The first order of business on January 29 was a report from the committee 
 of five appointed to inaugurate a program, amend the constitution, and take up 
 the matter of consolidation with a committee from the National Association of 
 Dental Faculties, on what had been accomplished in the interim regarding a 
 consolidation. The committee reported orally that it had met with the five 
 members of the latter body and had carried on a long discussion over the matter 
 of consolidation. On motion, the report was accepted, and the committee continued. 
 
 Dr. Augustus S. Downing, assistant-commissioner of education of the state 
 of New York, was present by invitation. The secretary was asked to outline 
 briefly the results of his correspondence concerning the registration of university 
 schools by the state of New York-. There was then a general discussion of the 
 requirements for registration in the state of New York. This led to a considera- 
 tion of the action of the schools of this Association at its meeting in Phi'adelphia 
 in recommending a prerequisite of one year's college work for entrance to the 
 four-year course in 1921. Dr. Owre spoke at length on the desirability of a 
 predental year. A general discussion ensued, with Dr. Downing participating. 
 A motion was then passed that it was the sense of the Association that each dean 
 should take up with the governing bodies of his college, within ninety days, the 
 question of instituting a prerequisite of one year's college work in 1920 instead 
 of 1921. 
 
 90 
 
On motion the secretary was authorized to take up with Dr. Downing, through 
 the president of his university, the matter of registration of the schools of the 
 Association. 
 
 The secretary was instructed to notify the secretary of the Dental Educational 
 Council of America that it was the desire of the Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities to withdraw its request for representation on the Council. 
 
 The matter of the recognition to be given by the university schools to the 
 work of the Dental Educational Council was given lengthy consideration, resulting 
 in a general agreement, without motion, that, while courtesy should always be 
 extended, no action should be taken which would incur a recognition of authority 
 of the Dental Educational Council over the university schools. 
 
 Special mention was made of one phase of the situation which should have 
 no action on the part of any dean within the next ninety days — no lists of 
 freshman students were to be submitted to the Council, for the reason that this 
 would imply a recognition of the Council's authority over the university schools. 
 
 The meeting adjourned, to reconvene at four o'clock. 
 
 On Dr. Moorehead's motion, the educational committee was requested to 
 prepare a statement for the next annual meeting of the Association regarding the 
 attitude the Association should maintain toward the Dental Educational Council 
 of America on three points — entrance requirements, examination of schools, and 
 the Council's curriculum. 
 
 Officers were then elected as follows : 
 
 President — Dr. F. B. Moorehead 
 Vice-president — Dr. C. S. Millberry 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. M. L. Ward 
 Executive Committee — Dr. C. R. Turner, two years. 
 
 Motion was carried to allow the secretary-treasurer $200 a year for clerical 
 work. 
 
 The need of a general revision of the constitution and by-laws was discussed 
 at length by Drs. Smith and Millberry, and a motion carried that the considera- 
 tion of a general revision be made at the next annual meeting. 
 
 The Association adjourned, to meet within ninety days at Chicago if 
 practicable. 
 
 SPECIAL MEETING HELD IN CHICAGO, 
 JUNE 21, 1919 
 
 A special meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 sities was called to order at ten o'clock, June 21, 1919, by the president, Dr. Moore- 
 head, at the University Club in Chicago. Membership universities were repre- 
 sented as follows : Illinois, Dean F. B. Moorehead, president ; Iowa, Dean F. T. 
 Breene; Michigan, Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Ohio, 
 Dean H. M. Seamans. 
 
 Visitors : Drs. Noyes, Welker, and Gallie, of Illinois ; Mr. McConn, registrar 
 of the University of Illinois ; and Dr. Colwell, secretary of the Council on Medical 
 Education of the American Medical Association. 
 
 The first matter of business was a consideration of the course to be pursued 
 with students enrolled in the three-year course who had been taken away by the 
 draft or for other reasons had been unable to complete their course in consecutive 
 years. On motion the Association recommended that such students be allowed to 
 finish their course, but that they be urged to make every effort to do so as soon 
 as possible after enrollment. 
 
 91 
 
The requirement of the Dental Educational Council that advanced credit in 
 time be given only to students who had completed two full years in Class A 
 medical schools was then taken up at length. Practically everyone present ex- 
 pressed the opinion that the requirements were impracticable and unjust. Registrar 
 McConn then presented the following suggestion : 
 
 Time credit on the dental curriculum should be strictly proportional to subject credit, 
 that is, a man who received subject credit for work successfully completed in any recognized 
 college of the university or professional school should receive time credit in the amount repre- 
 sented by that subject in the dental curriculum. 
 
 This was made a motion and passed unanimously as the sense of the meeting. 
 
 There followed a discussion of the advisability of colleges in the Associa- 
 tion offering combined degrees of bachelor of science and dental surgery. All 
 seemed to favor the adoption of a course which would provide for both degrees, 
 with the exception of Dean Ward, of Michigan. He stated that Michigan would 
 not oflfer combined degrees in future, for the reason that the dental college had 
 alreadj-- received recognition by the graduate school of the University, and had 
 had students accepted as candidates for the master of science degree in dentistry 
 after graduation from the College of Dental Surgery. 
 
 On motion it was decided to adopt a rule providing as far as was practicable 
 for the rating of all foreign students on examination, except in cases where the 
 work done by the applicant was in a well-recognized university. 
 
 On motion the following subjects were recommended to be included in a 
 predental year to go into effect in 1921 ; physics, eight hours ; biology, eight hours ; 
 English, eight hours ; electives, ten hours, these to be for the present made up 
 from a foreign language, trigonometry, drawing, shop practice, .botany, in cases 
 where the student has had zoology as it was formerly taught, history and geology. 
 
 The matter of further recognition of the Dental Educational Council as a 
 proper body to rate dental schools of the country was taken up and given very 
 earnest consideration. After a lengthy discussion it was decided by motion that 
 the Association should, in the interests of dental education, completely ignore the 
 Dental Educational Council of America, until such time as the composition of this 
 body and the standards maintained by it should be changed. 
 
 The meeting adjourned subject to call by the executive committee. 
 
 SPECIAL MEETING HELD AT NEW- 
 ORLEANS, OCTOBER 19, 1919 
 
 A special meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 sities, was called for two o'clock Sunday, October 19, 1919, at the Hotel Grunswald. 
 New Orleans, Louisiana. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows : Harvard, Dean Eugene 
 H. Smith; Illinois, Dean F. B. Moorehead; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene; Michigan, 
 Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre ; Pennsylvania, Dean Charles 
 R. Turner ; Tufts, Dean William Rice ; Washington University, Dean J. M. 
 Kennerly. 
 
 As deans from seven of the ten membership colleges were present Sunday 
 morning, an informal meeting was held at 10:30 o'clock to discuss the relations 
 of the Association with the Dental Educational Council of America. Those 
 present were Deans Breene, Kennerly, Moorehead, Owre, Rice, Smith, and Ward. 
 
 President Moorehead explained that shortly before this meeting the Dental 
 Educational Council had invited the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 
 92 
 
Universities to send three delegates to a meeting of the Council in New Orleans, 
 Friday, October 17, and that he had accepted, appointing Deans Owre, Turner, 
 
 .and Ward. 
 
 In the ensuing discussion of past relations with the Dental Educational 
 Council, it developed that only two of the membership colleges, Harvard and 
 Iowa, had returned to the Council a memorandum to show the number of students 
 
 ■enrolled, and that no college had returned the questionnaire submitted by the 
 Council earlier in the summer. This questionnaire was designed to furnish the 
 
 •data necessary for a rerating of the dental colleges of the United States. At 
 two o'clock the meeting adjourned to reconvene immediately for the special meet- 
 ing set for that time. 
 
 MINUTES OF SPECIAL MEETING 
 
 The meeting was called to order by President Moorehead, who submitted the 
 following list of subjects for discussion : Dental Educational Council, National 
 Association of Dental Faculties; revision of the constitution, with especial refer- 
 •ence to membership; syllabus; accredited dental colleges, domestic and foreign; 
 honorary scholastic society ; credits for advanced standing ; student council ; 
 new members. 
 
 The secretary was' then asked to review the meeting of the committee of the 
 Association with the Council on October 17. He reported that the committee 
 was asked, shortly after the meeting convened, why the Association had declined 
 to support the work of the Council. The secretary replied in effect that inasmuch 
 as the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities regarded the work 
 of the Council as defective in many respects, and inasmuch as the Council had 
 "declined to grant the Association representation on the Council, it appeared in- 
 •advisable to support the Council and thereby sponsor its work. 
 
 The committee of the Association ventured to prophesy, though speaking 
 without authority, that if the Council should offer equal representation to both 
 'dental faculties' associations, and to adopt the standard of the American Medical 
 Association as that for grading colleges, the Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities would support the Council. 
 
 President Moorehead then asked Dr. Owre to outline his views on the attitude 
 "the Association should maintain toward the Council. A general discussion of the 
 subject followed. 
 
 On motion, the Association approved the action of the president in appointing 
 a committee of three to meet with the Dental Educational Council of America, 
 -in accordance with the invitation extended the Association. On motion, the same 
 committee that had met with the Council on October 17 was authorized to continue 
 to represent the Association in this relation. 
 
 On motion, this committee was authorized to ask the Dental Educational 
 'Council for a statement in writing of their acceptance of our Association's proposal 
 that there be equal representation on the Council from the two dental faculties' 
 associations. 
 
 At this point the secretary was obliged to leave to attend another meeting, 
 and there are no minutes on the discussions and reports, including that on syllabi, 
 •which followed. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until 8:30 o'clock. 
 
 At the Sunday evening meeting, the matter of consolidation with the National 
 Association of Dental Faculties was taken up where it had been left at the Atlanta 
 -meeting. The committee of five appointed at the Atlanta meeting reported that 
 lihe -situation had not changed sufficiently since that time to warrant them in 
 
 93 
 
recommending any action ; that it did not seem expedient to consider further the 
 matter of consolidation. On motion, the secretary was instructed to notify the 
 chairman of the committee of five from the National Association of Dental 
 Faculties that the Dental Faculties Association of American Universities deemed' 
 it inexpedient to consider the matter further at this time. 
 
 Dr. Owre was asked to report on the organization of an honorary scholastic 
 society. He outlined the constitution and by-laws of Omega Eta Mu, an honorary 
 society operating at the University of Minnesota. After a general discussion, it 
 was agreed that the matter should be referred to the various faculties upon the 
 deans' return home. 
 
 The question of revising the constitution of the Association was taken up, 
 especially the question of membership. The motion presented by Dean Alillberry 
 at the Atlanta meeting covering the question was read and discussed. On motion. 
 the matter was referred to the committee appointed at Atlanta to present the 
 constitution in amended form for final action at the next annual meeting; and 
 the committee was authorized to insert the words "well-recognized literary colleges 
 and medical schools" in the amendment proposed at the Atlanta meeting, also to- 
 formulate such other amendments as would bring the constitution and by-laws 
 up to date. 
 
 The matter of the predental year was taken up at length. It was shown that 
 some colleges offered but three hours' work each semester in the subjects scheduled 
 for the predental year, Washington University being one of these. It was^ 
 agreed that in cases of transfer of students from one of our colleges to another, 
 work done in one college must have been equivalent to work required in the other,, 
 or the transfer should not be made until shortages in courses had been made up. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until two o'clock Alonday afternoon. 
 
 At the Monday afternoon session the president announced that he had been 
 informed that a committee had been appointed by the National Association of 
 Dental Examiners to attend one of our meetings with a view of urging a con- 
 solidation of the two associations. It was agreed to receive the committee at 
 four o'clock. 
 
 It was reported by Dean Smith that the Dental Department of the Medical 
 College of A^irginia contemplated adding a predental year in 1921. On motion. 
 Dr. Turner was appointed to look up the standing of this college at an early 
 date, this to be done with the view of inviting the school to become a member of 
 the Association. 
 
 The Dental Educational Council of America then delivered through Drs. Bar- 
 rett and Midgley, a cordial invitation to the Association to send three delegates- 
 to represent it on the Council, announcing that the National Association of 
 Dental Faculties had agreed to reduce its representation to three members. A. 
 reply by Tuesday afternoon, October 21, was requested. 
 
 Dean Smith moved a further consideration of amendments to the constitution^ 
 After a general discussion, the committee was authorized to include in the paragraph- 
 covering membership a proviso for honorary members, and for associate members_ 
 On motion, the secretary was instructed to extend to Dr. Augustus L. Downing, 
 assistant-commissioner of education of the state of New York, and Dr. Francis- 
 W. Shepardson, director of professional education for the state of Illinois, invita- 
 tions to become honorary members of the Association, without dues and with 
 power to vote. 
 
 Dean Breene asked for a consideration of the question of vocational courses- 
 for men who had been to war, with reference to laboratory work. A general 
 discussion took place, in which the question of the dental hygienist was alsO' 
 
 94 
 
-inTOlved. The substance of the conclusions reached was that short courses fur- 
 bishing a low grade of instruction should be viewed with disfavor, while those 
 ■of twoyears or more offering high grade instruction should be looked upon with 
 tavor, if through such courses the public could be better served. 
 
 At this time a committee of three from the National Association of Dental 
 Examiners DrsT. A. Broadbent, C. B. Miller, and T. S. Sims, appeared and 
 presented the following communication : 
 
 ■FaculS''^;^^^*.-''' ^fT^ °'"'^' Examiners in convention assembled, request the Dental 
 Fa u tie to .ff t ,."""'" Universities and the National Association of Dental 
 
 Educa io.., r -f '7'°'"^'''!°'' °' '^''^ *^° '^^t^""^! bodies as requested by the Dental 
 
 ■Unrted Stl. a"" ^^Z'"-'-' "P°n the advice of the surgeon-general's office of the 
 
 .^entistf tie nf 7' fT. ' "' "' ^''''' ^°""''^"'' ''''' '''' ^^^^ '^'''^''^ °f the students in 
 dentistry, the people of this country, and the dental profession will be conserved by this union. 
 
 After reading the communication, President Moorehead asked the secretary 
 •to outline briefly the consideration that had been given to the matter of consolida- 
 tion. When this had been done, Dr. Broadbent asked for more details than the 
 -secretary had presented. Dean Owre, who was asked to reply, showed clearly 
 that many of the university ideals in education would have to be sacrificed by 
 •afhhation with the other dental faculties' associations at this time 
 
 President Moorehead also made an excellent commentary on the matter 
 
 dwe ling at length upon what the Association had accomplished in the past and 
 
 would be able to accomplish in the future if it remained independent Dr Sims 
 
 -made a spirited reply in which he urged the two bodies to get together in some 
 
 ■ way if possible. 
 
 Drs Kennerly, Miller, Owre, Sims, and Smith discussed the question further 
 Before the visiting committee withdrew. Dr. Smith moved a rising vote of thanks' 
 which was extended unanimously. 
 
 It was moved that the educational committee keep in touch with all the deans 
 regardmg the predental year, that it might go into effect at the time scheduled 
 and accomplish the intended result. 
 
 On motion, the meeting adjourned. The secretary was instructed to call the 
 next annual meeting two days previous to the meeting of the American Institute 
 of Dental Teachers to be held in Detroit in January. 
 
 In accordance with the action taken by the Association authorizing the com- 
 mittee of three appointed to represent the Association in its relations with the 
 Dental Educational Council of America, to ask for a statement in writing of the 
 Councils concurrence in equal representation on the Council of the two dental 
 faculties associations, the committee sent the following communication to the 
 JJental Educational Council of America. 
 
 To the Dental Educational Council of A,uerica^''' °''""'' ''°""""^' '''^*°'"- ''' ''''■ 
 
 of ^m?rkrirwh.-ch"it"'""'''^r.'''r'''"' '"^'*^*'°'^ °' '""^ °^"^^^ Educational CouncU 
 ■sitifs shalbecnt ''°^°' ■''"' '^' '"'"'■"' ^"'^"'*^^^' Association of American Univer- 
 
 V h repr sentat^^ b" t^h""" --^''-"^ Part of the Dental Educational Council of America 
 IsociSf'on of Dent.^ three members m common with a similar representation by the National 
 •desTres Zt to ''' '^" °'"'"' ^"'"''^"' Association of American Universities 
 
 desires first to give expression to its appreciation of the action contemplated by the Dental 
 
 fee^ wranted"-" h ^""''^ T'^ °^"^^' ^^^"'*^^^' ^^^""^^'^ °^ American'unL^s i^ e 
 by adesre for thV t-'"""''"" •''' f' °^"'^' Educational Council of America is prompted 
 skies in the r , T T' TurT"" °^ ''' °'"*^' ^"^""'"' Association of American Univer. 
 America The ZL'l V U > ^''^ '°- *'' '-P^™* -f dental educational standards in 
 rnTsymnatlet; ^^"*"^^^=;^^'" Association of American Universities has given much thought 
 todav and tr 1 f " *°/^' "'"°"' ^'°^'''^' "'"'^^ ^^" '^^ Cental educational world 
 
 .deS,eratio„ " ' """'"'' '*''" *° ' ^''"^'"'"^ "'^'^^ ^^^ ''-" *he result of its careful 
 
 93 
 
Were the proposed election of representatives of the Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities' to the Council to be consummafed under the conditions as they exist at 
 the present time, the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities would find itself 
 in the position of entering a body, with the organization of which it has had no part and, 
 ipso facto of becoming a subscriber to the policies, rules, etc. of the Council when it has had 
 no organic participation in the determination of these policies, rules, etc., to which it would 
 thus subscribe and with which it does not find itself at present in complete agreement. 
 
 The Dental faculties' Association of American Universities feels that it should have- 
 its just part in the determination of these matters of vital importance which will afEect all 
 dental colleges, including its own membership, and that it should enjoy the same opportunity 
 which the representatives of the various constituent bodies have thus far enjoyed. The Dental 
 Faculties' Association of American Universities desires no special privilege but does desire- 
 that its representatives shall have an opportunity for participation in the future action of the 
 Council and for the redetermination of matters affecting colleges upon which the Council has 
 already taken action. 
 
 The Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities therefore, suggests that the 
 Dental Education Council of America consent to a revision of its constitution and by-laws ini 
 which the representatives of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities shall 
 take an active part and that the constitution and by-laws so revised shall only become operative 
 when it has been formally ratified by: 
 
 1. The National Dental Association, 
 
 2. The National Association of Dental Examiners, 
 
 3. The National Association of Dental Faculties, 
 
 4. Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities. 
 
 The Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities also suggests that the Dental' 
 Educational Council of America consent to the adoption of the published standard of the 
 Council on Education of the American Medical Association for the grading of medical schools 
 as the basis of classification of dental colleges, with such modifications as may be necessary tO' 
 adapt it to dental colleges, and, as soon as it is practicable after its adoption, to the rerating 
 of the dental colleges of the United States. 
 
 On October 22 the Council replied, acknowledging receipt of the communica- 
 tion, and requesting the committee to meet with the Council that evening. No reply 
 was made to the suggestions made in the committee's communication. This seemed' 
 to indicate that the Council either did not intend to adopt the course of procedure 
 suggested by the committee, or did not understand the communication. Inasmuch' 
 as Drs. Turner and Owre had gone home, the secretary, third member of the 
 committee, asked Dr. Smith to go with him to the meeting of the Council, witb 
 the idea in mind that no discourtesy be shown the Council, and that eventually 
 good might come from the meeting. 
 
 After a courteous reception the committee was asked a number of questions,, 
 among them the following : 
 
 ■ I . In event the Council does not comply with the suggestions contained in the com- 
 munication from the Association committee, is it the intention of the Dental Faculties' Associa- 
 tion of American Universities to withhold its support from the Council? 
 
 2. Is the Council to understand from the communication submitted by the Association 
 committee that the Association does not trust the Council, since it wants a program submitted 
 in writing? etc., etc. 
 
 3. Does the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities think the Council' 
 has not shown good faith since the Council invited our Association to send representatives- 
 to the Council? etc., etc. 
 
 After these and several other questions had been asked. Dean Smith and the 
 secretary gave their personal views regarding the communication and its intent, 
 in substance as follows : 
 
 The Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities would accept representation 
 on the Council, if at all, in good faith, with the desire to be influential in bringing about some 
 changes in the standards of the Council which would be for the general good of dentistry. 
 
 In attempting to bring about the changes desired, the Association would not withdraw 
 if a first attempt failed, or in subsequent attempts, unless a great principle were at issue whichi 
 
 96 
 
St. / The representatives tned, with apparent success, to show the Council 
 
 ha they came to work w.th them, but that they could not consider the sacrifice of principle 
 
 he sake of"n r " "™"' '^^^ '°^'""' '"' '''''''' ^^ *^^ -^e of protection, or fo 
 
 the sake of pohcn:g some private enterprise that had incurred no obligation to the public 
 oon,n.>. '■^'■esenlatives of the Association pointed out that the communication from the 
 committee of the Association was sent with a view of determining whether the CouncU had 
 ■overlooked one of the suggestions made by the committee to the Council October "7 wfth 
 respect to the standards of the American Medical Association for rating medrcal I;hooS 
 
 After lengthy discussion, the representatives of the Association withdrew, with the 
 committ /.. 1 *'^^-"etary of the Council would reply to the communicatio; from th 
 committee o the Association upon his return home, also with the understanding that the rat „g 
 of den al colleges on the basis of the new questionnaires submitted in June would be postpone! 
 until the meeting of the Council set for the latter part of January postponed 
 
 While it was understood that relations with the Council were to be continued there is 
 
 toMrtTk^n^Vott:"'"'"""'^"'''" ''■°'" ''' -"^"^'''^^ °^ ''-' -^-^^ ^^-^ -'-^o- --1^ 
 
 The following reply was received from the Dental Educational Council of 
 America early in November : 
 
 Dr. Marcus L. Ward, Secretary, November i, 1919. 
 
 Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, 
 Ann Arbor, Michigan. 
 
 Dear Doctor Ward: Replying to your letter of October 21, addressed to the Dental 
 Educational Council of America, at New Orleans, Louisiana 
 
 i3resenT°"Thf "" T "'""^ •° '^" ^.°"""'' ^""^ ^"' '^''"'''''^ ^^ '^^^^'^^ ^y all the members 
 present. The secretary was instructed to inform you that we are pleased to accept your repre- 
 sentation of three members upon the Council, and I will ask your Association to be good 
 enough to appoint the members as soon as possible, and let me have the names 
 
 An adjourned meeting of the Council will be held at the time of the meeting of the 
 American Institute of Dental Teachers, in Detroit, some time in January, 1920. The exact 
 date and place of meeting will be communicated to the members appointed in due time 
 
 The principal subjects to come up for discussion at the adjourned meeting so far as 
 we know now, will be: 
 
 1. Amendments to our articles of organization; 
 
 2. Amendments to our minimum Class A requirements; 
 
 3. Reclassification of those dental schools who applied' for a higher rating and who 
 were mspected during the past year. Action on these schools was deferred in order to -ive 
 your representatives an opportunity to participate in the classification. 
 
 Permit me to express my personal pleasure over the fact that your Association is about 
 to become an active factor in the work of the Dental Educational Council. 
 
 Sincerely yours, 
 
 Henry L. Banzhaf, Secretary. 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 TWELFTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 _ The twelfth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities convened at four p.m., Sunday, January 25, 1920, at Hotel Statler, 
 Detroit, Michigan, with Dean Millberry presiding in the absence of President 
 Moorehead. Membership universities were represented as follows: California, 
 Dean G. S. Millberry; Harvard, Dean Eugene H. Smith; Iowa, Dean F. T. 
 Breene; Michigan, Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Nebraska 
 (application pending action), Dean W. C. Davis; Ohio, Dean H. M.' Seamans ; 
 Pennsylvania, Dean Charles R. Turner; Tufts, Dean William Rice; University of 
 the State of New York, Dr. Augustus S. Downing. 
 
 Visitors : Dr. Appleton, of Pennsylvania ; Dr. Hoff, of Alichigan ; Dr. Lischer, 
 of Washington University. 
 
 97 
 
At the presiding officer's suggestion it was voted to take up first the report 
 of the committee on amendments to the constitution. 
 
 Dr. Ward reviewed the discussions which had taken place in committee, and 
 was followed by Dr. Owre, who emphasized the necessity, in formulating amend- 
 ments, of keeping in view the major premise — that dentistry must become ulti- 
 mately a specialty in medicine. He suggested, for the committee, an amendment 
 encouraging dental schools to establish university connections; and a statement of 
 the Association's ultimate goal, which would involve two years of preliminary 
 education, as in medical colleges. 
 
 Dr. Smith said, "We ought to work as rapidly as possible toward requiring" 
 two years of preparatory work and two years of medical work. I want to put 
 myself on record in regard to that. If you want to be on a par with medicine, 
 you must have your student in medical school, as a medical student, taking two 
 or three years of medicine, later taking, in the fourth year, dental subjects which 
 will count toward a medical degree. Another year he can specialize." 
 
 Dr. Downing remarked, "Wouldn't it cover it all if you took the first sentence 
 and ^aid, 'The object shall be to promote dental education in accord with univer- 
 sity ideals?' Your ideal is to get to the same basis as medicine in the next 
 generation, — two years of preliminary college work, a certain amount of medical 
 work preliminary, and then two years of special dentistry. That is the university 
 ideal, but for most of the university schools, even well organized as they are now, 
 it is a long way ahead. I quite agree with you on the necessity for this, but 
 it is a long way ahead. The time has come when no dental school and no medical 
 school can be incorporated unless it has a university connection. That is funda- 
 mental to good education." 
 
 Dr. Ward asked for further discussion for the guidance of the committee. 
 
 It was voted, on motion, that the standing resolutions also be revised by the 
 committee on the constitution. 
 
 After lengthy discussion of the advisability of creating an associate member- 
 ship, it was decided to of¥er only the two existing types, full and honorary 
 membership. 
 
 The executive committee then reported on its examination of the dental 
 school of the University of Nebraska, recommending the admission of this school 
 to membership. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until evening. 
 
 At the evening session it was voted to adopt the report of the executive com- 
 mittee on the dental school of the University of Nebraska. Dean Davis was 
 notified, and invited to attend the morning session. 
 
 On motion, Drs. Owre and Ward were appointed a committee of two to edit 
 the minutes of the^last three years. 
 
 A committee, Drs. Owre, Turner, and Ward, was appointed to formulate 
 plans for the admission of schools to membership in the Association. 
 
 After long and earnest discussion of the question of accepting membership 
 on the Dental Educational Council of America, it was voted unanimously to reply 
 to the Council, that because of the belief of our Association in a university affilia- 
 tion for dental colleges as the ideal in dental education, it was inadvisable to 
 accept membership in the Dental Educational Council of America. 
 
 After considerable discussion of the matter of advanced standing, especially 
 in relation to foreign students, it was voted that such questions be referred to the 
 educational committee. 
 
 The report of the educational committee on syllabi was read by Dr. Owre 
 and accepted. The report was discussed at length by Drs. Downing, Turner, and 
 
elceotion of ?rT '"I u ""^^"^^^^^ support to the predent.l year, with the 
 
 . exception of the subject of shop practice, which he be'ieved should be a^ elective 
 
 Honorary fraternities were then brought up for discussion. Drs. Millberrv and 
 
 irZZZ\L7rn' ''' °^""^^"^ °^ ^"^^ organizations in their insti::Lns' 
 It was voted that Dr Owre represent the Association at the meeting Dean Black 
 
 iLZlT^ZfrT' ^'"J° '°^' '"""-^ '^' --^-^ °f 'he American 
 institute of Dental Teachers, on this question 
 
 iinanl'al rtrrf r/T."'"". 1"'^'^' '"' ^^^^^^^^ ^^^ secretary-treasurer's 
 tinancial report, and authorized the payment of various bills 
 
 Uftcers were elected as follows : 
 
 President— Br. G. S. Millberry 
 
 Vice-pres!dent~Dr. Alfred Owre 
 
 Secretary^treastirer — Dr. M. L. Ward 
 
 Executive Committee~Br. C. A. Turner chairman- Dr -R T t5 
 
 Bdue..n. C......_Br. A.red O^'re'^r.^? Br" J. TlVZs^Tr.. .ears 
 
 The meeting adjourned subject to the call of the executive committee. 
 
 SPECIAL MEETING AT DETROIT 
 JANUARY 28, 1920 
 
 A special meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 Hot r.T.r n'" ^^'^r.^^-^^d-t Millberry for Wednesday, January 28 in the 
 Hotel Statler, Detroit, Michigan, to consider the advisability of sending a tele- 
 gram to the Board of Regents of the University of the State of New York urgtg 
 
 tZ Tir'' ""' ''' ^''T''' ^" ^^"^^"^ ^' ^ "-f-- predental reqSre' 
 tnent for the university session beginning October, 1921. Those present at this 
 
 Tnd Warr " ^"^"^' ""'''''''' °^^^^' ^''^' ^eamans, ImiJh Tur^t: 
 Dean Owre and Dean Turner were called upon to outline the essential points 
 m the discussion they had had with Dr. Downing on Tuesday, January 27 It wa 
 beheved that Dr. Downing would approve of a predental year contaning wo 
 sciences instead of three, provided the Association could convince the Board o^ 
 Regents of the University of New York that it was very desirable for them to 
 co-operate with the Association in this manner. After informal discussion t 
 was decided to send the following telegram. aiscussion, it 
 
 To the Board of Regents, January 28, 1920. 
 
 University of the State of New York, 
 Albany, New York. 
 
 hearty'^t^pfo^rof'^Sf:; Association of American Universities assembled wish to express 
 
 SIX hours. Recommend two years of predental work in 1926. ee nours, elect.ves, 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 99 
 
SPECIAL MEETING AT BOSTON, 
 AUGUST 23, 1920 
 
 A special meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 sities was called to order August 23, 1920, by Vice-President Owre in the library 
 of Harvard University Dental School, Boston, Massachusetts. Membership uni- 
 versities were represented as follows : Harvard, Dean Eugene H. Smith ; Illinois,. 
 Dean F. B. Moorehead ; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene ; Michigan, Dean M. L. Ward ; 
 Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Nebraska, Dean W. C. Davis; Ohio, Dean H. M. 
 Seamans ; Pennsylvania, Dean C. R. Turner ; Tufts, Dean William Rice ; Washing- 
 ton University, Dean J. H. Kennerly. 
 
 Visitors : Dr. Terry and Dr. Van Woert, of Columbia University. 
 
 On motion, the first matter taken up was the application of Columbia Univer- 
 sity Dental School for membership in the Association. It was voted that 
 Drs. Downing, Turner, and Ward make the examination of the school and present 
 a formal report. Dr. Van Woert, dean of the school, who was present on the 
 invitation of the executive committee, was asked to outline the basis of his 
 application for membership. His report was followed by a general discussion, 
 the trend of which was that the committee appointed to examine the school should 
 present their findings in form to be sent to the president of Columbia University. 
 
 The next subject for consideration was the retirement of professors in dental 
 schools and colleges by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of 
 Teaching. The secretary stated in this connection that the time has been so short 
 since President Burton came to Michigan (the secretary's institution) that the 
 rriatter had only recently been placed before the Foundation. 
 
 Dean Turner stated, "The apparent refusal of the Carnegie Foundation to 
 retire professors in dental schools and -colleges is a surprise to me, for while the 
 question has been raised in our own school, it was done by a part time man who 
 became partly incapacitated. The application was denied, and with the denial was- 
 coupled the statement that the status of the dental profession is at present un- 
 certain. I then consulted the Provost, who informed me that all members of the 
 teaching staff of the dental schools of Pennsylvania who were on the accepted list 
 of the Carnegie Foundation in 1915 are eligible for retiring allowances." 
 
 Dean Kennerly discussed the subject, stating that it was he who was appar- 
 ently rejected after the chancellor of Washington University had made application 
 for his retirement. "I raised the question before this Association as much for 
 the purpose of interesting the Foundation in rating the schools of the Association 
 as for the purpose of determining the status of the professors in dental schools 
 with respect to retirement." 
 
 bean Ward then read an opinion from President Burton with respect to the 
 eligibility of professors in dental schools and colleges for retirement by the 
 Carnegie Foundation. 
 
 On motion by Dean Smith it was voted that a communication be sent to 
 the Carnegie Foundation asking them to investigate the schools of the Association. 
 
 Dean Ward remarked, "I believe all that could be done would be to get a 
 survey of dental education rather than a rating." 
 
 Dr. Downing stated, "I think a request should be made for the same con- 
 sideration for teachers in dental colleges as for teachers in colleges of liberal arts^ 
 medicine, and other similar departments of universities." 
 
 On motion the meeting adjourned until three o'clock in the afternoon. 
 
At the afternoon, session considerable time was devoted to a consideration of 
 the relations of the Association with the Dental Educational Council of America. 
 The discussion was preceded by the reading of two letters exchanged between 
 President Burton, of Michigan, and Dr. Midgley, president of the Council. After a 
 general discussion, it was voted, on motion, that the same committee which met 
 with the Council at New Orleans should be appointed to meet with the Council 
 the next day, August 24. 
 
 It was voted to defer a consideration of the syllabi until the next meeting of 
 the Association. The educational committee, on motion by Dr. Moorehead, was 
 instructed to publish as soon as ready the syllabus of each subject in bulletin form. 
 
 On motion the meeting adjourned subject to the call of the executive com- 
 mittee, with the suggestion that a meeting be arranged either immediately before 
 or immediately after the meeting of the American Institute of Dental Teachers. 
 
 THIRTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The thirteenth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of Ameri- 
 can Universities was called to order at 10:30 o'clock, January 23, 1921, by 
 President Millberry at the Claypool Hotel, Indianapolis, Indiana. Membership uni- 
 versities were represented as follows : California, Dean G. S. Millberry ; Harvard, 
 Dean E. H. Smith ; Illinois, Dean F. B. Moorehead ; Iowa ; Dean F. T. Breene ; 
 Michigan, Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre ; Nebraska, Dean 
 W. C. Davis ; Ohio, Dean H. M. Seamans ; Pennsylvania, Dean Charles R. 
 Turner ; Tufts, Dean William Rice ; Washington University, Dean J. H. Kennerly. 
 
 Visitors : Drs. Bunting and Travis, of Michigan ; Drs. Nylander and Thomas, 
 of Illinois ; Dr. White, of St. Louis. 
 
 The minutes of the meetings of January 25 to 26, 1920, and August 23, 1920, 
 were read and approved with a few corrections. 
 
 The president then outlined briefly some of the matters which were to come 
 up for discussion at the meeting, including the training of dental teachers and 
 the dental survey. He stated that he had had no response to his invitation to 
 Dr. Pritchett, of the Carnegie Foundation, but he had been informed by Dr. Black 
 that Dr. Pritchett would not be present. 
 
 The next order of business was the matter of the five-year curriculum in- 
 corporated in the report of the educational committee presented by Dr. Owre. 
 The curriculum was discussed in great detail, the discussion hinging chiefly on 
 what should be included in the predental year. 
 
 Dr. Black, president of the American Institute of Dental Teachers, was then 
 invited into the meeting to present for consideration, what he termed "a possible 
 plan of harmonizing the administrative affairs in dental education." Dr. Black 
 outlined the recent tendency in dental education toward university control of 
 dental schools, and suggested the organization among all existing dental schools 
 of an "administrative council" which should provide for "the future direction of 
 dental education for all dental schools by the university schools." 
 
 Dr. Black then asked for a committee of five from the Association to meet 
 with five unofficial representatives from the National Association of Dental 
 Faculties to discuss the plan, preliminary to a possible organization of this 
 "administrative council" a year thence. If the Association approved such a move. 
 Dr. Black would have a similar committee appointed from the American Institute 
 of Dental Teachers to work over the matter. 
 
 Dr. Black was questioned as to the probable functions of the possible 
 "administrative council" and its probable relations with the Dental Educational 
 
Council of America. He stated that his idea was that the proposed new body 
 should be chiefly a conference body ; that its relations with the Dental Educa- 
 tional Council could be determined later. He stressed the necessity of closer 
 relations between dental schools and boards of dental examiners, giving the 
 furthering of such relations as an important function of the proposed new 
 organization. 
 
 Dr. Smith pointed out that since the present tendency in dental education 
 was toward university control, the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities had little to gain by disbanding and joining a bod)^ in which it had 
 no assurance of exerting as powerful an influence as it was at present exerting 
 on educational policies. 
 
 Dean Black replied that a centralized organization .of all schools might be 
 able to make faster progress than the Association could alone. 
 
 It was then voted to take the matter under advisement and Dr. Black withdrew. 
 
 After further discussion of the five-year curriculum, the meeting adjourned 
 until 2:30 o'clock. 
 
 At the afternoon session the discussion again revorted to the five-year cur- 
 riculum. After much discussion as to whether or not the New York requirement 
 could be enforced the chair appointed a committee, Drs. Moorehead, Rice, and 
 Turner, to draw up a telegram and send to Dr. Downing. The purport of the 
 telegram was to inquire whether or not a man could be admitted conditioned in 
 one of the two sciences provided he had sufficient credit in other subjects to make 
 up the required hours. 
 
 Dr. Millberry announced that California had decided not to establish the 
 predental j^ear until after the Carnegie survey of dental education. 
 
 The next order of business wa"; the report of the committee on the revision 
 of the constitution. Dr. Turner reported for the committee the recommended 
 changes, and on motion the proposed constitution was referred back to the com- 
 mittee for submission in writing to the members, final action to be taken at the 
 next meeting of the Association. 
 
 The report of the committee for the examination of Columbia University 
 ^ Dental School was given in full by Dr. Turner and substantiated by Dr. Ward, 
 the other member of the committee. It was voted that it was inadvisable to admit 
 the school to membersihip at that time, but that every encouragment should be 
 given toward the establishment of the school on a basis that would admit it to 
 membership; and that the opinion of the Association in this connection be con- 
 veyed to Dean Van Woert, of the Columbia University Dental School. 
 
 The next order of business was a discussion of the status of dental teachers 
 in relation to their retirement by the Carnegie Foundation. Dr. Turner asked 
 for President IMillberry's reaction to a survey of dental education by the Carnegie 
 Foundation. 
 
 President Millberry stated, "I think a survey is the most important thing we 
 have before us. The survey would have nothing whatever to do with the retire- 
 ment of those professors who were in the colleges accepted by the Carnegie 
 Foundation before November 17, 191 5. It would give us a better basic under- 
 standing of general conditions in dentistrj^ than we have ever had before." 
 
 Dr. Moorehead remarked, "I think the report of such an investigation by the 
 Carnegie Foundation should be given the fullest publicity. Give it to the Associ- 
 ated Press and let everybody know the facts about dentistry." 
 
 President Millberry said, "I think there is no action we can take at this time 
 unless a resolution were presented offering our voluntary assistance. I under- 
 
 102 
 
stand that Mr. Pritchett has said that if many of the university presidents concur 
 in the matter he has undertaken it will be very! helpful." 
 
 Dr. Smith moved that such a resolution be frained and a committee of five 
 be appointed to convey the resolution to Mr. Pritchett. The chair appointed the 
 following committee : Deans Aloorehead, Owre, Rice, Smith, and Turner. 
 
 On motion the meeting adjourned until after dinner. 
 
 At the evening session there was some discussion relative to the value of 
 publishing proceedings. 
 
 The matter of relations with the Dental Educational Council of America was 
 again brought up for consideration. Dr. Ward outlined briefly the activities of 
 President Burton, of Michigan, and himself in this connection. 
 
 Motion was made by Dr. Smith that a committee of three be appointed to 
 meet the Educational Council, with definite instructions as to what would be 
 expected of them. Drs. Owre and Turner voted against this. Dr. Owre was of 
 the opinion that the presidents of the universities represented in the Association 
 should be present at further meetings with the Dental Educational Council, or as 
 many of them as it was possible to have present. The chair appointed Drs. Owre, 
 Smith, and Ward to formulate a draft of our views for submission to the Council, 
 to be submitted first to the Association for approval or disapproval. 
 
 On motion, two members, Drs. Breene and Seamans, were added to the above 
 committee to meet with Dr. Black's committee of five from the National Associa- 
 tion of Dental Faculties. 
 
 The matter of admission of students to advanced standing was discussed, with 
 especial reference to foreign students applying for admission, including those 
 who have never studied dentistry, those who have the L.D.S., and graduates of 
 Japanese schools. 
 
 President Millberry announced that Dr. Turner was to go to the meeting of 
 the Federation Dentaire Internationale in Madrid as a representative from the 
 University of Pennsylvania, and suggested that he also be made a delegate of the 
 Association. It was voted that Dr. Turner be furnished with the proper creden- 
 tials, and that he be asked to report his findings on the status of foreign dental 
 schools applying for admission to schools in the Association. 
 
 The matter of giving publicity to the Association activities was discussed. On 
 motion, Drs. Moorehead and Turner were appointed to write an article for 
 publication in one of the leading dental journals and in the section on stomatology 
 in the Journal of the American Medical Association. (See Appendix, p. 117.) 
 
 President Millberry described the manner of training dental assistants as it 
 is done in California. 
 
 Election of officers resulted as follows : 
 
 President— Hr. Alfred Owre 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. William Rice 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. M. L. Ward 
 
 Executive Committee — Dr. F. B. Moorehead, for three years 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. Alfred Owre, chairman; Dr. C. A. Turner, for three years. 
 
 The meeting adjourned to meet Monday evening, January 24. 
 
 103 
 
SPECIAL MEETING AT INDIANAPOLIS, 
 JANUARY 24, 1921 
 
 A special meeting was called to order by President Millberry, Monday evening, 
 January 24, at the Claypool Hotel. Indianapolis, for the purpose of considering 
 some matters not finished at the regular meeting. 
 
 The first order of business was a verbal report of the committee appointed 
 to outline the conditions under which we should meet with the Dental Educational 
 Council of America. On motion, the Association voted to send the same com- 
 mittee (Drs. Owre, Turner, and Ward) who had formerly represented the Associa- 
 tion before the Council, in event the conditions requested by this Association were 
 met. On motion the above named committee was authorized to submit the 
 following statement to the Council : 
 
 The Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities has reviewed the corre- 
 spondence that has taken place between President M. L. Burton and Dr. A. L. Midgley 
 relative to affiliation of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities with the 
 Dental Educational Council of America, and interprets this correspondence to mean that it 
 is desirable at this time that a committee from each of these two bodies should meet for the 
 purpose of discussing the details of the proposed affiliation. With this in view, the Dental 
 Faculties' Association of American Universities has appointed the following committee, 
 Marcus L. Ward, Charles R. Turner, Alfred Owre, to confer with a similar committee to be 
 appointed by the Dental Educational Council. 
 
 The Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities has instructed the above 
 named committee to ask the Dental Educational Council if it will consent to a revision of 
 its constitution and by-laws and allow the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities 
 to take an active part in such revision. 
 
 The committee is also instructed to ask the Dental Educational Council to commit itself 
 favorably to the enforcement in 1922 of high school graduation and one year of college work 
 as a prerequisite to an A rating. 
 
 The committee is also instructed to ask the Dental Educational Council to commit itself 
 favorably to the revision of its standard of rating colleges and a rerating, and participation 
 in such revision and rerating by representatives of the Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities. 
 
 The committee is also instructed to ask the Dental Educational Council to commit itself 
 that any form of reorganization shall not become final until all the associations directly con- 
 cerned therewith shall have concurred in the plan of reorganization. 
 
 Dr. Turner reported that the telegram he was authorized to send to Dr. Down- 
 ing had been sent, and the report had been sent to the secretary of the Association. 
 The telegram in reply read as follows : 
 
 January 24, 1921. 
 
 Can't agree suggested modification predenfal year. Present requirement not too severe. 
 Prospective students easily get English, biology, chemistry, and even physics if they have not 
 had the last subject in high school. Six semester hours proposed electives satisfactory. Please 
 do nothing to longer make impossible registration university schools. Kindest regards every- 
 body. August S. Downing. 
 
 There was a unanimous vote to. have Dr. Turner take up the matter presented 
 by telegram with Dr. Downing and further urge its adoption. 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 FOURTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The fourteenth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of 
 American Universities was called to order January 22, 1922, by the president, 
 Dr. Owre, at the Hotel Windsor, Alontreal. Canada. Membership universities 
 were represented as follows: California, Dean G. S. Millberry; Columbia 
 (membership application pending) Dean F. T. Van Woert ; Harvard, Dean E. H. 
 Smith; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene; Michigan, Dean M. L. Ward; Minnesota. 
 
 104 
 
Dean Alfred Owre ; Nebraska, Dean W. C. Davis ; Ohio, Dean H. M. Seamans ; 
 Pennsylvania, Dean C. R. Turner ; University of tiie State of New York, 
 Dr. A. S. Downing; Tufts, Dean William Rice; Washington University, 
 Dr. Brady. 
 
 Visitors : Drs. Mauk and Hanford, of California ; Drs. Rickert and Travis, 
 of Michigan ; Dr. Grubb, of Nebraska ; Dr. Hebble, of Ohio ; Drs. Johnston and 
 Proctor, of Tufts. 
 
 The minutes of the last regular and special meetings were read and approved. 
 
 President Ov/re gave a brief resume of the meeting of the committee to 
 represent the Association with representatives of the Carnegie Foundation for 
 the Advancement of Teaching, Drs. Pritchett and Gies. He stated that the com- 
 mittee found Drs. Pritchett and Gies interested in the activities of the Association ; 
 and that the committee from the Association had assured Drs. Pritchett and Gies 
 of the support of this Association in the contemplated survey of dental education. 
 Dr. Smith's oiificial report of this meeting follows : 
 
 As chairman of the committee appointed by the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities to wait upon Dr. Pritchett of the Carnegie Foundation for the purpose of inter- 
 esting the Foundation in a general survey of dental education, I beg to report: first, that the 
 committee appointed was made up of the following deans: Eugene H. Smith, chairman; 
 William Rice, Alfred Owre, Marcus L. Ward, F. B. Moorehead. 
 
 The following members of the committee, Deans Smith, Owre, and Rice, met Professor 
 William J. Gies in New York on May 7, 1921, who had made an appointment with 
 Dr. Pritchett to receive the committee. We met Dr. Pritchett at his home in New York City 
 and spent a couple of hours with him, setting forth the attitude of crur Association regarding 
 the need of a survey of dental education by the Foundation. We discussed with him the 
 present unsatisfactory status of the dental profession and the hopes for its future held by the 
 members of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities. 
 
 The various phases and conditions pertaining to the profession were freely discussed, 
 all of the members taking active part. Professor Gies' assistance in this conference was 
 invaluable. 
 
 At the adjournment of this conference Dr. Pritchett stated to the committee that this 
 survey would be made. 
 
 Respectfully submitted, 
 
 EuGE.NE H. Smith, Chairman. 
 
 Dean vSeamans then presented a verbal report of the meeting of the committee 
 from the Association appointed to meet with committees from the National 
 Association of Dental Faculties' and the American Institute of Dental Teachers 
 for the purpose of considering the proposed administrative council in the American 
 Institute of Teachers. He detailed the discussion which had taken place at the 
 meeting, and stated that all of Dr. Black's proposals had been approved and 
 recommended to the American Institute of Dental Teachers for adoption, with 
 Drs. Owre and Ward casting several dissenting votes. 
 
 Drs. Owre and Ward then explained why they had dissented. First, they 
 had agreed previous to the meeting that the creation of any more executive 
 machinery before the end of the Carnegie survey of dental education was likely 
 to be misinterpreted and be considered inconsistent with a real study of the 
 question. They pointed out that a survey of dentistry by the Carnegie Foundation 
 implied a study of the problem of dental education and a correction of any de- 
 fects discovered. Second, Dr. Black's proposal carried with it recommendations 
 for changes in the constitution and by-laws of the American Institute of Dental 
 Teachers to provide for the formation of rules and standards to govern dental 
 colleges which seemed to conflict with (i) the rules of the Dental Educational 
 Council of America, (2) sound university procedure, (3) the present policies 
 of the American Institute of Dental Teachers not to establish mandates. 
 
 105 
 
X 
 
 After discussion it was voted to lay the matter on the table with the sugges- 
 tion that it be not removed from the table until an official notice concerning it be 
 sent from the American Institute of Dental Teachers. 
 
 After a further discussion of the Carnegie Survey the meeting adjourned 
 tmtil three o'clock. 
 
 At the afternoon session the application for membership of the Columbia 
 niversity Dental School was taken up. The secretary presented the report on 
 the school read at the last meeting of the Association, with supplementary letters 
 from Dr. Dunning of Columbia to the Association, and from Dr. Van Woert to 
 Dr. Dunning. The letters showed to the satisfaction of the members that the 
 president of Columbia University had now directed a separate budget for the 
 Dental School, and had discontinued it as part of the extension service of the 
 imiversity. Columbia University Dental School was unanimously elected to 
 membership, and Dr. Van Woert invited to attend the meeting. 
 
 The secretary was then requested to report on the inspection of Western 
 Reserve University Dental School made by himself and Dr. Seamans. Following 
 the submission of a written report, the school was unanimously elected to 
 membership. 
 
 Dr. Moorehead rose to the question of personal privilege to present his views 
 regarding the controversy between the University of ^^irginia at Charlottesville 
 and the Medical College of A^irginia at Richmond. He stated that there was a 
 question under discussion in Virginia, which had been carried to the state legisla- 
 ture, relative to the wisdom of the establishment of a school of dentistry in con- 
 nection with the University of Virginia, since there was a school at Richmond 
 now receiving state aid. He brought out that the nature of this Association made 
 it incumbent upon it to support the university at Charlottesville in its effort to 
 establish a dental school in connection with its medical school, where the dental 
 students might be under the influence of campus life, and free from many of the 
 objections to dental schools not so associated. 
 
 He pointed out further that the impression prevailed that adverse criticism 
 to the establishment of the school at the University of Virginia had come from 
 the secretary of the Association, and that the Association might contribute some- 
 thing toward the furtherance of dental education if it took action to counteract 
 this wrong impression. Dean Turner discussed the situation at Virginia from 
 his knowledge as a former member of the faculty of the medical school at 
 Richmond, and concurred in the main with what had been said by Dr. Moorehead. 
 President Owre asked Dr. Moorehead if it was his desire that the Association 
 send an official recommendation incorporating his ideas to the dean of the medical 
 school at the university at Charlottesville. On Dr. Aloorehead's repty in the 
 affirmative, it was voted to request Dr. Aloorehead to send a telegram at the 
 Association's expense. 
 
 The next matter of business was a consideration of the revision of the con- 
 stitution and by-laws. On motion each article of the revised constitution and 
 by-laws as printed and submitted to members during the year was read and voted 
 upon. The constitution and by-laws as submitted during the year were thus 
 adopted. (See Appendix, p. 124.) 
 
 It was voted to extend the privilege of the floor to Dr. William J. Gies of 
 the Carnegie Foundation, who had just entered the meeting. Dr. Gies responded 
 briefly with a general statement to the effect that he was not in a position at 
 that time to make statements regarding the work of the Foundation in dental 
 education; that he preferred to hear the discussions, and perhaps later, in con- 
 ference with a committee representing the Association, add one or two general 
 opinions which he reserved the right to revise as the study of dental education 
 progressed. 
 
 106 
 
The revision of the Gray Book of the Dental Educational Council of America 
 was presented, with a vLew to securing instruc'.ions for the committee representing 
 the Association as to the course it should pursue when it should meet with the 
 Council. After a number of questions, most of them raised at previous meetings, 
 had been discussed, the committee was instructed especially to request the adop- 
 tion of a point system for the rating of dental schools. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until eight o'clock. 
 
 At the evening session, on the statement of the executive committe that 
 they had audited the secretary-treasurer's reports and found them correct, it was 
 voted to receive them and place them on file. 
 
 The next item of business was the election of representatives to the Dental 
 Educational Council of America. 
 
 Note. — At the Milwaukee meeting in August, 1921, of the National Dental Association, 
 Dr. Gies had presented, for the Carnegie Foundation, an invitation to both the Council and 
 the Association to co-operate with the Carnegie Foundation in its study of dental education. 
 After various conferences, it was finally agreed by members of the two bodies concerned who 
 were on the ground, that the Council should be enlarged for this purpose, and the Association 
 duly represented. The Council voted unanimously to accede to all requests in the official 
 letter of the secretary of the Association to the Council dated January 24, 192 1 (see minutes 
 of Indianapolis meeting, special session, p. 104) except to specify 1922-23 as the particular 
 academic year to mark the enforcement of a "pre-denfal year" as a prerequisite for the 
 Class A rating. The Council desired formal designation of the particular academic year that 
 should mark the beginning of such enforcement to be left for future decision by the enlarged 
 Council, the principle involved in the requirement of the predental year having been accepted. 
 
 The following men were nominated : Drs. Turner, Waite, and Ward. On 
 motion the secretary was directed to prepare a unanimous ballot for these men 
 to represent the Association on the Council. Dr. Waite's election to this com- 
 mittee was made contingent upon the acceptance of membership in the Association 
 by Western Reserve University. Dr. Owre was added to this committee by the 
 executive committee when the Council was enlarged to permit a representation 
 of four from the Association. 
 
 Considerable time was devoted to a discussion of the contents of the predental 
 year ; the only action taken was on a motion by Dr. Downing, that the same 
 subjects be required for the next year as had been required the past year. 
 
 ■ Dr. Turner then presented a verbal report on the status of foreign dental 
 education. The matter was discussed especially as it related to the acceptance 
 of men holding the L.D.S. from England and the B.S. from Australia. No action 
 was taken, the general feeling being that each case should be decided upon its 
 merits. 
 
 A short discussion followed on the sale of bogus diplomas by a so-called 
 oriental university at Washington and by certain other individuals and institu- 
 tions engaged in this illegal practice. 
 
 On motion, the Association recommended that the education comtnittee again 
 take up the matter of preparing syllabi for the dental curriculum. 
 
 Dr. Waite then discussed the question of certain schools and colleges in this 
 country giving instruction in the first two years of dentistry, as the first two years 
 in medicine is now given. 
 
 Election of officers resulted as follows: 
 
 President — Dr. Alfred Owre 
 
 Vice-president — Dr. William Rice 
 
 Secretary-treasurer — Dr. M. L. Ward 
 
 Executive Committee — Dr. F. T. Breene, two years 
 
 Educational Committee — Dr. Alfred Owre, chairman; Dr. Eugene H. Smith, three years. 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 107 
 
FIFTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 The fifteenth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities was called to order January 19, 1923, by the president, Dr. Owre, 
 in the College of Dentistry of the University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. Member- 
 ship universities were represented as follows : California, Professors F. V. Simon- 
 ton; Illinois, Dean F. B. Moorehead; Iowa, Dean F. T. Breene ; Michigan, Dean 
 M. L. Ward; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; Nebraska, Dean G. A. Grubb; 
 Ohio, Dean H. M. Seamans ; Pennsylvania, Dean Charles R. Turner ; University 
 of the State of New York, Dr. Augustus S. Downing; Tufts, Dean William Rice; 
 Washington University, Dean W. N. Bartlett. 
 
 Visitors : Drs. Gwinn and Johnston, of California ; Drs. Gies and Waugh, of 
 Columbia ; Dr. N. S. Thomas, of Illinois ; Dr. Volland, of Iowa ; Drs. Bottenhorn, 
 Cottrell, and Wiltberger, of Ohio; Dr. Brady, of Washington University; 
 Dr. F. C. Waite, of Western Reserve. 
 
 The executive committee, having read the minutes of the previous meeting, 
 advised that the reading of them be waived; it was so moved, with the under- 
 standing that this action carry with it approval. 
 
 In pursuance of a policy formulated during the year by the executive com- 
 mittee, after informal conference with various members, the annual meeting was 
 held in advance of the annual meeting of the American Institute of Dental 
 Teachers, at a membership university, in order to take advantage of university 
 facilities for presenting a program adapted to the needs of university dental 
 schools. The executive committee had arranged for the following program. 
 
 PROGRAM OF ANNUAL MEETING OF THE 
 
 DENTAL FACULTIES' ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN UNIVERSITIES 
 
 IOWA CITY, IOWA, JANUARY 19 AND 20, 1923 
 
 Friday, January 19, Room 109, College of Dentistry 
 
 Order of Business 
 
 9:00 a.m. Filing of Credentials and Payment of Fees 
 
 Roll Call of Members 
 
 Reading of Minutes of Previous Meeting 
 Address of President 
 Alfred Owre 
 
 Dean, College of Dentistry 
 University of Minnesota 
 
 Discussion 
 10:30 a.m. Address, University Administration 
 President Walter A. Jessup 
 University of Iowa 
 
 Discussion 
 1 :30 p.m. Inspection of the College of Dentistry 
 3:00 p.m. Report of Secretary, Treasurer 
 
 Report of Committees 
 4:00 p.m. Selection of Students for Technical Courses 
 Carl E, Seashore, 
 
 Dean, Graduate College 
 University of Iowa 
 
 Discussion 
 7:30 p.m. Anatomical Research Methods and Findings in Relation to the 
 Temporomandibular Articulation 
 Dr. Henry J. Prentiss 
 
 Head, Department of Anatomy 
 University of Iowa 
 
 Discussion 
 Business Session 
 
 108 
 
Saturday, January 20, Room 109, College of Dentistry 
 9:00 a.m. Special Orders 
 110:00 a.m. Fundamental Considerations in the Selection of Instructors 
 William F. Russell 
 
 Dean, College of Education 
 University of Iowa 
 
 Discussion 
 111:00 a.m. A Plan for Conference Instruction in Orthodontia 
 Charles R. Turner 
 
 Dean, The Thomas W. Evans Museum and 
 
 Dental Institute School of Dentistry 
 
 University of Pennsylvania 
 
 Discussion 
 -2:00 p.m. Unfinished Business 
 New Business 
 
 Election and Installation of Officers 
 Final Reading of Minutes 
 Adjournment 
 
 The president read for his address a paper dealing with the future trend of 
 'dental education. 
 
 This, the fifteenth annual meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities, is in many respects the most significant. We find the three principal goals toward 
 which we have struggled for so long almost attained. The course has been lengthened from 
 three years, when we organized our Association, to five years in 1920. A university affiliation 
 'has come to be regarded as the sine qua non of a first-class dental school. Best of all, the 
 -survey of dental education is an accomplished fact. 
 
 With our past aims so nearly reached and the maintenance of the standards we have been 
 advocating assured, we may well look ahead into the future. This is the psychological moment 
 for such a forward glance. The Carnegie report will bring to the attention of the public and its 
 ■representatives, the legislatures, and best of all, to the universities, the real status of dentistry. 
 A further consideration of our calling is bound to follow. 
 
 As you are well aware, our original status was that of a specialty in medicine. We 
 are now, I believe, on the road back to the parental rooftree. Educators and scientific thinkers 
 in every quarter are challenging our rights to practice our vital calling without the biological 
 training required of specialists in other regions of the body. The best scientific thought is 
 -agreed that dentistry is a field of medicine. Simultaneously criticism is levelled from all sides 
 at the present length and content of the medical curriculum. The course is regarded in high 
 quarters as impractically long. At the same time, dental students in the best schools have 
 about the same preliminary training as medical students. Does not this situ?tion present an 
 educational opportunity to the universities? Now, as always, future progress lies with them. 
 They will, I believe, work over this problem until a solution is reached which will give the 
 people an adequate number of well-trained medical specialists in every field without economic 
 waste. Under present stringent, economic conditions concern for the welfare of mankind 
 doubly compels us to furnish the maximum of equipment in the minimum of time. With 
 regard to our specialty, we can, by pushing dentistry up a notch and paring medicine down to 
 the essentials, bring them to a common ground. For several months I have worked over this 
 possibility; I have discussed it with medical and dental educators, and with practitioners in 
 both camps. We have come to the following conclusions: 
 
 First, we must economize rigidly all along the line. We must begin with the high school. 
 Preparation gained there by the prospective professional student will require considerable 
 revision. The high school should be asked to prepare him adequately in English composition, 
 mathematics up to and including trigonometry, and a beginning language. This done, these 
 subjects should be off the slate, to trouble us no more. Further language study may be an 
 elective in the preclinical years, but it should not be required. Translations should be en- 
 couraged and translators should be made readily available; to insist on his having a reading 
 knowledge of a foreign language is an extravagance of the student's time. The high school 
 should not attempt to teach the prospective medical student such fundamental sciences as 
 •chemistry, biology, and ph3'sics. Such high school courses are but smatterings at best and are 
 invariably repeated at the university. The universities have usually much better laboratory 
 facilities and equipment; their instructors are highly trained and experienced; and the more 
 mature student is better able to grasp scientific principles and pursue scientific methods. 
 
 It now takes seven years to produce a general practitioner — four years of preclinical 
 work, two years' clinical work, and in many schools a seventh year's compulsory interneship. 
 Any specialization must come after that. We may well scrutinize a scheme of education 
 ■which involved eight or nine years of a man's life after the completion of high school. If wf 
 
 109 
 
find waste, or duplication, or misplaced emphasis, there is an obligation on our part to correct 
 the fault. In this connection let me quote from the report of the Council on Medical Education 
 and Hospitals of the American Medical Association to the House of Delegates (pp. 15-18):. 
 
 "The present medical curriculum was built up at a time when clinical teachers hai no 
 confidence in the basic training of the student, and thej- felt impelled to repeat fundamentals 
 and reorient students in each so-called 'course.' In most medical schools even today the medical 
 student is taught the general phenomena of inflammation by from three to fifteen teachers in 
 different subjects. Repetition of elementary work, duplication and lack of co-ordination, too- 
 much informational material and rigid legal hour requirements, have made the present medical 
 school a wonderfully intricate mechanism of hours, schedules, lectures, courses, that' has become 
 scrambled, mixed up, unwieldy and inefficient. Wlw not scramble it entirely, look carefully 
 over the mass, pick out the fundamentals and get a fresh start? The good preliminary training, 
 now required of medical students has eliminated many of the unfit. They now have a training 
 in the basic sciences, and are able to do an increasing amount of independent and thoughtful 
 work." 
 
 In regard to the medical curriculum proper. President Pritchett in his report says: 
 
 "The reform of the curriculum of the undergraduate medical school is one of the most 
 pressing questions of the present day medical teaching, and its accomplishment will have a. 
 larger bearing on the progress of the profession than any other single action." 
 
 Present day education comes too high for the public to excuse any inefficiency. As 
 Huxley remarked about culture, "Be useful to me or away with you." 
 
 Let us assume, then, that in time the high schools will take over the responsibility for 
 the necessary preparation in mathematics, English composition, and a beginning language. The- 
 universities may then undertake the scientific preparation of the future doctor. It goes without 
 saying that there should be taught, in the various fundamental sciences, only what has a direct, 
 and clearly perceived bearing on the student's future work. As Sir James MacKenzie points 
 out, tho in reference to medical men, it is natural that our specialists should insist upon pre- 
 senting whatever special knowledge they have accumulated. But the load is becoming too 
 great, and there is danger, in some institutions, that a few specialties will absorb the whole 
 curriculum. Dr. W. J. Ma}f0 stated recently, "we cannot compel our students to act as 
 audience." Students cannot spend much time listening to men who hold their specialties so 
 close to their eyes that thej' cannot see beyond. I quote again from the above mentioned 
 report (p. 16) : 
 
 "The specialties, taught as they are at present, belong outside the undergraduate medicaE 
 curriculum. Thej^ can be included in the medical curriculum when they are taught by men 
 who can range over the body instead of having their vision limited largeh^ to body orifices. 
 It would not be so absurd to spend a whole schedule hour of an undergraduate medical class 
 on the technic of an operation on the inner ear, if other more important things to the student — 
 perhaps not to the professor — were not so pressing. It must not be forgotten, however, that 
 anj^ complete obseri'ation and any piece of highly skilled work has its value in instruction. 
 
 "Instead of elaborating new schedules, it is suggested that the number of hours allotted 
 to the specialties be reduced or, better yet, that all specialties be promoted to the graduate 
 school but continue to join in the teaching of the main clinical branches by presenting cases, 
 giving lectures, or, better still, by demonstrating their special field of work on patients already 
 familiar to the students." 
 
 A rearrangement correcting the present tendencj'' involves no radical change, but a shift 
 in emphasis, with a careful scaling down of knowledge specially applied. As I will attempt 
 to show later with actual figures, the preclinical years can be reduced through relegation of 
 some preparatory subjects to the high school and reorganization of the content and method of 
 the scientific courses, to three academic years instead of four. 
 
 This brings us to the clinical 3'ears. At no other point in the present curriculum is a 
 reorganization based on pedagogically sound principles so badly needed. It maj- involve radical 
 departures from current practice. In sorrie of the leading medical schools, students now spend 
 five to six hundred hours making occasional visits to various hospitals. There are over nine 
 hundred elective hours in the two clinical years. It is usually urged that the students devote 
 about six hundred of these to two quarters of student interneship. The scattered hospital 
 visits should be eliminated; actual residence in hospitals, where daily contact with disease is 
 afforded close at hand, should be required to begin at least in the fifth, or second clinical, 
 year to continue for four quarters. To make this possible I should combine the five or six 
 hundred hours of hospital visits, the two quarters of student interneship usually urged upon 
 the student, and the remaining elective hours. This hospital work with the nine hundred hours 
 of lectures and recitations, demonstrations, and dispensary work would constitute the twa 
 clinical years. During these years we should teach the minimum knowledge of all specialties 
 that is necessary to the general practitioner. This would, of course, include the oral region, 
 which has no logical right whatever to isolate itself from the rest of the body as if it were 
 
made up. to quote Dr. Hunter, of "ivory pegs in stone sockets." Modern research has estab- 
 lished conclusiveb' that the mouth is the center of numerous infections. We can never go 
 back to the old "jeweler" days. 
 
 This proposed reorganization may sound almost impossibly radical. It has the sanction 
 on many points, however, of the committee whose report I have several times quoted (p. 19) : 
 
 "The practicar remedy for this situation (failures to link up the teaching of anatomy and 
 pathology with actual observation and contact) is to reduce the amount of theoretical instruc- 
 tion in the first two years, and to change the character of the teaching so as to make clear the 
 fundamental facts, while at the same time starting the clinical instruction at the very beginning 
 of the course. The student should learn his anatomy and his pathology through his clinical 
 training, not reverse the process. No other reform in medical teaching approaches in impor- 
 tance this one." 
 
 Now let me come down to brass tacks. I have made an hour analysis of the present 
 medical curriculum with a view to incorporating dentistry in a reorganized and shortened 
 •course. The figures are these: 
 
 PRESENT CURRICULUM 
 Four Preclinical Years 
 Subject Hours 
 
 Zoology 231 
 
 Chemistry (high school 66) Gen. 192; Qual. 88, Org. 198, Quant. 99 643 
 
 English 99 
 
 Physics 198 
 
 Language 209 
 
 Anatomy, Gross, 330, Hist. 165, Em. 99; Neurology no 704 
 
 Bacteriology, Gen. 99; Special 77 176 
 
 Phys. & Phys. Chem.: Phys. 242. Phys. Chem. 198 44o 
 
 Pathology, Gen. and Special, 330, Autopsy 22 352 
 
 Preventive Medicine and Public Health 33 
 
 Pharmacology 187 
 
 3272 
 
 Two Clinical Years 
 Lectures, Recitations, and Demonstrations 
 Hours at Colleges 
 and Dispensaries 
 
 Medicine 373 
 
 Surgery 244 
 
 Obstetrics 154 
 
 Pediatrics 100 
 
 Ophthalmology and Oto-Laryngology loi 
 
 Tioentgenology 
 
 Tilectives* 
 
 Hours at 
 
 Total 
 
 Hospital 
 
 Hours 
 
 319 
 
 692 
 
 137 
 
 381 
 
 68 
 
 222 
 
 116 
 
 Total 97^ 
 
 One interne year.t 
 
 First Quarter 
 
 Hrs. 
 
 General Chem no 
 
 Physics 99 
 
 Electivet 
 
 Organic Chem 88 
 
 Biology 1 10 
 
 General Bact 99 
 
 Embryology 66 
 
 Histology . 143 
 
 Neurology ...... 48 
 
 Crs. 
 6 
 
 6 
 3 
 
 PROPOSED CURRICULUM 
 
 Second Qu-\rter 
 First Year 
 
 Hrs. Crs. 
 
 General Chem no 
 
 Physics 99 
 
 Electivet 
 
 Second Year 
 
 Organic Chem 88 
 
 Gross Anatomy ... 132 
 
 Electivet 
 
 Third Year 
 
 Physiology no 
 
 Phys. Chem 48 
 
 Pathology no 
 
 * Student interneship (660 hours) =:two quarters. 
 t Required by some schools. 
 
 t English, foreign languages, economics, sociology, 
 psychology, ethics, philosophy, special anatomy. 
 
 Ill 
 
 607 
 
 Third Quarter 
 
 Hrs. Crs. 
 
 Qual. Chem 77 4 
 
 Biology iio 6 
 
 Electivet 5 
 
 Quant. Chem 77 4 
 
 Gross Anatomy . . . 132 6 
 
 Electivet 5 
 
 Physiology no 
 
 Phys. Chem 48 
 
 Pathology no 
 
 technical drawing, shop practice. 
 
Fourth Year 
 Didactic, Demonstration, and Dispensary- 
 Hours 
 
 Medicine, Pediatrics 473 
 
 Surgery 244 
 
 Obstetrics and Gynecology 154 
 
 Ophthalmology and Oto-Laryngology 99 
 
 Stomatology 99 
 
 Preventive Medicine and Public Health 66 
 
 Pharmacology 132 
 
 Total 1 267 
 
 Fifth Year 
 
 Hours 
 
 Medical service 2 quarters 
 
 Specialties i quarter 
 
 Elective§ i quarter 
 
 Further study of general medicine or of a specialty. 
 
 Sixth Year 
 Elective 4 quarters (hospital residence) 
 
 SUMMARY OF THE PROPOSED CURRICULUM 
 High school should furnish mathematics necessary to the understanding of physics^ 
 English, and as much language as possible. 
 
 THREE PRECLINICAL YEARS 
 
 Hours Credits 
 
 Zoology 220 12 
 
 Chemistry 550 28 
 
 Physics 198 12 
 
 Anatomy 521 27 
 
 General Bacteriology 99 5 
 
 Physiology 220 12 
 
 Physical Chemistry 96 6 
 
 Pathology 220 12 
 
 Electives 241 to 363 21 
 
 2437 135 
 
 The following is to show briefly how the specialty of dentistry could be worked in_ 
 The proposed curriculum carries the following electives: 
 
 Hours 
 
 Preclinical years 363 
 
 Clinical years 528 
 
 Sixth year 21 12 
 
 Total 3003 
 
 After eliminating from the present dental curriculum the subjects otherwise covered iif 
 the revised curriculum as I have outlined it, we have left a requirement of approximately 
 3000 hours. You will observe that this tallies with the number of elective hours. It is en- 
 tirely possible to work the requirement for dentistry into the above groups of elective hours. 
 
 If we were to make the common course for all members of the healing art conform to 
 this outline, it would involve, naturally, a readjustment of degrees. This, with many other 
 details, would need further working over. It might be possible to bestow the degree of 
 bachelor of science in medicine on the completion of the five-year course. The sixth year- 
 should be spent in a study of a chosen specialty, or in further study of general medicine. 
 The graduate might then take the degree of doctor of medicine in his specialty or in general 
 medicine. It should connote in any event the field in which the new-fledged practitioner 
 might undertake to practice. 
 
 § This year may include the present courses in special bacteriology, special pathology, and! 
 special anatomy. 
 
number of skil ed te h^ ci L f v jrfiei;'"; "^h' t" ^T''' "^^ ^^^'"^'^ ^ ^^^ 1-^- 
 the medically trained prac idoner It ^ f' m "^ """'^ °"'^ """^^^ *»^^ direction of 
 
 two years. They can relevrthe l' ^""'■^'^. ^"^^'"^ to train such men in, at the most, 
 consume the lat'r-s^lSrtime TZZ^ T °' Tl'^^' °^ ^-^ ^^at should not 
 cal Phases of operative dentis't^:. " pL"stt;!;r i^f cr^T t'd tL^tor Z" l" ""tT" 
 
 r^:; ?^u:rsi^:Sr^;;^^-;fi,T'^ -.iontSr^.r:^r:hriit: 
 
 mechanical, throuo-h the sal mill Oh , types, abstract and concrete, scientific and 
 
 lies with the growing intere-^t nf ih^ „ J •. accompusflment. Our hope, let me repeat, 
 
 g««d, prepared for ,heir life work D..,L,rT , b.rd .r' i ?." '"'""' ""' *'"■ 
 
 »e,.i„, w..h ,h. Anrerie.,, irLe^f De„. Sler/ ,he C " d"" P "f, ""r """' »' 
 the National Association of Dental Faenlt'es the D«S fI^T^'T " Association, 
 
 Uni,er..ies into a general hod. .he A^eiLr,; As'soS-fS ot^S s'ch'or"" "' *"""" 
 
 If this comes about— if this address is both a hail and a farewell ^^, , . ^ . 
 IZ'L'""'" '■" "■' '"•"" '""' •"' •""""" '< ' -».er «'i'7dl." edHio-; 
 
 Discussion of this paper was opened by Dean Moorehead 
 It was then announced that President Jessup would be unable to give his ad 
 dress on University Administration." On motion it. was voted to discontinue 
 discussion of the president's address to listen to Dean Seashore, of the Graduate 
 Courses' '''''^'^ °^^°'^'' '^'^^ °" *^' "Selection of Students for Technical 
 
 t..t ^^'"f^/ discussion followed on the desirability of intelligence (placement) 
 tests for students wishing to matriculate in dental schools. The -ist of it was 
 
 emnh?.f Tf ''\°^ ^"""' •'^"' ^" eliminating the unfit. Dr. SeasLre especially 
 emphasized from his experience the reliability of findings as to the least well 
 qualified ten per cent of the freshman group. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until three o'clock. 
 
 At the afternoon session the president asked the vice-president to take the 
 chair and reviewed his address of the morning, continuing to discuss the neces- 
 sity for a job analysis' of dental education. The discussion was continued by 
 Drs. Downing, Moorehead, Turner, and Ward. 
 
 The meeting adjourned until ten o'clock the next morning 
 
 The evening was spent in attendance at a dinner given bv President Jessup 
 until eight o clock, at which hour Dr. Henry J. Prentiss, head of the Departmen' 
 
 MethoT'^'p T^'-'^V-"'' ''^" '" '"^^'''^ °" "Anatomical Research 
 Methods and Findings in Relation to the Temperomandibular Articulation " 
 
 Saturday morning, January 20, the meeting was called to order at ten 'o'clock 
 
 _ Dr. Charles R. Turner gave an address on "A Plan for Conference Instruc' 
 
 tion m Orthodontia." This was followed by an address by Dean William F 
 
 "3 
 
Russell of the College of Education, University of Iowa, on "Fundamental Con- 
 siderations in Selection of Instructors." 
 
 A discussion of this address was carried on by Drs. Downing, Waite, and 
 Ward. 
 
 The president then called for unfinished business. After a general considera- 
 tion of the affairs of the Association, a proposal from Dr. William J. Gies, head 
 of the Carnegie Survey of Dental Education, relative to a consolidation of this 
 Association, the National Association of Dental Faculties, the American Institute 
 of Dental Teachers, and the Canadian Dental Faculties' Association into one body 
 to be known as the American Association of Dental Schools, was taken up. 
 Dr. Gies was asked to present orally the proposal which he had previously sub- 
 mitted in writing. Dr. Gies' proposal follows : 
 
 October ii, 1922. 
 Secretaries of the 
 
 Canadian Association of Dental Faculties, 
 
 American Institute of Dental Teachers, 
 
 National Association of Dental Faculties, 
 
 Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities. . 
 
 Gentlemen: I suggest that the Canadian Association of Dental Faculties, ihe American 
 Institute of Dental Teachers, the National Association of Dental Faculties, and the Dental 
 Faculties' Association of American Universities, unite to form a nezv organi::ation that might 
 be called the "American Association of Dental Schools." 
 
 The proposed new general organization could be effectively established (a) for the pur- 
 pose of presenting favorable opportunity for annual conferences on administrative and teaching 
 problems in dental education in North America, and (b) on a plan that would give to its 
 actions advisory, rather than mandatory, effect. 
 
 If this proposal merits approval, it might be given special attention at the meeting of the 
 American Institute of Dental Teachers, in Omaha, next January. Perhaps committees could 
 be convenientb' appointed to facilitate consideration of this matter at that time. 
 
 I am making this suggestion entirely on my own personal initiative. The proposal has 
 not been prompted by anyone, nor by any of the organizations affected, but has arisen inde- 
 pendently from my observations during the past year and a half, as a special student of dental 
 education in Canada and the United States. 
 
 In order to initiate informal discussion of this matter, by the faculties concerned, I am 
 forwarding a copy of this letter to the dean of each of the schools of dentistry in North America. 
 
 I hope that your Association will be disposed to give this suggestion attention at an early 
 opportunity. ' Yours sincerely, 
 
 William J. Gies. 
 
 There was a general discussion of Dr. Gies' proposal, a letter was read from 
 Dean Smith of Harvard in which he expressed himself as opposed to such an- 
 amalgamation ; after further discussion it was voted that a committee of five be 
 appointed to confer with a similar representation from each of the other three 
 bodies with a view to bringing about the proposed consolidation. 
 
 It was agreed that, while no one doubted that consolidation would take place 
 as proposed, the committee, since it would be necessary for the Association to 
 meet once more to close up its affairs, should report back to the xA.ssociation for 
 final action. 
 
 Dr. Owre then asked for suggestions to guide the committee in its work. 
 
 Dr. Downing asked the chair for a discussion of the status of the syllabi and 
 pointed out what he felt to be the pressing need of a syllabus of each subject in 
 the dental curriculum. In the discussion which followed it was brought out that 
 while syllabi would be helpful as a guide to examining boards, the chaotic and 
 fluid condition of dental education made the compiling of such outlines of any 
 enduring value almost impossible. It was felt by the majority that until certain 
 vexed questions in dental education should resolve themselves, and the form future 
 development was to take should be settled, it was impracticable to continue work 
 on the syllabi. 
 
 114 
 
On motion a telegram was sent to Dean Smith, of Harvard, wishing him rapid 
 recovery and expressing regret at his absence. 
 
 The secretary-treasurer's financial statement was read and accepted. 
 
 Dr. Downing then proposed that in view of the fact that the next year was 
 the last of the existence of the Association, the present officers be re-elected. 
 Dr. Owre asked the vice-president to take the chair and stated that he should like 
 very much to be relieved. Calls for the ballot, however, showed that it was 
 desired that the present officers remain for the following year. 
 
 The meeting adjourned. 
 
 SPECIAL MEETING HELD IN CHICAGO, 
 MARCH 1, 1924 
 
 A special meeting of the Dental Faculties' Association of American Univer- 
 sities was called to order at lo a.m., March i, 1924, by the president, Dr. Owre, in 
 the Drake Hotel, Chicago, Illinois. 
 
 Membership universities were represented as follows: Columbia, Dr. L. M. 
 Waugh; Illinois, Dean F. B. Moorehead; Minnesota, Dean Alfred Owre; 
 Nebraska, Dean G. A. Grubb; Ohio, Dean H. M. Seamans ; Pennsylvania', 
 Dean C. R. Turner; Tufts, Dean William Rice; Washington University Dean 
 W. N. Bartlett. 
 
 Minutes of the meeting at Iowa City were read. On motion the minutes 
 were laid on the table to be taken up at pleasure for certain corrections. 
 
 The meeting went into a discussion of the topic of the editing and publishing 
 of the minutes of the Association. 
 
 After some discussion. Dr. Turner offered the following resolution : 
 
 Whereas, it is the unanimous opinion of the members of the Dental Faculties' Association 
 of American Universities, assembled in Chicago, that the publication of 'the proceedings of its 
 meetings^ from its organization to the present time would be a desirable and proper contribution 
 to the history of the development of dental education during the past fifteen years, and in 
 justice to the Association will show the part taken by it in the development. 
 
 Now, therefore, be it resolved. That a committee of three, with Dean Alfred Owre as 
 chairman, be appointed to edit the minutes and proceedings of the Association, and to publish 
 the same in suitable form. 
 
 On motion the resolution was adopted, 
 
 A general discussion followed as to the purpose, form, and contents of the 
 proposed publication. 
 
 It was brought out that since there had been criticism of the Association for 
 not publishing its proceedings, it was desirable to get them out as quickly as 
 possible. They were to be published in a somewhat informal manner, with much 
 routine matter eliminated; an historical prolog was to be included, and other 
 material necessary to make an intelligible document, free from propaganda. It 
 was suggested that all references to institutions that have not enjoyed membership 
 be deleted, unless such schools be given an opportunity to concur in that part of 
 the record. 
 
 Dr. Turner and Dr. Smith were elected to the committee on minutes. 
 
 In a general discussion of the probable cost of printing and distributing the 
 proceedings, it was agreed that the amount left in the treasury after all bills were 
 paid (about $700) would be wholly inadequate. After further discussion it was 
 unanimously agreed that, since to levy dues for 1924 might give a semblance of 
 continuity to the organization after it had formally disbanded to become part of 
 the American Association of Dental Schools, such dues should not be assessed. 
 
 115 
 
The possibility of a pro rata assessment to finance the publishing of the minutes 
 was considered. The matter was then laid on the table till the afternoon session. 
 
 It was brought to the attention of the Association that Drs. Smith and Rice 
 had not received expense money for their trip from Boston to New York as 
 members of the committee to confer with representatives of the Carnegie Founda- 
 tion with regard to the survey of dental education. It was voted that they should 
 be reimbursed for the expenses of this trip. 
 
 The meeting adjourned till two-thirty o'clock. 
 
 At the afternoon session Dr. Turner and Dr. Owre reported for the com- 
 mittee on consolidation. Dr. Turner reported to the effect that the committee 
 met with a like committee from each of the other three groups, and in conformity 
 with instructions from the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, 
 proposed and submitted a written constitution and by-laws for the consideration 
 of the delegates from the four organizations. He reported further that this pro- 
 posed constitution and by-laws was in conformity with the suggestions made by 
 the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, just preceding the 
 appointment of the committee on consolidation. (See minutes of Iowa City 
 meeting, p. 114.) Dr. Owre reported that the delegates from the four groups 
 met at Cleveland, Ohio, during the session of the American Dental Association, 
 adopted the proposed constitution and by-laws, and proceeded to organize 
 thereunder. 
 
 On motion the report of the committee was accepted. 
 
 Dr. Owre and Dr. Turner reported for the meeting of the executive com- 
 mittee held December 16, 1923, in Chicago. Dr. Owre, reporting on the events 
 leading up to the meeting of the executive committee, stated (i) that he had 
 tried to call a meeting of the whole Association, but had been unable to arrange it; 
 (2) that he at first understood that there would be a meeting of the whole 
 Association, when he had agreed to be present, but that he later learned it could 
 be only the executive committee; (3) that after he had agreed to be present he 
 was prevented by an imperative call from a committee of the Dental Educational 
 Council for a special meeting which could not be postponed. Dr. Turner, con- 
 tinuing the report, stated (i) that the executive committee had agreed unanimously 
 that there should be a meeting of the American Association of Dental Schools, 
 (2) that the committee had discussed the advisability of adopting the second 
 predental year; (3) that Dr. Augustus Downing had suggested it might be advis- 
 able for him to call a conference of the presidents and deans of those colleges 
 interested in raising the requirements of dental education. (Dr. Downing had 
 not called this conference, for reasons he would present when he arrived.) 
 
 A discussion of the future of the Association followed. It was unanimously 
 agreed that it was desirable to disband the organization. The members present 
 all expressed regret at the consequent loss of fellowship and stimulus toward 
 progress heretofore afforded by the meetings of the Association. 
 
 Dr. Turner reported that iix 1925 thirty of the forty-two dental schools of 
 America would require one predental year as a minimum. 
 
 A motion was made by Dr. Turner, supported by Dr. Rice, that when the 
 Association adjourned it adjourn sine die. The motion carried. 
 
 A discussion of the curriculum followed. Dr. Owre classified orthodontia as 
 orthopedic surgery, declaring both should be taught as an advanced specialty after 
 two years of predental work and three years of dental training. 
 
 The resignation of Dr. Marcus L. Ward as secretary-treasurer was presented. 
 On motion it was voted that, since it was upon the earnest request of Dr. Ward, 
 
 116 
 
the resignation be accepted with regret and an expression of appreciation of his 
 work as secretary of the Association. 
 
 On motion, Dr. G. A. Grubb was elected permanent secretary of the Associa- 
 tion until such time as the Association elected to adjourn. 
 
 The discussion reverted to the method of financing the editing and publishing 
 of the minutes. After considerable discussion, it was moved and carried that 
 the special committee for editing and publishing the minutes investigate the cost 
 of producing the volume, and by mail ballot find out whether each member of 
 the Association is willing to meet the pro rata cost of publication ; and that at 
 such time the committee proceed upon its own judgment, on condition that all 
 the money in the treasury, after all bills are paid, be applied to this specific purpose 
 and no other. This motion was understood to include provision for the disposition 
 by the committee of majority or minority votes on any portion of the proposed 
 edition of the minutes. 
 
 Motion was made and carried that Dr. M. L. Ward be instructed to turn 
 over the balance in the treasury to Dr. C. R. Turner as custodian of this fund 
 to be used b}^ the committee on minutes. 
 
 A motion was made and carried that the Association adopt the minutes of 
 the meeting at Iowa City in January, 1923, with instructions to add the resolution 
 by Dr. Gies and the motion directing the committee on consolidation to report 
 back their work to the Association for confirmation. 
 
 President Owre spoke impromptu for ten minutes on the things the Associa- 
 tion had accomplished since its organization fifteen years before and of the 
 fellowships and lasting friendships that had been formed among the members. 
 
 Motion was made by Dr. Rice, supported by Dr. Turner, that the meeting 
 ddjourn sine die. The motion was carried. 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 IS THERE AN EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM IN DENTISTRY? 
 Charles R. Turner, D.D.S., M.D. 
 
 To amplify the question raised by the title of this paper, we may pertinently inquire 
 whether any definitely formulated plan by which the course of professional education in den- 
 tistry is to develop within the near and less remote future has been put forth as representing 
 the wise and mature judgment of those elements of our profession who should be concerned 
 in shaping it. To such a query I suspect we shall be compelled to answer in the negative. 
 No program of this nature with any very distant objective has been formally promulgated by 
 any large or important group of our profession, none has been adopted by our national bod •, 
 none has been presented by any of the educational associations themselves. Forward-thinking 
 men have constantly given thought to the future devlopment of the profession and in the minds 
 of many of them are well-defined ideas as to how it should proceed. Furthermore, within 
 the past few years, a number of accomplished facts have marked very definite steps in the 
 advance of the educational process, and the tendencies so manifested are assuming a very 
 definite direction. By a careful analysis of these recent tendencies and an interpretation of 
 their significance, we can make out very clearly the whither of it all, and I think we may 
 even at this time pretty clearly chart out the course and define the main objective of the 
 future process in dental education. If such could be done at this time, it seems to me very 
 desirable, for a concrete program can be more speedily accomplished than if it is permitted to 
 develop in a haphazard fashion. The obstacles and objections which inevitably arise to delay 
 the program can be more fairly met and disposed of, and the slow process by which any 
 advance is brought about may be hastened by securing an agreement to the principle involved, 
 so that each step will not require a separate efifort to accomplish it. 
 
 It goes without saying that, while we may be gratified at the great advances in the 
 training of our new graduates, and may even contemplate with some satisfaction their present 
 standing as compared with what it was a short time ago, none among us feels that dentistry has 
 reached its goal in this particular. It must continue to advance and that advance must be 
 in the direction in which the dental practitioner will become qualified to render better service 
 
 117 
 
to the public whom he serves. He cannot go any farther than he knows, nor do better than 
 his training and experience enable him to do, but it should be his ideal to do this much. 
 Similarly the education and training of the dentist should be the best that our knowledge of 
 this field shows us that they should be and nothing less. Again, none among us would say 
 that, at present, our educational processes are fully abreast of what our judgment tells us they 
 should be. We are not doing as much as we know. If we know, should we not hasten to do 
 as rapidly as possible? We cannot do immediately all we know should be done, but we can 
 adopt a program by which this may be brought about as rapidly as possible without upsetting 
 the existing educational machinery. For these reasons a sane educational program to embrace 
 the full extent of our present knowledge should be formulated and promulgated. No one can 
 fail to interpret the tendencies which have been manifested in dental education in the last 
 few years as moving in anj- direction but toward a closer union with the mother science of 
 medicine. The significant advances in the profession for some years now have been in the 
 fields which are equally important in general medicine. Dentistry must develop in con- 
 formity with medicine and in association therewith. There is no other direction in which it 
 can develop. The evidence of this tendency as it relates to the educational system lies in the 
 establishment of a four-year course; in the improvements in the teaching of bacteriology and 
 the establishment of courses in general pathology and in physiological chemistry, and in the 
 broadening of the courses in anatomy and physiology-, particularly with respect to laboratory 
 instruction, to the equivalent of those given to medical students, and b)' the requirement for 
 admission for the next session of a y-ear's work of college grade in which are included the 
 basic sciences formerly given in the first year of the dental course. The requirement of two 
 years of predental work approved by the Dental Faculties' Association of American Universities, 
 to become operative in 1926, will place the preliminary education of dental students on a 
 parity" with that in medicine. Thus it will be seen that the tendencies discernible in dental 
 education group themselves under tvv"o headings: an advance in preliminary education, and a 
 strengthening of the dental' course in the fundamental medicine sciences. 
 
 The predental year will be required by all the schools save one of the Dental Faculties 
 Association of American Universities for admission in September next, by the schools in 
 New York State in accordance with the regulation of the Board of Regents, and by North- 
 western University Dental School, a total of fourteen institutions. Columbia University 
 already requires two years. The predental year has been optional in the University of 
 Minnesota for a year past. Western Reserve University Dental School has announced the 
 requirement of the college year for admission in 1922. 
 
 The Board of Dental Examiners of North Carolina has announced that in order to be 
 eligible for examination for license to practice deutistr}- in that state, after 1930 applicants 
 must present credit for two years of college work besides the dental course, and Pennsylvania 
 will require the predental year for all schools in 19.23, by recent action of the Dental Council 
 of America. 
 
 All these facts show a definite tendency toward the prescription of adequate preparatory 
 education for the students of our profession. When the two-year requirement is in operation, 
 it will provide for the necessary^ instruction in the three basic sciences, physics, chemistry, and 
 biology, with the desirable additions of English and modern foreign language, relieving the 
 dental course of the former subjects and thus providing more time and opportunity for the 
 strictly basic medical sciences. It will also have definite value as a measure of liberal education, 
 which, when followed by those elements of cultural worth contained in the dental curriculum, 
 will provide a proper basis for dentistry as one of the learned professions. This program is 
 as educationally sound for dentistry as it is for medicine and in the latter it is already firmly 
 established. 
 
 The only arguments advanced by the opponents of the increased admission requirement 
 are based upon economic grounds. They maintain that it will reduce the number of graduates 
 below the annual needs of replenishment and the normal increment necessary to meet the 
 growing demands of dental service by keeping out of the profession those who are unable or 
 unwilling to undertake the lengthened course. It is obvious that some reduction in classes 
 would follow and also that eventually some of the poorer schools would go out of existence 
 and further decrease the total number of graduates. While we must admit the partial validity 
 of these arguments, the probable effect is exaggerated and the arguments are not as altruistic 
 as they sound. At its meeting in New Orleans in 19 19, tjie National Dental Association put 
 itself on record as opposed to the predental year at that time, a decision taken without due 
 consideration of all phases of the matter and upon the basis of the above argument. Two 
 phases of this matter may be discussed: the smaller number of persons entering the profession 
 and the decrease in our educational facilities. 
 
 It is certain that some reduction in numbers will immediately ensue upon the lengthening 
 of the course. The process by which the latter is to be done must be gradual, but it will not 
 take as long as in medicine for the ground has already been broken and college preparation for 
 
 118 
 
all the learned professions is now an accepted fact. The period of reduction in classes will, 
 undoubtedy, be of shorter duration than occurred in medicine. At the present time there are 
 now matriculated in colleges of liberal arts and science more men and women than can be 
 admitted to the better medical schools they aspire to enter, and it will not be long before any 
 dental school that is qualified to deliver the right sort of education will find its matriculation 
 normal. The schools which do not come up to the desired standard will, undoubtedy, be 
 deserted, for a more critical choice of a school will be the result of better preparatory educa- 
 tion of applicant's. 
 
 In the recognition of our obligation to the public to provide dental service, it must be 
 remembered that this is expressed not only in a greater need for dentistry, but in the 
 constantly growing demand for better dentistry. Our real duty is not only to provide more 
 dental service but that this greater service must be of the highest grade, for we know too 
 well that poor dentistry is often worse than none at all. The real economic probem involved 
 in the whole matter is not that of maintaining the old inadequate dental service, but of increas- 
 ing the facilities for the new. It is not one for the educators, for it is their function to 
 determine what dental education should be, while philanthropists, educational foundations, or 
 economists are really the experts who should deal with pi'oviding the educational institutions 
 wherein more fully trained dentists can be obtained. It cannot be denied that the better 
 educated a profession is and the better the standing of the practitioners, the greater attraction 
 it offers to those considering the choice of a calling. The number of prospective students 
 unable to take the lengthened course for economic reasons will be increased, but there will 
 be an increase in the number attracted to the profession, and these will be of a higher type. 
 
 A second well-defined tendency in dental education clearly indicates the nature of the 
 relationship it is likely to sustain to medicine. Those who would have the dentist of today 
 graduate in medicine, or who wish to expand the dental course to include all cr nearly all of 
 general medicine are in a small minority. 
 
 Kirk^ interpreted these tendencies in dental education in 19 14 in his address before the 
 Sixth International Dental Congress, and advanced the opinion "that because of the practical 
 impossibility of combining the present medical curriculum with the present dental curriculum 
 so as to train, in view of the present economic conditions, the dental practitioner to the best 
 advantage, our obvious course is so to enlarge the scope and improve the character of the 
 special dental curriculum as adequately to meet modern educational demands. This course 
 should be followed until the time arrives, as I believe that time inevitably will, when there 
 shall be brought about by the evident specializing tendency in medicine today a reorganization 
 of the medical curriculum by which sufficient length of time will be devoted to the training 
 of men in all of the sciences that are fundamental to the entire field of healing, at the termina- 
 tion of which phase of the curriqulum there should be granted a mark or degree educationally 
 equivalent to the Bachelor's degree in science or letters, and from the point of attainment of 
 this Bachelor's degree in medicine the student may specialize in groups of studies that will 
 make him an efficient practitioner in some recognized special department of medicine, at th; 
 termination of which he will have conferred upon him his doctorate or licentiate, and then be 
 licensed to practise only within the limits of the speciality for which he has been trained." 
 
 He adds later, "If such a reorganization of the medical curriculum as I have referred to 
 shall ultimately arrive, then dentistry will be fully equipped and qualified to take its place and 
 rank along with the sister specialities of the healing art." 
 
 •The present science of medicine is too comprehensive for its own graduates to obtain in 
 four years more than a general foundation, and it would be economically unsound to compel 
 the dentist to acquire so much of no direct value to him. But the dentist should have the 
 same or equivalent training in the basic m.edical sciences, and enough of general medicine itself 
 to enable him to recognize diseases and conditions of a general type which have any relationship 
 • whatsoever to his special field. He should be fully capable of dealing with all the general and 
 special matters arising in connection with the teeth and jaws. In this manner he will be trained 
 as a specialist in this branch of medicine in the most logical fashion and will not be wasting 
 time and energy in acquiring knowledge without relationship "to his own proper work. 
 
 If we are correct as to the meaning of these two major groups of facts, they form the 
 basis for a logical program for our educational insii'utions. It would seem wire that such a 
 program shall now be put into definite form and promulgated and the support of the profession 
 asked for it. The following program is based upon present facts and the above conclusion: 
 
 A. The progressive elevation of the educational standard for admission so that the re- 
 quirement for matriculation in dental schools shall be identical with that for entrance to 
 medical schools of the first grade, and that this shall become operative in all schools not 
 later than 1930. 
 
 B. The inclusion in the first two years of the dental curriculum of courses in anatomy, 
 histology and embryology, physiology and physiological chemistry, bacteriology and general 
 
 Transactions, Sixth luicrnational Dental Congress, p. n. 
 
 119 
 
pathology, and materia medica, identical with, or equivalent to, the courses in these basic sciences 
 offered in medical schools of the first grade. 
 
 C. The inclusion of courses in operative and prosthetic technics in the first two years as 
 basic to the training in clinical practice. 
 
 D. The third and fourth years to be devoted to the special pathology and therapeutics of 
 dentistry, to the principles of surgery and the special surgery of the moutli, teeth, and associ- 
 ated parts, to the principles of operative and prosthetic dentistry with abundant opportunities 
 for clinical practice, to radiography, to anesthesia, to a fundamental course in orthodontics, to 
 a course in general medicine designed to cover all the general medical relationships of dentistry, 
 and to courses in ethics, economics, jurisprudence, and history. 
 
 E. The rapid establishment of more schools for the training of dental hygienists and an 
 increase of the training of dental mechanics in a larger number of orthodox schools, and an 
 extension of the field of trained assistants, such as radiographic and bacteriologic technicians, 
 office assistants, etc., to increase the actual efficiency of the individual dentist. 
 
 CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 
 
 As Adopted in Philadelphia, June 5, 1909 
 
 Preamble 
 We, the representatives of University Dental Schools, realizing the need of active and 
 uniform progress in the standards of Dental Education in America, hereby organize a Univer- 
 sity Dental Faculties' Association, for the promotion of Dental Education. 
 
 ARTICLE I 
 
 Nami: 
 
 This organization shall be known as The Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities. 
 
 ARTICLE II 
 Object 
 
 The object of the Association shall be — To promote dental education; to improve the 
 standard of preliminary education required for admission to dental schools; to establish 
 reciprocal educational relations with its members, and ultimately to establish a national standard 
 which may serve as the basis for a reciprocal interchange of dental licenses among the several 
 states. 
 
 ARTICLE III 
 Membership 
 
 Section i. The membership of this Association shall be limited to dental schools which 
 are an integral part of state universities or of chartered universities of equal standing of the 
 United States of America holding membership in the Association of American Universities, 
 or accepted by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching, demanding gradua- 
 tion from accredited high schools that require not less than four years of high school work, 
 or the equivalent amount of education, for matriculation. 
 
 Sec. 2. All applications for membership must be filed with the secretary at least ninety 
 days before the next regular meeting of the Association, and shall be referred at once to the 
 executive committee, who shall report thereon at the next regular meeting of the Association. 
 
 Sec. 3. A unanimous recommendation of the executive committee shall be required to 
 make an applicant eligible for membership. A two-thirds vote of all members shall be required 
 to elect. 
 
 Sec. 4. Each member of this Association shall have certain inalienable rights, including 
 it's business management, methods of pedagogy, and control of its internal affairs with relation 
 to its parent institution, which snail not be revoked. 
 
 Sec. s. No special or exclusive rights or privileges shall be granted to any member 
 which may not at any time be altered or revoked. 
 
 ARTICLE IV 
 Distribution of Powers 
 The functions of this Association shall be divided into executive and educational. 
 
 ARTICLE V 
 Officers 
 
 Section i. The officers shall consist of president, vice-president, and secretary-treasurer, 
 who shall be elected by a majority vote at the annual meeting of this Association, and they 
 each shall hold office for one year from the date of their election or until their successors shall 
 have qualified. 
 
 120 
 
Duties of Officers 
 
 Sec. 2. The president shall preside at all meetings, and shall have a vote on all questions, 
 but having so voted is not qualified to cast a deciding vote in case of a tie; shall appoint all 
 committees not otherwise provided for; shall see that all resolutions are faithfully executed; 
 shall have power to fill vacancies in office until the next regular election, subject to the approval 
 of the executive committee; shall at the annual meeting render a report of the condition of the 
 Association and make such recommendations as he deems neces'ary, and shall perform such 
 other duties as pertain to his office. 
 
 Sec. 3. The vice-president shall perform the duties of the president in his absence. 
 
 Sec. 4. The secretary-treasurer shall keep a correct record of all official acts of the 
 Association, such records to be open to the inspection of members at reasonable times; shall 
 edit and publish the annual proceedings of this Association, which shall contain — This constitu- 
 tion, all rules, all resolutions submitted previous to, or at, the annual meeting, and the action 
 taken upon the same, list of officers, standing and special committees and their reports, and 
 such other matter as may be deemed important, all of which shall be approved by the executive 
 committee before publication. 
 
 Shall submit a budget of estimated revenue and expenditures for the enfu'ng year to each 
 member, sixty days before the annual meeting; 
 
 Shall conduct a bureau of general information pertaining to dental educational matters 
 throughout the world, including reports of boards of dental examiners, announcements of 
 dental colleges, state laws, foreign dental colleges and preparatory schools, and all information 
 of value to this Association; 
 
 Shall keep a file of all official correspondence of the officers of this Association, and replies 
 thereto, and shall perform such other duties as pertain to his office; 
 
 Shall receive all fees and pay all bills, but only upon the authority of the executive com- 
 mittee or of this Association. Shall submit a detailed statement of all receipts and disburse- 
 ments at each annual meeting; 
 
 Shall receive a salary of — for his services, payable annually; and 
 
 Shall render a report of his office at the annual meeting. 
 
 Sec. 5. The executive committee shall consist of the president ex officio and two other 
 members elected at the first regular meeting of this Association, one of whom shall be elected 
 for a term of one year and one for a terra of -two years, and at each regular meeting thereafter 
 one member shall be elected to fill the vacancy. 
 
 Duties of Execittiz'e Committee 
 
 The executive committee shall manage the business affairs of this Association during the 
 interim between the annual meetings; 
 
 Shall designate the time and place of meetings; 
 
 Shall call all special meetings at the request of one-third of the members, designating 
 the object of said meeting; 
 
 Shall direct the secretarj'-treasurer to publish notices of all meetings in such journals 
 as it deems advisable, at least sixty days before said meeting; 
 
 Shall audit the books and accounts of the officers of this Association; and 
 
 Shall render a report of its acts to the Association at the annual meeting. 
 
 ARTICLE VI 
 f'iscAL Year 
 The fiscal year of this Association shall be from July i to June 30, inclusive. 
 
 ARTICLE VII 
 Educational Department 
 
 Section i. The educational committee shall consist of the president ex officio and three 
 other members, one elected for one year, one for two years, and one for three years, and at 
 each annual meeting one to be elected for three years to fill the vacancy. This committee 
 shall select its ow-n chairman. 
 
 Duties of Educational Committee 
 
 The educational committee shall review all announcements of members of this Association; 
 
 Shall outline a preparatory course of study for matriculation, suggesting what subjects 
 should be required and what subjects elective; 
 
 Shall advise as to the number of conditions allowable for matriculation; 
 
 Shall advise as to uniformity of curriculum, length of the sessions, and system of 
 examinations, markings, and grades of scholarship; 
 
 Shall advise as to the conditions of promotion and admission to advanced standing; 
 
 Shall advise as to the standing of foreign preparatory and public schools and colleges, 
 and foreign dental colleges; 
 
Shall review all text and reference books; 
 
 Shall review foreign and American dental laws and educational measures; and 
 Shall determine the comparative value of the curriculum of other dental colleges not 
 members of this Association. 
 
 Standard of Preliminary Education 
 
 Sec. 2. No person, except one presenting a certificate of graduation from a high school 
 
 giving a four jears' course of study, or who presents credentials which give evidence of an 
 
 equivalent scholastic preparation, is eligible for matriculation in any college a member of this 
 
 Association, without taking an examination given bj' an examiner indorsed by this Association. 
 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 Fees, Fines, Etc. 
 Section i. The expense of the annual m.eeting shall be borne by this Association in a 
 manner determined at the annual meeting, except that no member shall receive mileage or 
 compensation from the Association. 
 
 Sec. 2. The annual membership fee of this Association shall be fifty dollars. 
 Sec. 3. No assessments shall be levied against the members of this Association except 
 by majority vote at the annual meeting. 
 
 ARTICLE IX. 
 Enforcement of Rules 
 The enforcement of rules governing this Association shall be entrusted to the executive 
 committee with power to act, subject to revision by the Association at its next annual meeting. 
 
 ARTICLE X 
 Representation 
 
 Section i. Each member of this Association shall be entitled to one representative, 
 recommended by his faculty and duly authorized by his universit3% who shall be the voting 
 member. In his absence a duly qualified alternate may be substituted by such voting member 
 in writing. 
 
 Sec. 2. Other members of the faculties of the colleges which are members of this Asso- 
 ciation may be present at all meetings as delegates and take part in the discussion, and no 
 other person shall be present without a majority consent of the Association. 
 
 Sec 3. All delegates are eligible for office. 
 
 ARTICLE XI 
 Resolutions 
 Section i. All matters to be presented to this Association for its action must be sub- 
 mitted in the form of a resolution in writing, and all resolutions of a general nature, approved 
 by this Association, shall have a uniform operation. 
 
 Sec 2. Except by unanimous consent at the annual meeting, no resolution shall be enacted 
 unless it shall have been presented in writing to all members at least sixty days before said 
 meeting. 
 
 ARTICLE XII 
 
 Amendments 
 
 Amendments to the constitution and by-laws must be filed with the secretary-treasurer 
 
 at least ninety days before the annual meeting and be submitted by him immediately thereupon 
 
 to all members, and said amendment may be presented for final action at such annual meeting. 
 
 A two-thirds majority vote will be required to pass such amendment. 
 
 ARTICLE XIII 
 Quorum 
 Two-thirds of the regular voting members shall constitute a quorum. 
 
 ARTICLE XIV 
 Order of Business 
 
 1. Filing of credentials and payment of fees 8. Reports of special committees 
 
 2. Roll-call of members 9- Unfinished business 
 
 3. Reading minutes of previous meeting. 10. New business 
 
 4. President's report u- Election of officers _ 
 
 5. Secretary-treasurer's report 12- Final reading of minutes 
 
 6. Report of executive committee 13 • Adjournment 
 
 7. Report of educational committee 
 
STANDING RESOLUTIONS 
 
 Resolved, That the minimum standard of four years' high school education now required 
 for admission to the schools of this Association shall be as defined by the regents of fhe 
 University of the State of New York — this to include one year of work in chemistry; the 
 requirement in chemistry to fake effect in 1912-13.- — March 8, jgil. 
 
 Resolved, That schools or colleges of dentistry that are integral part of, and under the 
 direct supervision of, universities accepted by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of 
 Teaching may be eligible to hold membership in the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities. — March 8, 1911. 
 
 Resolved, That in all cases of transfer from one school to another, the dean of the school 
 transferring the student shall accompany the transfer with a letter giving full particulars as to 
 the general character and value of the man and his work, and shall also state whether the 
 student has been honorably dismissed. — January 22, igi2. 
 
 Resolved, That graduates of dental schools not holding membership in this Association 
 may be admitted to the senior year in schools holding membership in this Association, pro- 
 vided that their preliminary training is equal to the training required for the admission of 
 students to our university schools; and they may become candidates for graduation after 
 fulfilling the requirements of the senior year, provided that they pass examinations on all the 
 subjects that are final in the first and second years of the course before coming up for final 
 examination for the degree. — March 21, 1914. 
 
 CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 
 
 As Revised in Montreal January 22, 1922 
 
 ARTICLE I 
 Name 
 This organization shall be known as the Dental Faculties' Association of American 
 Universities. 
 
 ARTICLE II 
 Object 
 The object of the Association shall be to promote dental education in accord with univer- 
 sity ideals; to improve the standard of preliminary education required for admission to dental 
 schools; to establish reciprocal relations with its members; to eistablish a national standard 
 which may serve as the basis for a reciprocal interchange of dental licenses among the several 
 states, and to initiate such other activities as from time to time seem advisable. 
 
 ARTICLE III 
 
 Membership 
 
 Section i. The membership of this Association shall consist of active and hotiorary 
 members. 
 
 Sec. 2. The active membership of this Association shall be limited to well-recognized 
 dental schools which are integral parts of state universities, of chartered universities, and 
 institutions of equal standing in America, which maintain well-recognized literary colleges and 
 medical schools. 
 
 Sec. 3. Hereafter no dental school vi'ill be eligible for election to active membership in 
 this Association unless it maintains minimum qualifications for admission equal to those 
 required for matriculation in a majority of the institutions composing this Association. 
 
 Sec. 4. All applications for active membership should be filed with the secretary at least 
 ninety da; s before the next regular meeting of the Association, and referred at once to the 
 executive committee who shall report thereon at the next regular meeting of the Association. The 
 Association may, however, by a two-thirds vote of all members recognize an application for 
 membership that is filed less than ' ninety days previous to a regular meeting and appoint a 
 committee to examine the school and report at the following regular meeting. A two-thirds 
 vote of all members of the Association shall be required to elect. 
 
 Sec. 5. The Association may elect to honorary membership persons holding official posi- 
 tion in institutions directly or indirectly related to dental education. Honorary members may 
 enjoy all the rights and privileges of active members and shall not pay any dues. 
 
 Sec. 6. Each member of this Association shall have certain inalienable rights, including 
 its business management, methods of pedagogy, and control of its internal affairs with relation 
 to its parent institution, which shall not be revoked. 
 
 123 
 
ARTICLE IV 
 
 Distribution of Powers 
 The functions of this Association shall be divided into executive and educational. 
 
 ARTICLE V 
 
 Officers 
 
 Section i. The officers shall consist of president, vice-president, and secretary-treasurer,' 
 
 who shall be elected by a majority vote at the annual meeting of this Association, and they 
 
 each shall hold office for one year from the date of their election or until their successors shall 
 
 have qualified. 
 
 Duties of Officers 
 
 Sec. 2. The president shall preside at all meetings, and shall have a vote on all questions, 
 but having so voted is not qualified to cast a deciding vote in case of a tie; shall appoint all 
 committees not otherwise provided for; shall see that all resolutions are faithfully executed; 
 shall have power to fill vacancies in office until the next regular election, subject to the approval 
 of the executive committee; shall at the annual meeting render a report of the condition of the 
 Association and make such recommendations as he deems necessary, and shall perform such 
 other duties as pertain to his office. 
 
 Sec. 3. The vice-president shall perform the duties of the president in his absence. 
 Sec. 4. The secretary-treasurer shall keep a correct record of all official acts of the 
 Association, such records to be open to the inspection of members at reasonable times; shall 
 edit and publish the annual proceedings of this Association, which shall contain all resolutions 
 submitted previous to or at the annual meeting, and the action taken upon the same, list of 
 officers, standing and special committees and their reports, and such other matter as may be 
 deemed important, all of which shall be approved by the executive committee before publication ; 
 Shall submit a budget of estimated revenue and expenditures for the ensuing year, at 
 the annual meeting; . . 
 
 Shall keep a file of all official correspondence of the officers of this Association, and 
 replies thereto, and shall perform such other duties as pertain to his office; 
 
 Shall receive all fees and pay all bills, but only upon the authority of the executive 
 committee or of this Association. Shall submit a detailed statement of all receipts and dis- 
 bursements at each annual meeting; 
 
 Shall receive a suitable honorarium for his services, payable annually; and 
 Shall render a report of his office at the annual meeting. 
 
 Sec. 5. The executive committee shall consist of the president ex officio and two other 
 members elected at the first regular meeting of this Association, one of whom shall be elected 
 for a term of one year and one for a term of two years, and at each regular meeting there- 
 after one member shall be elected for two years to fill the vacancy. 
 
 Duties of the Executive Committee 
 The executive committee shall manage the business affairs of this Association during the 
 interim between the annual meetings; 
 
 Shall designate the time and place of meetings; 
 
 Shall call all annual and special meetings, designating the object of said meeting; 
 
 Shall direct the secretary-treasurer to send notices of the annual and all special meetings; 
 
 Shall audit the books and accounts of the officers of this Association; and 
 
 Shall render a report of its acts to the Association at the annual meeting. 
 
 ARTICLE VI 
 Fiscal Year 
 The fiscal year of this Association shall be from July 1 to June 30, inclusive. 
 
 ARTICLE VII 
 
 Educational Department 
 
 The educational committee shall consist of the secretary-treasurer ex officio and three 
 other members, one elected for one year, one for two years, and one for three years, and at 
 each annual meeting one to be elected for three years to fill the vacancy. This committee shall 
 elect its own chairman. 
 
 Duties of Educational Committee 
 
 The educational committee shall review all announcements of members of this Association; 
 
 Shall outline a preparatory cojirse of study for matriculation; 
 
 Shall advise as to uniformity of curricula, length of the sessions, and systems of examina- 
 tions, markings, and grades of scholarship; 
 
 Shall adyise as to the conditions of promotion and admission to advanced standing; 
 
 124 
 
Shall advise as to the standing of foreign preparatory and public schools and colleges, 
 and foreign dental colleges; 
 
 Shall review all text and reference books; 
 
 Shall revievir foreign and American dental laws and educational measures; and 
 
 Shall recommend the comparative value of the curricula of other dental colleges not mem- 
 bers of this Association. 
 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 Fees, Etc. 
 
 Section i. The expenses of this Association shall be borne in a manner to be deter- 
 mined, at the annual meeting, except that no member shall receive mileage or compensation 
 from the Association for attending an annual meeting. 
 
 Sec. 2. The annual membership fee of this Association shall be fifty dollars. 
 
 Sec. 3. No assessments shall be levied against the members of this Association except 
 by majority vote at the annual meeting. 
 
 ARTICLE IX 
 Representation 
 
 Section i. Each member of this Association shall be entitled to one representative, 
 recommended by his faculty and duly authorized by his institution, who shall be the voting 
 member. In his absence a duly qualified alternate may be substituted by such voting member 
 in writing. 
 
 Sec. 2. Other members of the faculties of the colleges which are members of this Associa- 
 tion may be present at all meetings as delegates, and take part in the discussion. No other 
 person shall be present without a majority consent of the. Association. 
 
 Sec. 3. All delegates are eligible for office. 
 
 ARTICLE X 
 Resolutions 
 All matters to be presented to this Association for its action must be submitted in the 
 form of a resolution in writing, and all resolutions of a general nature, approved by this Associa- 
 tion, shall have a uniform operation. 
 
 ARTICLE XI 
 
 Amendments 
 Amendments to the constitution and by-laws must be filed with the secretary-treasurer at 
 least sixty days before the annual meeting and be submitted by him immediately thereupon to 
 all members, and said amendment may be presented for final action at such annual meeting. 
 A two-thirds majority vote will be required to pass such amendment. 
 
 ARTICLE XII 
 Quorum 
 
 Two thirds of the regular voting members shall constitute a quorum. 
 
 ARTICLE XIII 
 
 Order of Business 
 
 1. Filing of credentials and payment of fees 
 
 2. Roll call of members 
 
 3. Reading minutes of previous meeting 
 
 4. President's report 
 
 5. Secretary -treasurer's report 
 
 6. Report of executive committee 
 
 7. Report of educational committee 
 
 8. Reports of special committees 
 
 9. Unfinished business 
 
 10. New business 
 
 1 1 . Election of officers 
 
 12. Final reading of minutes 
 
 13. Adjournment 
 
 I2S 
 
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 
 
 This book is due on the date indicated below, or at the 
 expiration of a definite period after the date of borrowing, j 
 as provided by the rules of the Library or by special ar- ) 
 rangement with the Librarian in charge. ' 
 
 DATE BORROWED 
 
 DATE DUE 
 
 DATE BORROWED 
 
 DATE DUE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CZ8(239)MI00 
 
 
 
 
RKl 
 
 m:< 
 
 Dental faculties.' assoc. of cop.l \ 
 
 Amer. universities. 
 
 -linutec and Drnr.APriTnrr^ tch.q 
 
 '^^ 
 
.